FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump User Manual PDF [PDF]

Zitiervorschau

User Manual

FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump

Customer References: Customer: PT Citra Tubindo Rig / Hull: N/A Tag Number: N/A

National Oilwell Varco References: SO Number / Project Number: 188074 Document Number: D2G1008930-FDD-001 Revision: 01 Volume: 1 of 1

www.nov.com

Document Number: Revision: Page:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 01 ii

REVISION HISTORY

01

8/11/2014

For Information

T. Schutt

J. Olson

B. Schumer

Rev

Date (dd/mm/yyyy)

Reason for Issue

Prepared

Checked

Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 01

Change Description Initial Release

www.nov.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

Remarks

1

1

General Information

Section Not Applicable

1

2

Installation, Operation & Maintenance

1

2.1

Procedures

1

2.2

Spare Parts List

1

3

Technical Documents & Drawings

1

3.1

General / Mechanical Drawings

1

3.2

System / Process Diagrams

Section Not Applicable

1

3.3

Electrical / Instrument

Section Not Applicable

1

3.4

Performance Data

1

4

Vendor Documentation

www.nov.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

1

General Information Chapter Not Applicable

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 1

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

2

Installation, Operation & Maintenance

1

2.1

Procedures

1

2.2

Spare Parts List

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 2

Revision:

01

Page:

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

2.1

Procedures

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 2.1

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

Technical Specification – Pre-Shipment And Storage Preservation For New-Build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps

PS-4030

02

Commissioning Procedure, FB / FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump

EDN-1688

02

Operation Manual – Triplex Mud Pump – For Models: FD500, FD-800, FD-1000 & FD-1600

EPL-1911

01

Product Information Bulletin – Triplex Mud Pump – Supplement for all Pump Manuals

MP.WARNING

02

Product Information Bulletin – Triplex Mud Pumps – Power End Lubrication Oil Additive and “wear-in” Period

01-05-01-MP

06

Procedure – The Use of and Application of Safety Wire for Secondary Retention

ASP00019

A

Design Specification – Design Torque Standard

DS00008

F

General Lubrication Bulletin – General Lubrication Bulletin for CE Drilling Equipment

CE-538E

06

Technical Specification Pre-Shipment And Storage Preservation For New-Build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps

RIG/PLANT ADDITIONAL CODE

REFERENCE SDRL CODE

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number

www.nov.com

Triplex Mud Pump

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National-Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.  National Oilwell Varco

National Oilwell Varco 11000 Corporate Centre Drive Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77041 U.S.A. Phone: +1-281-854-0400 Fax: +1-281-854-0607

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

PS-4030

02

Document number Revision Page

PS-4030 02 2

REVISION HISTORY

02

12.09.2012

For Information

RLP

BTS

GDH

1

15.08.2006

For Information

GDH

GDH

GDH

0

07.05.1990

For Information

GDH

GDH

GDH

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Reason for issue

Prepared

Checked

Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 0 1 02

Change Description Initial Release Updated Entire Document Added NOV Standard Front Cover & Updated Page Formats

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

PS-4030 02 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 

SCOPE.............................................................................................................................. 4 

2 

MANUFACTURING PLANT PRESERVATION PRIOR TO PAINT .................................. 4 

3 

MANUFACTURING PLANT PRESERVATION AFTER PAINT ........................................ 5 

4 

STORAGE AT MANUFACTURING PLANT OR FINAL DESTINATION .......................... 6 

5 

STORAGE PREPARATIONS FOR MAIN DRIVE MOTORS. ........................................... 6 

6  PRESERVATION PROCEDURE WHEN STORAGE EXCEEDS SIX (6) MONTHS OF INITIAL PRESERVATION. .......................................................................................................... 6  7 

START-UP AFTER STORAGE ........................................................................................ 7 

8 

CONTACT DETAILS FOR NOTED CORROSION PREVENTATIVE MATERIALS ......... 7 

9 

EXHIBIT 1 ......................................................................................................................... 8 

10 

EXHIBIT 2 ......................................................................................................................... 9 

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1

PS-4030 02 4

SCOPE This specification covers the preservation and storage procedure for shipment of new-build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps shipped from the manufacturing plant. This specification is intended to provide preservation of new-build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps for six (6) months from the shipment of the mud pump from the manufacturing facility. If a pump is to be stored for a period of time exceeding six (6) months, additional precautions should be taken as outlined in this specification. National Oilwell Varco recommends that all pumps are inspected for any signs of corrosion and for proper preservation at a minimum every three (3) months for pumps stored outside and every six (6) months for pumps stored indoors. Sub-tier: National Oilwell PS-3081

2

MANUFACTURING PLANT PRESERVATION PRIOR TO PAINT Drain all water and clean out liner wash tank. Remove drain plug in bottom of liner wash pump and drain water then reinstall plug. Remove discharge flange from liner wash pump and pour one (1) pint of inhibiting oil-based concentrate (Cortec VpCI 329 Vapor Corrosion Inhibiting oil-based concentrate or equivalent) into liner wash pump. Rotate two (2) revolutions by hand to distribute the product. Re-install discharge flange. Drain all oil from pump power end sump and remove crosshead covers and inspection covers. Clean out oil sump as per National Oilwell PS-3081 (Mud Pump Cleanliness). Spray all internal machined parts of power end and crosshead area with inhibiting oil-based concentrate (Cortec VpCI 329 Vapor Corrosion Inhibiting oil-based concentrate or equivalent). Rotate pump ½ turn and re-spray. Pour quantity of inhibiting oil-based concentrate specified in the table below into power end sump. Mud Pump Models

14P, FC 2200 12P, 10P, HD or A1700/1400PT, FB/FC/FD 1600, FB 1300 9P, 8P, B or A850-1100PT, F/FD 1000, F 800 7P, A600PT, FD 500

Quantity of Inhibitor 5 Gallons 3 Gallons 2 Gallons 1 Gallon

For pumps equipped with chain drives, spray internal machined parts inside chain cases with inhibiting oil-based concentrate (Cortec VpCI 329 Vapor Corrosion Inhibiting oil based concentrate or equivalent).

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

PS-4030 02 5

Replace all guards and seals as necessary using specified gasket material and sealing compounds. Remove fluid end valve covers, seals, valves springs and seats and treat internal cavities of fluid ends, discharge manifold, discharge strainer block and suction manifold with rust preventative (CRC SP400 or equivalent). Coat threads with anti-seize (KOPR KOTE 10002 or equivalent) and coat bottom side of valve cover with rust preventative. Reinstall seals and fluid end valves covers hand tight. Customer liners, pistons, piston rods, valves, seats, springs and liner retention parts are not used for plant testing. These expendables are checked for preservation when packed and then shipped with the loose parts.

3

MANUFACTURING PLANT PRESERVATION AFTER PAINT Remove breather and pack with loose parts for later shipment with pump. Seal breather hole with a greased solid plug. Affix a warning label near the breather opening (see Exhibit 1). Spray all external unpainted machined parts of pump with rust preventative (CRC SP400 or equivalent). Cover large diameter pipe and other openings with hardboard and protective plastic wrap. Liner bushing openings shall also be covered and sealed. Seal all other pipe work (air, water, and electrical) with plastic caps of the correct size and style. Electrical J-boxes are to be encased in protective plastic wrap. Place two (2) onepound bags of desiccant inside each J-box before sealing with tape. Wrap pressure gauges with bubble paper and plastic. Tape or band down loose hinged guards and inspection covers. Spray all machined unpainted loose parts and expendables to be shipped with pump with rust preventative (CRC SP400 or equivalent). All parts will be wrapped or boxed to prevent damage. Affix one (1) warning label (see Exhibit 2) to the power end pump cover and one (1) warning label on the fluid end assembly of the pump. Affix warning labels on each loose part container. In cases where the equipment will be boxed at an offsite export packer, a sufficient number of warning labels will be supplied with the shipment.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

4

PS-4030 02 6

STORAGE AT MANUFACTURING PLANT OR FINAL DESTINATION Indoor storage is preferred whenever possible; but if outside storage is required, ensure pump is stored away from salt water spray, sand blast or other adverse conditions. It is highly recommended that ship loose parts be stored indoors to eliminate conditions that promote condensation and direct sources of moisture. It is also recommended to store pump on blocks and cover entire pump with plastic sheeting.

5

STORAGE PREPARATIONS FOR MAIN DRIVE MOTORS. For storage preparations for main drive motors, National Oilwell Varco recommends that the original manufacturer’s instructions be followed. If space heaters are supplied, the Jbox plastic wrap must be removed and the heaters should be connected throughout the complete storage period.

6

PRESERVATION PROCEDURE WHEN STORAGE EXCEEDS SIX (6) MONTHS OF INITIAL PRESERVATION. Note: It is recommended that inspections be carried out on six (6) month cycles when pumps are in indoors and three (3) month cycles when stored outside. Remove plastic sheeting. Remove side crosshead covers and top inspection covers and inspect for any internal corrosion. Correct any adverse conditions. Replenish rust inhibitor to quantities previously listed. Rotate pinion shaft five (5) revolutions using supplied tool. Inspect for condition of external protection (rust preventative and paint). adverse conditions.

Correct any

Replace plastic sheeting. Inspect all ship-loose parts for indications of corrosion or damage and recoat with inhibitor.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

7

PS-4030 02 7

START-UP AFTER STORAGE Any pump that has been in storage will need a thorough inspection prior to start-up to insure it has not been damaged in any way and that all parts are properly in place. Failure to observe the following points can result in serious damage. Before servicing the pump, the power end sump and chain drives housings will need to be drained of any inhibiting additive. The Cortec brand products used for preservation are compatible with all lubricating oils and need not be totally removed when putting equipment into service. To service the Power End after storage and prior to start-up, remove all covers and thoroughly clean and inspect all of the parts and finished surfaces. Check all of the bearings to make certain they are clean and in good condition. Fill the power end with clean EP oil of the proper viscosity to the proper level. Make sure oil is poured into the oil distribution trough and is worked into all of the bearings. Replace all covers and install breather. To service the Fluid End after storage and prior to start-up, remove covers and thoroughly clean and inspect inside of the fluid end cylinders. Properly install valves, pistons, liners and all other fluid end parts. Carefully tighten all bolts, nuts, studs and working connections to specified torque requirements.

8

CONTACT DETAILS FOR NOTED CORROSION PREVENTATIVE MATERIALS

Product Name Cortec VpCI 329 CRC Industries Inc. SP400 KOPR-KOTE

www.nov.com

Company Gulf Corrosion Control Fastenal Drago Supply Co.

Contact Number (713)681-7500 (713)983-7715 (800)553-2363

Document number Revision Page

9

PS-4030 02 8

EXHIBIT 1

WARNING REINSTALL BREATHER BEFORE PUTTING PUMP INTO SERVICE NOV PN xxxxxxx

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

10

PS-4030 02 9

EXHIBIT 2

WARNING THIS EQUIPMENT IS PROTECTED FOR SIX MONTHS FROM EX-WORKS DATE OF: MONTH

DAY

YEAR

ADDITIONAL SERVICING INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE IN NOV MUD PUMP OPERATIONAL MANUAL NOV PN XXXXXX

www.nov.com

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

B. Schumer

DATE

12 Apr 2012

CHECKED BY

Bryce Brock

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

1 of 12

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

GDH

REV.

02 DATE

13 Apr 2012

SELLER INFORMATION COMPANY NAME:

National Oilwell Varco

ADDRESS:

11000 Corporate Centre Drive Houston, TX 77041

TELEPHONE:

(281) 854-0400

TELEFAX:

(281) 854-0505

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

EDN-1688

DOCUMENT TITLE:

Commissioning Procedure, FB/FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

2 of 12

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

PREPARED BY

B. Schumer

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP DATE

12 Apr 2012

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

GDH

02

CHECKED BY

DATE

Bryce Brock

13 Apr 2012

COMMISSIONING INDEX SUBJECT

PAGE NO. Part I. Pre-Commissioning Procedures

Pre-Start Up Requirements..................................................................................... 1. Power End.................................................................................................. 2. Main Electric Drive Motors……………………………………………… 3. Auxiliary A/C Motors……………………………………………………. 4. Instrumentation........................................................................................... 5. Liner Wash System..................................................................................... 6. Fluid End.................................................................................................... 7. Suction Dampener/Desurger....................................................................... 8. Pulsation Dampener.................................................................................... 9. Pressure Gauge............................................................................................ 10. Reset Relief Valve....................................................................................... 11. Discharge Strainer………………………………………………………… 12. Mud Pump Drive Assembly………………………………………………. a. Belt Drive Units…………………………………………………… b. Chain Drive Units………………………………………………….

3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5

Part II. Commissioning Procedures 1. Pre-Commission Checks………………………………………………….. 2. Commissioning Operational Test…………………………………………. 3. Inspections/Check-Offs during Test Program……………………………..

REV.

6 8 9

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

3 of 12

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

GDH

CHECKED BY

Bryce Brock

REV.

02 DATE

13 Apr 2012

INITIAL STARTUP PROCEDURES GENERAL: The initial startup procedures are written to assist the operator in preparing the pump packages for normal operation. The startup procedures are separated into two categories: Part I: Pre-Commissioning, and Part II: Commissioning Procedures. It is suggested that a copy of these pages be made for each pump to be used as a check-off sheet.

PART I. PRE-COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES: PRE-STARTUP REQUIREMENTS: 1.

Power End of Pump:

a. Drain and flush any moisture or contamination that has accumulated in the power end reservoir. Fill to the “FULL” mark on the dipstick with the recommended oil. Ambient Temperature: 0°F to 85°F (-18°C to 33°C) = 30°F to 155°F (-1°C to 68°C) =

AGMA No. 4 EP AGMA No. 6 EP

Reservoir Capacity: 100 US Gallons (379 Liters) Note: The rust preventative on the internal surfaces of the pump is oil-soluble and is compatible with the lubricants recommended above. It is not necessary to flush and drain unless the preservative has become contaminated (water, sand etc.). b. Oil Filters: Assure that the oil filters in the power end reservoir and external oil pump system are clean. 2. Main Electric Drive Motors:     

Megger test the motors. Check each motor separately for the correct rotation. Reconnect if necessary. Megger test the blower motors. Check blower motors for correct rotation and quantity of air flow.

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

4 of 12

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

GDH

CHECKED BY

Bryce Brock

REV.

02 DATE

13 Apr 2012

3. Auxiliary A/C Electric Motors:  

Megger test the motors. Check motors for correct rotation.

4. Instrumentation (if equipped): 

Check to assure that all instrumentation has been properly hooked up. Check the calibration test sheets for validity and recalibrate if necessary.

5. Liner Wash System:   

Clean liner wash tank, if needed, and fill with fresh clean water. Ensure that supply hoses and spray nipples are installed correctly. Start pump and adjust regulating valve to maximum flow without splash onto the extension rods.

6. Fluid End:    

Check to assure that all liners, valves, and pistons are installed properly in accordance with the installation instructions. Ensure that the liner end covers are installed on the rear end of the liners. Ensure that the baffle discs are installed on the end of the crosshead extension rods. Clean grease and paint from the exposed parts of the extension rods, checking for burrs. Coat rods with a light oil.

7. Suction Dampener/Desurger 

If a desurger is used, charge desurger to 10 PSI (0.7 bar) air pressure.

NOTE: When charging the bladder, make sure that the mud pump suction line valve has been closed and that all pressure has been bled off of the suction manifold surrounding the suction desurger  

If a dampener is used, charge dampener with a hand-operated air pump to 10 PSI (0.7 bar). Once pump operations have been started, check the operation of the suction dampener by inspecting the sight glass. Add or release air pressure through the Shraeder valve to keep the diaphragm between the midpoint and the bottom of the sight glass.

8. Pulsation Dampener:  Refer to manufacturers’ instructions for charging the dampener. USE ONLY NITROGEN OR AIR! DO NOT USE OXYGEN.

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

CHECKED BY

Bryce Brock

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

5 of 12

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

GDH

REV.

02 DATE

13 Apr 2012

9. Pressure Gauge: 

Check to assure that the gauge is installed and there is no shut-off valve between it and the discharge system.

10. Reset Relief Valve:    

Check the installation and the setting. NO SHUT-OFF VALVE is to be between the pump discharge and the relief valve. Ensure that piping from the discharge port goes directly to the mud tank/pit and is securely tied down, with a minimum downward slope of 1/4” per foot. Ensure that piping has pressure rating equal to the relief valve highest setting.

11. Discharge Housing with Strainer:  

Remove the strainer screen from the housing and assure that it is clean and free from obstructions. Check the stud nuts for proper make-up torque.

12. Mud Pump Drive Assembly: Belt Drive Units:   

Check the belt guards to ensure that belts will not drag on the guard. Check the belt tension as instructed in the maintenance section of the operations manual. Check the alignment of the drive motors.

Chain Drive Units:    

Check the chain guards to ensure that the chains will not drag on the guard. Check the oil pump to ensure that the relief valve is installed on the suction side. Start the pump and ensure that the spray nozzles are spraying oil over the full width of the chain. Adjust the relief valve to 15-25 PSI output with the warm oil.

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

6 of 12

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

REV.

GDH

CHECKED BY

Bryce Brock

02 DATE

13 Apr 2012

PART II. COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES: GENERAL: The power end and the fluid end have gone through rigorous tests prior to being shipped from the manufacturing site; therefore, the following recommendations for the commissioning test are made for the purpose of checking the overall unitization functions, including instrumentation, and to assure that there are no problems which may have occurred during transportation and storage. Operation of the pump in parallel to check the SCR-Motor assignments and controls, volumetric displacement and mudline systems are at the option of the purchaser. A. PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECKS: Prior to starting the unitized pump package, review the previously outlined Pre-Commissioning Requirements in Part I. Check the discharge mudline to assure that all necessary valves are open. Ensure that the mud tanks are full of test fluid (mud/water) prior to startup. Make the desired assignment of the SCR-Motor Control System to the pump motors, and open the throttle slightly. Check to ensure that charge pump and liner wash motors have started. If no immediate problems are encountered, slowly throttle the pump to approximately 60 SPM and continue operating the mud pump while making the following inspections to assure that all systems are working properly: 1) Power End Lubrication: Check oil pressure:

Max. = 60 PSI (4.14 bar) cold oil. Min. = 5 PSI (0.344 bar) at any speed. Normal = 7-40 PSI (0.483-2.76 bar)

2) Liner Wash System:  

Adjust the regulator valve for proper volume of cooling fluid. 10 US Gallons (38 Liter) per minute per liner. Check the coolant temperature. 150°F (66°C) maximum.

3) Check for oil leaks around the power end covers and seals. 4) Check for interference or dragging in the belt/chain drive assemblies.

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

CHECKED BY

Bryce Brock

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

7 of 12

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

REV.

GDH

02 DATE

13 Apr 2012

5) Visually inspect the mud pump drive assembly for any unusual conditions, i.e. loose bolts, vibration, noise, etc. 6) Check the performance of the supercharging system:   

Pump A/C motor operating properly. Valves open for the proper volume of drilling fluid. Gauges/controls functioning properly.

7) Check the relief valve:  

Check the valve for proper relief setting. The valve should be set 10% above the pressure rating for the liner size being used. Refer to the nameplates on each side of the pump or the pump datasheet to obtain the operating pressure for that particular size liner.

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

8 of 12

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

B. Schumer

DATE

12 Apr 2012

APPROVED

REVISED DATE

REV.

GDH

CHECKED BY

02 DATE

Bryce Brock

13 Apr 2012

B. COMMISSIONING OPERATIONAL TEST: DURATION: EIGHT (8) HOURS TOTAL RUNNING TIME. The following are basic guidelines for conducting of an eight (8) hour operational test. The pump was test run under pressure in the manufacturing plant but with different motors and drives. The discharge pressure can be regulated by temporarily installing an adjustable choke at some point in the discharge line. NOTE: There can be short intervals of shut-down time to fix leaks, make adjustments, etc., without having to restart the test program. 1. LOWER PRESSURE TEST – DURATION: TWO (2) HOURS: TIME START STOP 0-500 PSI (0.34-34.5 bar)…………………40 min. @ 40 SPM

_______

_______

500-700 PSI (34.5-48.2 bar)………………40 min. @ 50 SPM

_______

_______

1000 PSI (68.9 bar)………………………..40 min. @ 60 SPM

_______

_______

2. MEDIUM/HIGH PRESSURE TEST – DURATION: SIX (6) HOURS: 1500 PSI (103.4 bar)………………………60 min. @ 80 SPM

_______

_______

2000 PSI (138 bar)………………………...60 min. @ 100 SPM

_______

_______

2500 PSI (172.4 bar)………………………60 min. @ 100 SPM

_______

_______

RATED LINER PRESSURE*…………...180 min. @ 100 SPM * Not to exceed pressure rating of fluid end.

_______

_______

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

9 of 12

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

APPROVED

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

REVISED DATE

GDH

CHECKED BY

REV.

02 DATE

Bryce Brock

13 Apr 2012

C. INSPECTIONS/CHECK-OFFS DURING TEST PROGRAM: The overall performance of the unitized pump package should be continuously monitored during the eight hour test program. The following checks should be made and recorded each two hours of operation. START

2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR

1. POWER END LUBRICATION: 

PRESSURE……………………..

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



TEMPERATURE……………….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

2. LINER WASH SYSTEM: 

MOTOR AMPS…………………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



REGULATING VALVE ADJUST ______

_____ _____ _____ _____



INLET TEMPERATURE……….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



OUTLET TEMPERATURE…….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

3. MAIN DRIVE MOTOR NO. 1: 

COOLING AIR TEMP…………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



BEARING TEMP………………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



BLOWER AIRFLOW………….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



MOTOR AMPS…………………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

o VOLTS………………….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

LOAD SHARE (YES/NO)……..

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



ENGINEERING SUBJECT

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

PAGE

EDN-1688

10 of 12

APPROVED

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

REVISED DATE

GDH

CHECKED BY

02 DATE

Bryce Brock

13 Apr 2012

START

2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR

4. MAIN DRIVE MOTOR NO. 2: 

COOLING AIR TEMP…………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



BEARING TEMP………………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



BLOWER AIRFLOW………….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



MOTOR AMPS…………………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

o VOLTS………………….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

LOAD SHARE (YES/NO)……..

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



REV.

5. LINER/PISTONS (Yes/No): 

INDICATIONS OF SCORING..

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



ABNORMAL BREATHING..…

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



LINER TEMPERATURE..…….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

6. SUPERCHARGING SYSTEM: 

MOTOR AMPS…………………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



SUCTION MANIFOLD PRESS.

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

DATE

B. Schumer

12 Apr 2012

EDN-1688

11 of 12

REVISED DATE

GDH

CHECKED BY

REV.

02 DATE

Bryce Brock START

PAGE

APPROVED

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

13 Apr 2012

2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR

7. OVERALL VISUAL EXAMINATION (Yes/No): 

OIL LEAKS………….…………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



GUARDS DRAGGING..………

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



LOOSE BOLTS……..………….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



LOOSE/LEAK OIL LINE……..

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



COOLANT LEAKS...………….

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

8. OTHER: 

___________________________

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



___________________________

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



___________________________

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



___________________________

______

_____ _____ _____ _____



___________________________

______

_____ _____ _____ _____

Comments: _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________

DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO.

PAGE

EDN-1688

12 of 12

ENGINEERING SUBJECT

COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 TRIPLEX MUD PUMP

PREPARED BY

DATE

B. Schumer

APPROVED

GDH

CHECKED BY

12 Apr 2012

REVISED DATE

02 DATE

Bryce Brock

13 Apr 2012

COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE: Date Complete:

________________________________

Client _______________________ ______________________ Name

Signature

_____________________ Title

Class _______________________ ______________________ _____________________ Name

Signature

Owner _______________________ ______________________ Name

Signature

National______________________ ______________________ Oilwell Name Signature Varco

REV.

Title

_____________________ Title

_____________________ Title

Operation Manual Triplex Mud Pump For Models: FD-500, FD-800, FD-1000 & FD-1600

REFERENCE

RIG/PLANT ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

Triplex Mud Pump

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco. Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. © National Oilwell Varco

National Oilwell Varco 1530 W Sam Houston Pkwy. N Houston, TX 77043 Phone 713-935-8000 Fax 713-935-8382

CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

Client Document Number

EPL-1911

01

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 2

REVISION HISTORY

01

15.08.2006

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

New Manual

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision

Change Description

www.nov.com

Reason for issue

TMH

TMH

KS

Prepared

Checked

Approved

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 3

PREFACE This manual is provided for guidance of those who wish to install, repair, maintain, or adjust the National Oilwell Varco equipment covered herein. This information has been prepared with a basic viewpoint to give accurate and concise data needed to perform minor adjustments as well as major overhauls. This information is not elementary, as it is intended for operators and servicemen who are familiar with drilling equipment in general. It is not intended, nor would it be possible in such limited space, to cover every possible condition which may be encountered. Always use good, sound mechanical practices and safety precautions. All specifications are in accordance with Engineering designs and should be adhered to in all repairs. Operation and maintenance information on equipment other than National Oilwell Varco’s is taken in part from the various manufacturers’ manuals. If the equipment manufacturers issue later instructions, or in the event of conflict, the manufacturer’s information will take precedence over that shown in this manual, unless specifically stated otherwise. Refer to the General Lubrication Bulletin for approved lubricants. If any discrepancy exists between the recommendations in this manual and the General Lubrication Bulletin, those in the Lubrication Bulletin will take precedence. The manual sections follow logical divisions in major components, and cover all standard production unless otherwise specified. Specifications and components covered are for standard equipment current at the time this manual was approved for printing. National Oilwell Varco reserves the right to discontinue models at any time, or change specifications or design of any model without notice and without incurring any obligation.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 4

IN ORDER TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY during performance of any maintenance or inspection procedures, this equipment must be shut down and not operating. Each motor and generator is equipped with a motor cutout switch. This switch should be IN, and the safety bar in place, when any maintenance or inspection procedures are performed. Employ good mechanical practices when making maintenance repairs, adjustments, inspections, etc.

When operating all mechanical and electrical equipment, all safety devices must be engaged, properly adjusted, and in good operating condition, including overtravel devices for traveling blocks, warning or shutdown devices for engines, etc.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFACE.................................................................................................................................... 3 1

INSTALLATION OF NEW PUMP ................................................................................... 11

2

SETTING THE PUMP ..................................................................................................... 11 2.1

3

SUCTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS........................................................................... 16 3.1

4

5

6

8

Caution ................................................................................................................. 16

PREPARATION OF POWER END ................................................................................. 17 4.1

Power End Lubrication.......................................................................................... 17

4.2

Installation of Crosshead Extension Rods and Diaphragm Stuffing Box Seals..... 18

PISTON AND LINER COOLING SYSTEM ..................................................................... 19 5.1

Stationary spray (View A, Fig. 6) .......................................................................... 20

5.2

Moving Nozzle ...................................................................................................... 20

ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS ............................................................................. 23 6.1

7

Land Installations.................................................................................................. 11

Valves and Seats.................................................................................................. 23

FD-500, FD-800 & FD-1000............................................................................................ 24 7.1

Liners.................................................................................................................... 25

7.2

Piston Rod ............................................................................................................ 25

7.3

Piston Rod Clamps ............................................................................................... 25

7.4

Liner Cage and Lower Valve Guide ...................................................................... 26

7.5

Cylinder head ....................................................................................................... 26

7.6

Discharge Valve Pot Covers ................................................................................. 26

FD-1600 .......................................................................................................................... 27 8.1

Liner...................................................................................................................... 28

8.2

Piston Rod ............................................................................................................ 28

8.3

Piston Rod Clamps ............................................................................................... 29

8.4

Lower Valve Guide and Cylinder Head................................................................. 29

8.5

Discharge Valve Pot Covers ................................................................................. 29

8.6

Discharge Manifold all models .............................................................................. 30

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

9

EPL- 1911 01 6

8.7

Suction Flange...................................................................................................... 30

8.8

Accessory Manifold............................................................................................... 30

LUBRICATION ............................................................................................................... 31 9.1

Minimum Operating Speeds ................................................................................. 32

9.2

Controlled Flow Splash System ............................................................................ 33

9.3

Total Pressure lubrication System ........................................................................ 34

10

MAINTENANCE OF THE LUBRICATION SYSTEM ...................................................... 36

11

MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 38

12

11.1

Power End ............................................................................................................ 38

11.2

Roller Bearings ..................................................................................................... 39

11.3

Pinion Shaft Assembly.......................................................................................... 41

11.4

Crankshaft Assembly (Fig. 16) ............................................................................ 42

11.5

Installing Crankshaft Assembly in Frame.............................................................. 46

11.6

Installation of Crosshead Guides .......................................................................... 48

11.7

Installation of Crossheads .................................................................................... 49

11.8

Checking crosshead alignment............................................................................. 51

FLUID END MAINTENANCE.......................................................................................... 51 12.1

Fluid Cylinder Blocks ............................................................................................ 52

12.2

Suction Manifold ................................................................................................... 53

12.3

Discharge Manifold ............................................................................................... 53

12.4

Cylinder Head Thread Ring .................................................................................. 54

12.5

Welding and Repairs ............................................................................................ 54

12.6

Welding Procedures ............................................................................................ 58

12.7

Repairs to Valve Pot Cover Bore .......................................................................... 59

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

www.nov.com

EPL- 1911 01 7

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 8

Allow sufficient clearance for removal of these parts.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 9

General Dimensions FD-500

(mm)

FD-800

( mm )

FD-1000

( mm )

FD-1600

( mm )

A

3’-11-3/8”

(1203)

4’-8-7/8”

(1445)

4’-10-5/8”

(1489)

5’-0-5/8”

(1540)

B

---

---

---

--

----

--

5’-7-13/16”

(1722)

C

3’-2-15/16”

(989)

3’-4-1/2”

(1029)

3’-8-3/8”

(1127)

4’-0-1/8”

(1222)

D

3’-11-3/16”

(1198)

---

--

----

--

4’-8-1/16”

(1424)

E

12-1/16”

(305)

12-7/16”

( 316 )

13-3/4”

( 349 )

13-3/16”

( 335 )

F

3’-1”

(939)

---

--

----

--

4’-3-3/4”

(1315)

G

3’-8-1/2”

(1197)

3’-11-1/8”

(1197)

4’-5-1/2”

(1359)

4’-11-3/4”

(1518)

H

4’-9”

(1448)

5’-1-3/4”

(1568)

8’-0”

92438)

7’-10”

(2388)

J

6’-9-7/8”

(2079)

7’-11-3/8”

(2423)

8’-4-1/4”

(2546)

8’-11-7/8”

(2740)

---

---

4’-6-1/4”

(1378)

4’-6-7/8”

(1394)

4’-10-1/4”

(1480)

5.5”

(139)

7.00”

(177.8)

7.750”

(196.85)

8.500”

(215.90)

2” x 1”

(50.8 x 25.4)

2” x 1”

(50.8 x 25.4)

** K L (Dia.)

(Keyway) 1-1/4” x 5/8” (31.7 x 15.8) 1-3/4 x 7/8” (44.45 x 22.225) M

3’-11”

(1193)

4’-3-3/8”

(1305)

4’-9-3/8”

(1457)

5’-5-3/4”

(1670)

N

5’-0-3/4”

(1543)

5’-5-1/4”

(1657)

5’-11-1/8”

(1807)

6’-10”

(2083)

P

4’-3-3/8”

(1305)

4’-6”

(1372)

5’-1”

(1549)

6’-1-3/8”

(1864)

Q

12’-0”

(3658)

13’-0”

(3962)

13’-6”

(4115)

16’

(4877)

R

1’-3-5/16”

(389)

1’-3-5/8”

( 397 )

1’-6-7/8”

( 479 )

1’-9-3/4”

( 553 )

S

10”

(254)

10”

( 254 )

12”

( 305 )

12-1/4”

( 311 )

T

---

---

1’-1”

( 330 )

1’-1”

( 330 )

1’-4-1/2”

( 419 )

U

---

---

2’-0-1/2”

( 622 )

1’-2-3/8”

( 365 )

1’-1-3/4”

( 349 )

V

3’-0-3/4”

(933)

3’-1-1/2”

( 953 )

2’-2-3/8”

( 670 )

2’-6-1/4”

( 768 )

W

9-3/4”

(250)

10-3/4”

( 273 )

10-3/4”

( 273 )

12-9/16”

( 319 )

X

1’-4-7/8”

(422)

---

--

----

--

1’-7-1/4”

( 489 )

**Required to remove Suction Desurger.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 10

Specifications FD-500

FD-800

FD-1000

FD-1600

Max. Liner Size 6-3/4” (171.45 mm) and stroke 7-1/2” (191 mm)

6-3/4” (171.45 mm) 6-3/4” (171.45 mm) 7-1/2” (190.5 mm) 9” (228.6 mm) 10” (254 mm) 12” (304.8 mm)

Nominal HP Rating

800 HP @ 150 SPM

Type Gear Lubrication

500 HP @ 165 SPM Herringbone 4.31:1

Herringbone 4.31:1

1000 HP @ 140 SPM Herringbone 4.31:1

1600 HP @ 120 SPM Double Helical 4.31:1

Pressure and Splash to all Moving Parts

Valve Pots

API No. 6

API No. 6

API No. 6

API No. 7

Approx. Wt. (Lbs.)

18,657 (8,463 kg)

26,603 (12,067 kg)

33,770 (15,318 kg)

46,820 (21,238 kg)

*FD Max. liner size 7” (177.8 mm)

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1

EPL- 1911 01 11

INSTALLATION OF NEW PUMP Your National Oilwell Varco pump has been completely assembled and test operated under pressure before being shipped to the field. Unless otherwise instructed, the lubrication is drained from the power end and the expendable parts are removed from the fluid end. Before putting the pump into service, the following precautions and operations must be performed or checked. In order to prevent personal injury during the performance of any maintenance or inspection procedures, this equipment MUST BE SHUT DOWN AND NOT OPERATING, and all safety devices on prime movers, drives, etc., MUST BE IN THE SAFE POSITION.

2

SETTING THE PUMP The skids under the National Oilwell Varco pumps are suitable for most any type of installation. It should be noted, however, that the box type construction of the power frame has high resistance to bending but relatively less resistance against twist. Therefore, the support under the pump must be level and adequate to support the weight and operating forces exerted by the pump.

2.1

Land Installations In land installations, a mat of 3” X 12” (76.20 mm x 304.8 mm) boards laid side crosswise to the pump skids for the entire length, or at a minimum, at the points indicated in Fig. 2, is usually sufficient. The boards should be a few feet wider than the width of the pump skid runners. Wet or marshy locations may require a more stable foundation.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 12

Fig. 2 Suitable means, such as National Oilwell Varco pump spacers as shown in Fig. 3, should be used to keep the pump anchored and the drive in alignment. National Oilwell Varco mud pump spacers provide 8-1/2” (215.9mm) adjustment. Any desired length may be obtained by lengthening the standard pipe spacer, which is made of 3” (76.20mm) extra strong pipe. Three types of attaching heads are available with this spacer:

1. The chain type to fit pipe. 2. The hinged flange type for attachment to flat surfaces. 3. Any combination of the two.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 13

2.1.1 Permanent Installations On permanent installations such as barge, platform, structural base, or concrete slab, where pump skids are bolted down, it is essential that the skids be properly shimmed to prevent possibility of twisting or distorting the power frame. The pump skids must sit solid on all shim points with bolts loose. On barge installations, the pump skids are generally bolted down to T-beams running parallel and in line with the pump skids. Install shims at points shown in Figs. 2 and 4 and observe caution of proper shimming to prevent twist or distortion. The shims on all installations should extend the full width of the skid beam flanges and have a minimum length of 12” (305mm). On installations where the power unit or electric motor is mounted integrally with the pump skids, the preferred installation would be to set the pump package on the T-beam skids and provide retention blocks rather than bolts to hold it in place. This will allow the pump to “float” and minimize the transfer of barge deck or platform distortion into the frame. 2.1.2 Installation of the Drive The drive between the mud pumps and the power source, whether V-belts or multi-width chains, should be installed with the greatest care to assure maximum operating life with minimum of unexpected or undesirable shutdowns due to drive failures. When installing the drive sheave or sprocket, make sure all grease or rust preventative is removed from the shaft and the bore of the drive. Remove all burrs or rough spots from the shaft, key, and keyway. Fit key to the keyways in both the shaft and drive and install key into shaft keyway. Coat pinion shaft with a light coating of anti-seize compound or light oil and install the drive sheave or sprocket hub. Tighten hub bolts as indicated below:

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 14

When a wrench or length of pipe is used to increase leverage in tightening draw-up bolts, it is imperative to adhere to the wrench torque values given in the chart below. This adherence is important, because in mounting the hub, the tightening force on the bolts is multiplied many times by the wedging action of the tapered surface. This action compresses the hub for a snug fit on the shaft. If the bolt tightening forces are extreme, bursting pressure is created in the hub of the mounted pulley; this pressure may cause the pulley to crack. The hub bolts should always be tightened alternately and progressively.

QD

Wrench Torque

Wrench Length

Wrench Pull

Hub

Ft. Lb.

Inches

Lbs.

FD-500

P

540 (62 meter kg)

30 (.76 meters)

180 (82 kg)

FD-800

W

600 (83 meter kg)

36 (.90 meters)

200 (92.2 kg)

FD-1000

W

600 (83 meter kg)

36 (.90 meters)

200 (92.2 kg)

FD-1600

W

600 (83 meter kg)

36 (.90 meters)

200 (92.2 kg)

2.1.2.1 V-Belt Drives a. Check sheave groove condition. Before installing the V-belts, check sheave grooves for wear. Worn or rounded grooves will destroy V-belts rapidly. The side walls must be straight. Sheave grooves must be free of dirt, rust or other extrusions which could damage the Vbelts. b.

Check sheave alignment. The final alignment of the V-belt sheaves should be checked after the V-belts have been installed and adjusted to their operating tension. If the sides of the sheaves are of equal distance from the centerline of the groove, check alignment by stretching TWO strings (fish line or piano wire preferred) along one side of the two sheaves, one above and one below the centerline, and moving one of the sheaves until the strings touch four points on the side of the sheave rims. This will determine that the centerline of the drives are parallel and the faces of the sheaves are square.

c.

Adjust V-belts for proper tension. Adjust the belt tension by moving the sheaves apart until all of the sag has just been eliminated from the tight side of the belt and some of the belts on the slack side. Then increase the centers approximately ½” (13mm) for each 100” (2540 mm) center distance. Example: On 150” (3810 mm) center, move pump an additional ¾” (19.5 mm).

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 15

DO NOT OBTAIN BELT TENSION BY PICKING UP END OF PUMP AND ALLOWING BELTS TO TIGHTEN UNDER WEIGHT OF PUMP AS END IS BEING LOWERED TO THE GROUND. 2.1.2.2 Chain Drives a. Installation Proper installation and maintenance of the sprocket and chain drives are essential if good service life is to be obtained. Since many factors, such as chain width, center distances, speeds, and loads must be considered when determining the allowable tolerance for sprocket alignment, no good “rule of thumb” can be applied. The chain alignment must simply be held as nearly perfect as possible. A more precise alignment can be made by stretching two steel wires (piano wire) along one face of the two sprockets, one above and one below the centerline, and moving one of the sprockets until the wires touch at four points. This will determine that the centerlines of the drives are parallel and the faces of the sprockets are square. b.

Drive chain lubrication The pump drive chain lubrication system on the majority of National Oilwell Varco pumps is an independent system having its own oil pump, reservoir, and drive. Fill chain case to the indicated level with a non-detergent oil as follows: Ambient temperature above 32°F (0°C) SAE-30 Ambient temperature below 32°F (0°C) SAE-20 For temperatures below 0°F, consult a reputable lubrication dealer for recommendations. REFER TO GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN for approved lubricants and additional specifications. If any discrepancy exists between the recommendations in this manual and the General Lubrication Bullletin, those in the Lubrication Bulletin will take precedence. Since this is an independent system, it will require the same maintenance or service attention employed on any other piece of machinery, including: - Daily check of oil level. - Daily check on condition of oil. - Frequent check on oil pressure. (5-15 psi) (.352 - 1.06 kg/cm²) - Volume of oil being applied to chain. - Condition of nozzles in spray tube. - Condition of oil pump drive (V-belts or chain)

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 16

NOTE: Oil pressure may be adjusted with the pressure relief adjusting screw on the rear of the pump housing. Pressure drops may also indicate suction and discharge filter screens need cleaning. 3

SUCTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Individual installation conditions will dictate the design of the suction system. The suction of the FD-series pumps must have a positive head (pressure) for satisfactory performance. The optimum suction manifold pressure is 20-30 psi (1.75-2 kg/cm²) for maximum volumetric efficiency and expendable parts life. This head pressure is best supplied by a 5 x 6 centrifugal pump with 40 h.p. 1150 rpm electric motor. This type of drive requires a device to automatically start and stop the centrifugal pump motor simultaneously with the triplex pump. On DC electric powered rigs a signal can usually be supplied from the DC control panel to energize a magnetic starter when the mud pump clutch air line will provide a set of contacts for energizing the magnetic starter when clutch is engaged. The charging pump can also be belt driven from the triplex pinion shaft charging type of drive is not as efficient at slow speeds with viscous fluids. Under some conditions the FD-Series pumps may be operated without a charging pump, provided the fluid level in mud pits is higher than the top of the liners, fluid being pumped is low viscosity and suction line must be short, straight and of at least the same diameter as suction manifold inlet. The suction lines should be piped with valve arrangements so the charging pump can be by-passed so operation can be continued in event of charging pump failure or for maintenance. Operation without a charging pump can be improved by replacing the suction valve springs with a weaker spring. Suction desurgers are a very effective aid for complete filling of the liners and dampening pulsations in the suction line which results in a smoother flow in the discharge line. If your pump is equipped with a suction desurger it must be pre-charged with compressed air before operations are begun. See suction desurger manual for charging instructions.

3.1

Caution Do not pipe the return line from the shear relief valve back into the suction system as a relief valve operation will cause a sudden pressure rise in the system vastly greater than the system pressure ratings, resulting in damage to manifold, suction desurger and centrifugal pump.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 17

4

PREPARATION OF POWER END Your National Oilwell Varco pump has been completely assembled and test operated before being shipped to the field. Unless otherwise instructed, the lubrication is drained from the power end, and the expendables are removed from the fluid end for storage protection. Before operating the pump, the following must be performed or checked:

4.1

Power End Lubrication Before installing lubricant, open inspection door in cover and check oil reservoir for possible accumulation of condensation, etc., and drain and flush by removing the pipe plugs on each side of the pump. Add the proper type and quantity of lubrication in the power end. Refer to the Lubrication Section of this manual, or lubrication plate on pump frame for type and quantity required. Recheck oil level after pump has operated for a period of 15 minutes. Shut pump down and allow approximately five minutes for the oil level to equalize. Check at oil level gauge, Item 1, Fig. 1. It is usually necessary for a few more gallons of oil to be added due to a certain amount being retained in the crosshead area and frame cavities.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

4.2

EPL- 1911 01 18

Installation of Crosshead Extension Rods and Diaphragm Stuffing Box Seals.

With reference to Figure 5, remove the diaphragm stuffing box and plate (1) and rotate pump so that crosshead is at the front of the stroke. Thoroughly clean the front of the crosshead and the face of the crosshead extension rod. Insert alignment boss on crosshead extension rod into the crosshead bore and tighten the retainer bolts (2) to the following torque. Safety wire bolt heads. FD-500 50-60 ft. lbs. (7-8 meter kgs) FD-800 80-100 ft. lbs. (11-14mkgs.) FD-1000 350-370 ft. lbs. (48-51 meter kgs) FD-1600 350-370 ft. lbs. (48-51mkgs.) Thoroughly clean face of power frame and diaphragm stuffing box plate at Position “A”. Install gasket (3) and capscrews (10). Tighten capscrews as follows: FD-500 12-14 ft. lbs. (1.7 - 1.9 meter kgs)

www.nov.com

FD-800 12-18 ft. lbs. (1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs) FD-1000 12-18 ft. lbs. (1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs)

FD-1600 90-120 ft. lbs. (12 - 17 meter kgs)

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 19

Clean bore and face of diaphragm stuffing box plate. Clean OD and flange of diaphragm stuffing box. Coat OD of diaphragm stuffing box with light oil and install Oring seal (4). Insert diaphragm stuffing box in plate bore and tighten capscrews to the following torque: FD-500 12-14 ft. lbs. (1.7 - 1.9 meter kgs)

FD-800 12-18 ft. lbs. (1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs) FD-1000 12-18 ft. lbs. (1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs).

FD-1600 90-120 ft. lbs. (12 - 17 meter kgs)

The diaphragm stuffing box packing assembly consists of a single lip oil seal (6), a double lip wiper seal (11), a separator spring (7), an O-ring (8), and a lock spring (9). Install the assembly as follows: a. Remove pressure spring (5) from single lip oil seal (6) and place seal in the inner (power end) position on the crosshead extension rod, with lip toward power end. Replace the pressure spring in the seal lip and slide the seal into position in the stuffing box. SEE NOTE BELOW. b. Insert the separator spring (7) over rod and slide it into stuffing box bore. c. Install the O-ring (8) in groove in stuffing box bore. d. Remove pressure spring (5) from double lip oil seal (11) and place seal in the outer position on the crosshead extension rod with main lip toward power end. Replace the pressure spring in the seal lip and slide the seal into position in the stuffing box. SEE NOTE BELOW. CAUTION:

The double lip seal can be used in the inner, or power end, position to replace the single lip seal, but DO NOT use the single lip seal in the outer position.

e. Install the lock spring (9). NOTE: CAUTION must be taken to assure the pressure spring (5) does not slip out of the groove in the oil seal lip, as severe scoring of the crosshead extension rod can occur. Coat extension rod with a light oil to facilitate installation of the packing assembly. 5

PISTON AND LINER COOLING SYSTEM Proper attention must be paid at all times to assure adequate cooling fluid is being applied to the piston and liner assembly. Stoppage of the cooling fluid will result in almost instant failure of the piston rubbers and possibly extensive damage to the liner bore.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 20

Two types of piston and liner cooling systems have been used on National Oilwell Varco FD-Series Pumps -- the stationary spray type and a moving nozzle type. Ref. Fig. 6. The manifold (1) for supplying cooling fluid to the piston and liner assemblies is identical on both systems. Cooling fluid from either a remote source such as a water line, or from a pump and reservoir system unitized on the pump skids (Ref. Fig. 7) must be piped into the manifold at the connection located in the pump frame under the crosshead extension rod section. CAUTION:

The supply line from a remote system should be equipped with a strainer to prevent stoppage of the spray nozzles. Water should be cool and free of abrasive solids. Clean strainer screen or trap once each day, or as required.

The two types of cooling systems are outlined below: 5.1

Stationary spray (View A, Fig. 6) The stationary spray cooling system consists of a spray nozzle (2) mounted on a liner end cover plate (3), which applies cooling fluid in the form of a spray to the piston and liner area. Adjust cooling water supply to the manifold so that a spray approximately *12” long is being discharged from each spray nozzle. Inspect spray nozzle operation VERY OFTEN, making sure the nozzle is pointed directly at the piston. *(304.8mm)

5.2

Moving Nozzle The moving nozzle system consists of a spray tube (4) mounted on the extension rod clamp (5), which applies cooling fluid directly to the back face of the piston. The end of the spray tube is positioned approximately 1” from the back face of the piston, which causes the cooling fluid to be deflected so that it constantly floods the piston liner area throughout the full stroke length. Inspect spray tube very often to assure that ample cooling fluid is being supplied. At routine intervals, check condition of the hose (6) which connects the spray tube to the manifold. This hose travels back and forth with the piston rod assembly, therefore must be installed so that its movement is not restricted.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 21

See sections 5.1 and 5.2 for call out numbers descriptions shown in figure 6.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 22

A typical rod cooling assembly consisting of fluid pump driven from pinion shaft and fluid reservoir mounted in the skids is shown in Figure 7.

With reference to Fig. 7, maintain electric motor (1) and centrifugal pump (2) according to manufacturer’s specifications. Rotation of the pump should be clockwise when viewed from the impeller end. Adjust regulating valve (3) to apply as much water as possible to the liners without splashing back on the crosshead extension rods and diaphragm stuffing box plate. 10gallons per minute per liner is the preferred flow rate. If water is allowed to splash on the crosshead extension rods, some of the water may work back into the power end to contaminate the lubrication oil.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 23

The cooling fluid is returned from the crosshead extension rod compartment to the settling chamber, and as the fluid overflows through the filter screen between the two sections of the tank, the solids are allowed to settle out. The filter screen will catch much of the foreign material floating in the fluid. Check condition of the cooling fluid at frequent intervals and CLEAN and FLUSH reservoir as required. Contaminated fluid will cause premature liner and piston wear from abrasion or stoppage of the spray nozzle or spray tube. 6

ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS

6.1

Valves and Seats Remove all three discharge valve pot covers (1), and three cylinder heads and plugs (2), and thoroughly clean all machined surfaces in the fluid end with a good cleaning solvent. Make sure all valve seat bores are VERY CLEAN AND DRY (free of dirt, grease, anti-rust compound, etc.) and remove all burrs or nicks with a fine emery cloth, using circular motion around seat surfaces.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 24

THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND DRY the valve seats and install suction and discharge valve seats into the valve pot bores. Drive seats firmly into place with a bar and hammer. Install valves and springs, etc., by following any special instructions that may have been outlined by the specific valve and seat manufacturer. Install fluid baffle (11), fig. 9 and 9B on end of crosshead extension rod.

7

FD-500, FD-800 & FD-1000 ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS

A cross-section through the fluid end is shown in Fig. 9. With reference to Fig.9, clean and assemble the fluid end parts in the following manner:

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 25

7.1

Liners Inspect liner bore again to make sure it is clean and free of foreign particles to assure metal to metal contact between the liner and fluid end. Foreign particles can cause the liner to make up in a “cocked” position resulting in premature wear on liners and pistons.

7.2

Piston Rod Clean piston and piston rod, making sure they are free of nicks and burrs. Install “O” ring seal (20) in groove in piston head. Slide piston head on rod while observing that “O” ring does not fall out of groove. Tighten piston rod nut (21) to 1200-1600 ft. lbs. (166-121 m/kgs.). Coat liner I.D. and piston O.D. with grease. Check ends of piston rod and extension rod to be sure they are clean and free of burrs. Insert piston rod through liner holding piston rod centered at the rear of the liner. Drive the piston into the liner with a driving tool or a piece of hardwood and sledge hammer. Use caution as the piston rod approaches the crosshead extension rod that the dowel on the end of the piston rod is not damaged. The piston rod must be supported and the dowel guided into the pilot bore.

7.3

Piston Rod Clamps The piston rod clamps are machined as one piece and then cut in half. The two pieces are stenciled with matching numbers on each half and have a chain link connecting them together. The two pieces with the same matching numbers should always be kept together as a set. Install the clamp around the rod end flanges with the water connection holes at top dead center. Tighten cap screws to the following torque values. FD-500-368 ft. lbs.

(51 Meter/kgs.)

FD- 800-100 ft. lbs.

(14 Meter/kgs.)

FD-1000-160 ft. lbs.

(22 Meter/kgs.)

When rods and rod clamps are new a gap in excess of ½” (13 MM) could be present between the two halves of the clamp. This is satisfactory provided the faces of the rods are seating metal to metal. As wear occurs, the halves will pull closer together. Clamping action will be lost when a gap no longer exist. At this time clamps must be replaced.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 26

7.4

Liner Cage and Lower Valve Guide Install rear liner seal (5) and push into position against liner shoulder. Slide liner cage (6) into fluid end, align one hole in the cage with lower valve pot bore. Set lower valve guide (8) over valve stem through lower hole in cage with the wings on the guide turned crosswise to the pump. Press down on the guide, compressing the valve spring (7) until the guide can be rotated ¼ turn and seat into place underneath the cage. Insert the lower valve guide locking clip (9) through the pad eyes on the lower valve guide and rotate clip to the right to lock the valve guide tight against the OD of the liner cage. It may sometimes be necessary to put more or less bend in the center of the clip to make it retain the guide tightly while the clip handle snaps into position on the right hand side.

7.5

Cylinder head Insert the outer seal (5) in the fluid end bore against the liner cage. Slide the cylinder head plug (10) into fluid end. Apply a liberal coat of grease to both mating thread surfaces of the cylinder head (2). Screw cylinder head in and tighten with wrench furnished with pump and sledge hammer. Fluid leakage through the weep hole will indicate a defective seal or loose cylinder head. DO NOT plug weep holes as this can result in severe damage to cylinder head threads, thread rings, etc., in event of a liner seal failure.

7.6

Discharge Valve Pot Covers Install discharge valve pot gasket (3) into bore, and after liberal application of grease or tool joint compound to the gasket and thread area, tighten the discharge valve pot covers into place, using a sledge hammer and bar.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

8

EPL- 1911 01 27

FD-1600 ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS

Figure 9B A cross section through the fluid end is shown in fig. 9B. With reference to fig. 9B thoroughly clean and assemble the fluid end parts in the following manner: Note: All of the parts in this fluid end assembly are designed with metal to metal seating to alleviate friction wear from breathing action encountered in modern high pressure pump operation. For this reason it is essential that all parts be clean and free of rust, nicks and burrs before being assembled.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

8.1

EPL- 1911 01 28

Liner Install wear plate seal (1) in counterbore of fluid end. Slide wear plate (2) over studs until it seats against fluid end. Slide liner thread ring (3) over studs with the starting thread at the 5 o’clock position and tighten nuts to 470-510 ft. lbs. (65-70 m/kgs.) torque. Note: Placing the starting thread at 5 o’clock position makes engaging the liner lock threads much easier. Place liner seal (4) in counterbore of wear plate. Apply thin coat of grease to ID of liner lock (5) and slide over rear of liner (6). Install two-piece liner lock ring (7) in liner groove and “O” ring to hold them in position. Slide liner handling tool over liner up against liner lock ring and tighten set screw to secure it in place. Hoist liner assembly into position with jib hoist. Note: FD pumps are factory equipped with jib booms and liner handling tools. If older pumps are converted to FD fluid ends a jib boom should be added to the pump frame as considerable weight is involved in handling the liner assembly. Apply liberal coat of grease to liner lock threads. Align the starting thread of the liner lock (5) to the 7 o’clock position and insert the liner into the liner thread ring (3) screw liner lock in until liner seats in position . Tighten with sledge hammer on hammer lugs.

8.2

Piston Rod Clean piston (9) and piston rod (8), making sure they are free of nicks and burrs. Install “O” ring seal (10) in groove in piston head. Slide piston head on rod while observing that “O” ring does not fall out of groove. Tighten piston rod nut (11) to 1200-1600 ft. lbs. (166-121 m/kgs.). Coat liner I.D. and piston O.D. with grease. Check ends of piston rod and extension rod to be sure they are clean and free of burrs. Insert piston rod into liner through cylinder head opening holding piston rod centered at the rear of the liner. Drive the piston into the liner with a driving tool or a piece of hardwood and sledge hammer. Use caution as the piston rod approaches the crosshead extension rod that the dowel on the end of the piston rod is not damaged. The piston rod must be supported and the dowel guided into the pilot bore.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

8.3

EPL- 1911 01 29

Piston Rod Clamps The piston rod clamps are machined as one piece and then sawed in half. The two pieces are stenciled with matching numbers on each half. The two pieces with the same matching numbers should always be kept together as a set. Install the clamp around the rod end flanges with the water connection holes at top dead center. Tighten cap screws to the following torque values: FD-1600

245 ft. lbs.

(34 m/kgs.)

When rods and rod clamps are new a gap in excess of ½” (13 mm) could be present between the two halves of the clamp. This is satisfactory provided the faces of the rods are seating metal to metal. As wear occurs, the halves will pull closer together. Clamping action will be lost when a gap no longer exists. At this time clamps must be replaced. Install splash plate on rear of liner. 8.4

Lower Valve Guide and Cylinder Head Slide the alignment ring (12) into the cylinder head opening engaging the alignment dowel at the 3 o’clock position. Do not drive on this piece as dowel or dowel hole will be damaged. It will slide easily into place when it is properly aligned. Insert the lower valve guide (13) through the alignment ring and position the guide over the valve stem. Start the lock bolt (14) and draw it down, compressing the valve spring and seating the valve guide in the tapered slot. Tighten lock bolt to 300 to 340 ft. lbs. 41 to 47 m/kg². Install head seal (15) on cylinder head plug (16). Coat seal and O.D. of plug with light oil. Screw a 3 ft. (1 M) length of pipe into the threaded opening on the plug. Using the pipe to balance the plug, slide it straight into the fluid end opening. Apply a liberal coat of grease to the cylinder head (17) with wrench provided and sledge hammer. Fluid leakage through the weep hole will indicate a defective seal or loose cylinder head. DO NOT plug weep hole as this can result in severe damage to cylinder head threads, thread rings, etc., in event of a liner seal failure.

8.5

Discharge Valve Pot Covers Install discharge valve pot gasket (18) into bore, and after liberal application of grease or tool joint compound to the gasket and thread area, tighten the discharge valve pot covers (19) into place, using a sledge hammer and bar.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

8.6

EPL- 1911 01 30

Discharge Manifold all models A 5”-1500*RTJ flange connection is provided on the discharge manifold. REMOVE flange and protect gasket area before welding (customer’s option) to the discharge piping. (*127mm) Tighten discharge flange connection bolts to *1200-1600 ft. lbs. torque. To insure uniform make-up of the ring joint connection, tighten flange bolt nuts in a crisscross order. (*166121 meter kgs.) If a blind flange is installed on the opposite end of the discharge manifold, check flange bolts and tighten to same specification as noted above.

8.7

Suction Flange The suction flange has a 12” (305mm) standard pipe thread connection and is custom made to match the companion flange on the pump suction manifold. The flange connection is sealed off by an O-ring seal (14” OD x 13-1/2” ID x ¼ “), (356mm OD x 343mm I.D. x 6.35mm Dia.) NOTE: Thoroughly clean O-ring groove and face of flanges before making up connection. Flanges must make up metal to metal to insure proper seal. Tighten flange bolts to 360490 ft. lbs. (50-68 meter kgs.) torque. CAUTION: If suction pipe is welded to suction flange, remove O-ring prior to welding.

8.8

Accessory Manifold Fig. 10 is not the standard discharge arrangement on the model FD-1600 pump, which uses the strainer cross configuration. An accessory manifold, Fig.10, is available for installation on the discharge manifold opposite the discharge end. The manifold will accommodate a discharge pulsation dampener (1) and provides two 3”-6000 PSI*side outlet connections for such items as a pressure gauge (2) and a shear relief valve (3). When manifold is used, install and maintain as follows:

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 31

The flange on the accessory manifold is a 5”-1500 *RTJ. Thoroughly clean ring joint groove, install ring (4) and tighten the flange bolts (5) to 1200 ft. lbs. torque. To assure uniform make-up of the ring joint connection, tighten the nuts in a criss-cross order. The shear relief valve (3) is installed on the discharge manifold for the purpose of protecting the pump from excessively high pressure overloads. The relief valve must be installed so that it will be directly exposed to the mud. DO NOT PUT ANY TYPE OF SHUT OFF VALVE between the relief valve and the manifold. Pipe the discharge side of the relief valve directly into the mud pit with as few turns in the line as possible. IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED for the discharge side of the valve to be piped into the suction line of the pump. * 5” -

= 127mm

3” - 6000 PSI = two 76.2mm - 422 kg/cm² The relief valve setting should be just above the maximum pressure rating of the particular liner size being used. CHANGE SETTINGS with each liner size change. DO NOT USE ALLEN WRENCHES, WELDING RODS, or material other than that called for by the manufacturer of the relief valve, as this will affect the rating of the relief valve. The mounting for the dischage pulsation dampener (1) is a RTJ flange with R-39 ring gasket. Before installing dampener, thoroughly clean ring groove and ring, and after setting dampener into place, tighten the 1-1/4”*nut (6) to 750 ft.lbs*. torque. To insure uniform make-up, tighten nuts in a criss-cross order. Precharge dampener before starting up pump. Precharge pressure should not be more than 2/3 of the pump discharge pressure, or a maximum of 650 PSI. (46 kg/cm²) CAUTION: USE ONLY COMPRESSED NITROGEN OR AIR. DO NOT CHARGE WITH OXYGEN. * 1-1/4” = 32mm 750 ft. lbs. = 104 meter kgs 9

LUBRICATION Proper lubrication of the moving parts in any piece of machinery is the most important single factor affecting its ultimate life. To obtain maximum trouble-free service life from the power end of the National Oilwell Varco pump, it is necessary to perform routine maintenance care and inspections to insure the proper amount of CLEAN lubricant is being provided.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 32

The FD-Series pumps utilize the controlled flow oil bath splash and pressure system to lubricate the entire power end. The type of pressure system provided in each individual pump will govern the minimum SPM at which the pump can be operated, i.e. pumps which have pressure lubrication only to the main and pinion bearings, have a minimum rated speed of 40 SPM. Pumps in which pressure lubrication is provided to the main, pinion, and crosshead bearings and crosshead compartments may be operated at a minimum speed of 25 SPM, provided there is a minimum of 5 PSI oil pressure. (352 grams/cm²) 9.1

Minimum Operating Speeds The minimum speed for all pumps is 40 SPM. CAUTION: The pressure lubricating system can be provided with an externally mounted oil pump driven through V-belts or electric AC motor; or an internally mounted oil pump driven from the main gear. When an internally mounted oil pump is used, the direction of rotation of the pinion shaft must be as shown in Fig. 11.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

9.2

EPL- 1911 01 33

Controlled Flow Splash System The controlled flow splash lubrication system is the same for all FD-Series pumps, regardless of the type of oil pump drive provided for the pressure system. In the controlled flow splash system, the main gear picks oil up from the reservoir, and when the teeth mesh with the pinion, the oil is displaced into various troughs and compartments in the frame. With reference to Figure 13, the oil thrown into trough (7) is directed through the oil tube (8) to the two pinion bearings. Oil passage from the top of the crosshead guide compartment to the crosshead bearing is shown in Figure 12. Oil accumulates in the compartment over the crossheads. The oil runs through the nipple (6) into the crosshead retainer to the oil passages (5) and on to the crosshead pin bearing. As noted, the duplicate set of passageways (5) in the crosshead pin permits the crosshead pins to be rotated without having to give attention to hole alignment. This permits the installation of crosshead pins from either direction.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

9.3

EPL- 1911 01 34

Total Pressure lubrication System The total pressure lubrication system, incorporating the internally mounted oil pump for the FD-series pumps, is shown in Figure 13.

In this system, filtered oil is supplied to the pump through the suction filter (1) and is discharged from the pump into the manifold block (2). Oil is distributed from the manifold block to the pinion shaft bearing oil line (3) and spray nozzle (3A); and to the main bearing oil line (4) and the crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) located above the crosshead compartment. The crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) distributes oil to the crosshead, crosshead bearings, and extension rods. Pumps which do not have the crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) do not have the total pressure lubrication system, and therefore have a minimum rated speed of 40 SPM.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 35

A pressure gauge (5) is mounted on the back wall of the frame to show oil pressure being maintained in the manifold block. The oil pressure will, of course, vary with the speed of the main pump, however if a sudden pressure drop or increase occurs, refer to the section on maintenance of lubrication system for possible cause. A pressure relief valve (6) is mounted to the manifold block to keep excess pressure form damaging oil pump and drive. The relief valve is preset at 40 PSI and must not be tampered with. NOTE: If specified, the oil pump for the pressure lubrication system can be independently powered by an electric motor or some other type of prime mover. When the independently driven oil pump is used, some type of alarm device or power interlock must be installed to assure the oil pump is operating when the main pump is put into service. When installing the internally mounted oil pump (9, Fig. 13), position pump so that the back face of the drive gear is flush and parallel with the edge of the main gear, and gear teeth have*.010-.015 backlash. Remove inspection plate on power end cover for access to the internally mounted oil pump and filter screen. (* .25 - .38mm)

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 36

A typical layout for the pinion shaft driven oil pump is shown in Fig. 14. The oil pump (1) is piped into the oil system through the suction and pressure connections on the bottom inside wall of the power frame. Ref. Item 10, Fig. 13. The V-belt drive (2) is adjusted by moving pump up or down on the mounting bracket. Adjust the V-belt drive (2) to a point where the two halves of the belt can almost be “pinched” together between the thumb and fingers at the center of the drive. Overtightening can cause premature failure of the pump. When link type belting is used, caution should be exercised in predetermining belt elongation. Link type belting in A, B and C widths will elongate approximately 1” per foot (25mm per 305mm). When installing a drive, subtract 1” per foot from actual required length (132” required - install 121”) and stretch to fit. (Subtract 25mm/305mm) To prevent possible injury, always install guard (3, Fig. 14) over V-belts before putting pump into service. 10

MAINTENANCE OF THE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Adequate lubrication of the moving parts is, as stated, the most important single factor affecting the ultimate service life of the pump. CARE AND MAINTENANCE of the system is the sole responsibility of the operator or crew to which it has been assigned, and the extent to which this is applied will determine the amount of trouble-free service life that will be obtained. The lubricant recommendations shown below, on the name plate on the side of the pump, or in the General Lubrication Bulletin included with this manual, are the result of extensive field tests. Substitutions should be made only in extreme emergencies. REFER TO GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN for approved lubricants and additional specifications. If any discrepancy exists between the recommendations in this manual and the General Lubrication Bulletin, those in the Lubrication Bulletin will take precedence. Lubrication Specifications: Use extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant as follows: Temperatures +30°F to 155°F (-1°C to 68°C) AGMA No. 6 EP Temperatures 0°F to 85°F (-18°C to 33°C) AGMA No. 4 EP (Consult lubrication manual) Oil reservoir capacity: FD-500 FD-1000

www.nov.com

65 U.S. Gal. (246 liters) 75 U.S. Gal. (284 liters)

FD-800 FD-1600

65 U.S. Gal. (246 liters) 100 U.S. Gal. (379 liters)

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 37

ONCE EACH TOUR, check and maintain oil level at the FULL mark on the bayonet gauge. PUMP MUST BE SHUT DOWN and allowed to stand idle for approximately five minutes to allow oil level to equalize. ONCE EACH SIX MONTHS, or more often if oil becomes contaminated with abrasive particles or corrosive compounds, drain and flush the oil reservoir and refill with new lubricant. Oil drains are located on either side of the pump frame. During the flushing procedure, thoroughly clean the oil troughs and the compartment in top of the crosshead guide. Also clean or replace the filter element in the air breather cap and clean suction screen. Remove covers from settling chamber and purge out contaminants before adding new oil. Routine inspection on condition of oil should be made as condensation of moisture in the air, intrusion of mud, water or dirt, can necessitate a more frequent oil change. A settling chamber is located in the forward area of the power end floor. Contamination in the oil splashed into this area is allowed to settle out and should be drained out of the pump through the clean out covers located on the frame wall underneath the crosshead inspection doors. Once each month, remove clean out covers on both sides of pump to drain contaminated oil from settling chamber. Approximately 15-gallons of oil will be lost; replenish the main reservoir to compensate for the amount drained out. Once each week, remove one of the lower ½” capscrews that secure the clean out cover to the frame to drain off water condensate. ONCE EACH TOUR, check oil level in main reservoir. Maintain at full mark on dipstick to the manifold block. If loss of pressure occurs, check for: - Clogged suction screen - Low oil level - Slipping V-belt drive - Broken or loose connections - Damaged or worn oil pump - Defective Relief Valve For an abnormal increase in oil pressure, check for: - Plugged oil lines - Contamination causing oil to be viscous - Relief valve inoperative - Defective gauge - Other conditions www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 38

11

MAINTENANCE

11.1

Power End Routine inspection of the power end is the most important form of preventive maintenance and will result in considerable savings by detecting any major trouble that might be developing and allowing the necessary repairs to be made on a planned or normal rig-down time. 1. Check tightness of the main bearing bolts. Bolts must be tightened to the following torque: FD-500 FD-1000

3000 ft. lbs. (415 meter kgs.) 8800 ft. lbs. (1217 meter kgs.)

FD-800 FD-1600

6360 ft. lbs. (880mkg.) 9750 ft. lbs. (1349mkg.)

2. Safety wires Check safety wires on all bolts including the main bearing hold-down bolts, eccentric bearing retainer bolts, and gear retainer bolts. Replace any broken wires after retightening the bolts. Refer to crankshaft assembly section for bolt torque requirements. 3. Oil lines Check all oil lines to insure they are intact and free of obstructions. Check oil pump suction hose for damage or flat areas. 4. Suction filter Check condition of suction filter. Clean and replace as required. 5. Main bearing cover Remove the main bearing cover and check tightness of main bearing retainer bolts, condition of the bearing rollers, etc. Clean and remove any sludge or foreign substance that might have accumulated at the bottom of the bearing area. 6. Main gear and pinion teeth Inspect the condition of the main gear teeth and pinion gear teeth for any indications of abnormal wear. During the initial break-in period there will be some pitting on the face of the gear teeth. This is referred to as “initial pitting” and is not harmful to the life of the gear. However, if routine inspection indicates the degree of pitting continues to increase, immediately contact the local representative of the pump manufacturer for a more thorough inspection of the gear. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 39

7. Crosshead pin bolts and crosshead guides Remove cover and check condition of the crosshead pin bolts and safety wires. (Center crosshead pin bolts can be reached by removing back cover and placing eccentric on outer top dead center.) Tighten crosshead bolts (Item 4, Fig.19) to the following torque: FD-500 FD-800

90-100 ft. lbs. 140-150 ft. lbs. (11 - 12 meter kgs)

FD-1000 165-175 ft. lbs. (23 - 24 meter kgs) FD-1600 165-175 ft. lbs. (23 - 24 meter kgs) DO NOT EXCEED THESE VALUES. USE TORQUE WRENCH If the crosshead or guide shows abnormal wear or scoring, replace immediately as the metal particles can cause damage to the bearings, etc. Excess wear can also cause rapid wear to the piston and liners. 8. Oil and oil reservoir Check condition of the oil and cleanliness of the oil reservoir. Service oil system as described in the Lubrication Section of this manual. 11.2

Roller Bearings Although the basic construction of the various sizes of National Oilwell Varco pumps varies somewhat, they all have one very important detail in common -- roller bearings. A roller bearing is a precisely built machine within itself; therefore, careful handling is required in order to obtain the long service life and high load carrying characteristics associated with anti-friction bearings. The main bearings are self-aligning spherical roller bearings. The pinion shaft is mounted on straight roller bearings. The eccentric bearings are straight roller with thrust plates on each side to keep the eccentric straps in line, and the crosshead pin bearings are straight needle roller bearings. None of the bearings require special adjustments. All inner and outer races are assembled by means of very accurate fits. This accuracy is necessary; therefore, if the bearings are to be used again, the inner and outer races and the roller assemblies of each bearing must be kept together, and reinstalled exactly as they came off.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 40

It is always necessary to completely replace any roller bearing that fails, even though only one part of the bearing shows damage. Since the running clearances of these bearings are extremely small, excessive clearances, worn or grooved raceways, and any pitting or flaking of the parts is indicative of failure and the entire bearing should be changed as soon as possible. All roller bearings are assembled to their shafts by means of shrink fits. (Ref. bearing fit data under each shaft assembly.) Damaged or worn bearings and raceways can be removed by driving them off the shaft with a bar and hammer. They can be cut off the shaft with a burning torch, but care must be taken not to burn into the shaft. Bearings should always be heated in an oil bath, the temperature of which should not exceed 300°F (149°C). Be certain that both the oil and the container are very clean. If the oil container is in direct contact with the fire, place a rack into the container so that the bearings will not rest on the bottom. Do not leave the bearings in the oil bath longer than three minutes. Do not heat the bearings with a torch unless it is the only possible means available. When it is necessary to use a torch, it should be used only by an experienced welder or mechanic. Hold the torch at least 6 inches (150mm) away from the bearing and keep the torch moving at all times. Heat the bearing only until it is hot to the touch. Use a Tempil stick. DO NOT OVERHEAT THE BEARING. Overheating draws the temper of the metal and makes the bearing soft. Once the heated bearing is in place on the shaft, hold it in place until it cools. NEVER USE WATER OR ANY OTHER LIQUID TO COOL A HOT BEARING. Rapid cooling will cause the surfaces of the races and rollers to “check” or crack and the bearing will fail immediately. Never strike a roller bearing with a steel hammer. If the bearing must be driven into position, use wood or a soft hammer and strike lightly. Always lubricate the shaft or housing before installing the bearing. Clean white lead, or an anti-seize compound, is the best lubricant for this purpose. Do not remove a new bearing from the box or wrapping until it is to be installed. Protect it from dirt and other foreign matter at all times. If a bearing must be cleaned, use clean kerosene or other solvent.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

11.3

EPL- 1911 01 41

Pinion Shaft Assembly

Chart I Inches DESCRIPTION

POSITION

FD-500

FD-800

FD-1000

FD-1600

Inner Race to Shaft

A

T.0012-T.0022 T.0014-T.0024

T.002 -T.0042

T.0016-T.0038

Outer Race to Bore

B

L.0015-T.0005 L.0004-L.0024

L.0042-L.0006

L.0004-L.0040

Carrier to Frame Bore

C

L.003 -L.008

L.003 -L.005

L.003 -L.008

L.003 -L.008

Millimeters Inner Race to Shaft

A

T.03 -T.06

T.036 -T.061

T.051 -T.107

T.041 -T.097

Outer Race to Bore

B

L.04 -T.01

L.010 -L.061

L.107 -L.015

L.010 -L.102

Carrier to Frame Bore

C

L.08 -L.21

L.076 - L.203

L.076 - L.203

L.076 -L.127

The pinion is an integral part of the shaft, leaving only the installation of the bearings and oil seal spacer to complete the assembly.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 42

The running clearances of the bearings are predetermined by their precision fit to the shaft and the bearing carrier. When performing maintenance or overhaul, make sure the fits shown in Chart I are obtained. When installing the pinion shaft assembly in the pump, observe the following precautions: a. Insure pinion bearing carrier gasket (1) and oil seal carrier gasket (2) are in place and in good condition. b. The pinion bearing carrier (3) and the oil seal carrier (4) have the word “TOP” cast in the face of the flange. MAKE SURE THE CARRIERS ARE INSTALLED WITH THIS MARK AT THE TOP to correctly position oil troughs and align drain holes. c. Remove burrs, dents or gouges from the OD of the oil seal spacer (5) before sliding oil seal carrier (4) into place. Exercise care when sliding lip of seal over end of shaft to prevent it from being damaged by the sharp edge of the keyway. Also pay particular attention to insure oil seal lip IS NOT TURNED UNDER by edge of spacer when sliding seal onto the spacer. d. Tighten pinion bearing carrier bolts (6) to the approximate torque shown below: FD-500 100-125 ft. lbs. (14-17 m/kgs.) FD-1000 80-160 ft. lbs. (11-22 m/kgs.)

FD-800 FD-1600

60-100 ft. lbs. (8-14 m/kgs.) 80-160 ft. lbs. (11-22 m/kgs.)

e. Check condition of the pinion bearing inner and outer race and rollers. If there is any indication of galling, flaking or grooving, or if diametral clearance exceeds .008.010”, it is recommended the entire bearing be replaced. (.20 - .25mm) 11.4

Crankshaft Assembly (Fig. 16) The crankshaft assembly consists of the crankshaft, eccentric ring gear, eccentric strap with bearings, and the main bearings. The running clearances of the bearings are predetermined by their precision fit to the shaft and their respective bores. When performing any maintenance or overhaul, make sure the fits shown in Chart II are obtained.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 43

Chart II Inches DESCRIPTION

POSI-

FD-500

FD-800

FD-1000

FD-1600

TION Inner Race to Shaft

A

T.002-T.003

Outer Race to Bore

B

L.015 - T.0003

L.002 - .000

L.0034-T.0004

L.0038- .000

Inner Race to Shaft

C

T.003 -T.007

T.005 -T.007

T.005 -T.009

T.0060-T.0100

Outer Race to Bore

D

.000 -T.004

T.002 -T.004

.000 -T.004

.000 -T.0040

Gear to Flange

E

L.001 -L.005

L.001 -L.005

L.001 -L.005

L.001 -L.005

Carrier to Frame Bore

F

L.001 -T.005

L.002 -T.002

L.002 -T.002

L.002 -T.002

Outer Race to Bore

G

T.001-T.0034

T.0022-T.003

.000 -T.003

T.0008-T.004

Inner Race to Pin

H

.000 -T.001

T.001 -T.002

T.001 -T.003

T.001 -T.0032

www.nov.com

T.0022-T.0032 T.0024-T.0048 T.0020-T.0044

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 44

Millimeters Inner Race to Shaft

A

T.043 -T.069

T.056 -T.081

T.061 -T.122

T.051 -T.112

Outer Race to Bore

B

L.049 - T.010

L.051 - .000

L.086 -T.010

L.096 - .000

Inner Race to Shaft

C

T.076 -T.173

T.127 -T.178

T.127 -T.229

T.152 -T.254

Outer Race to Bore

D

.000 –T.102

T.127 -T.102

.000 -T.102

.000 -T.102

Gear to Flange

E

L.025 -L.127

L.025 -L.127

L.025 -L.127

L.025 -L.127

Carrier to Fr. Bore

F

L.025 -L.127

L.051 -T.051

L.051 -T.051

L.051 -T.051

Outer Race to Bore

G

T.025 -T.076

T.056 -T.086

.00 -T.076

T.02 -T.10

Inner Race to Pin

H

.000 -T.025

T.025 -T.051

T.025 -T.076

T.025 -T.081

Assemble the crankshaft in the following manner:

(Refer to Fig. 16)

a. Mount gear on flange Thoroughly clean mating faces of ring gear and flange and bolt flange into position. Tighten flange bolts (2) to the following torque: FD-500 160-240 ft. lbs. (22-33 meter kgs) FD-1000 800-1200 ft. lbs.

FD-800 800-1200 ft. lbs. (110-166 meter kgs) FD-1600 800-1200 ft. lbs.

Set crankshaft on a set of rollers (at main bearing position) and check runout on face of gear with a dial indicator. If total indicator runout exceeds .006”, remove gear and determine cause of misalignment. (.15mm) NOTE: If runout on face of gear is checked while crankshaft is mounted in the pump frame, the running clearance in main bearings will require that a simultaneous set of dial indicator readings be taken at the end of the shaft and the face of the gear; the actual face runout at any point being the difference between these readings. b. Install the outer races of the eccentric bearings (13) and the outer race retainer ring (3) in the three eccentric straps. Outer race retainer ring must be positioned so that oil scoop is at the bottom when pump is at mid-stroke. Tighten retainer bolts (4) to the following torque; safety wire heads. FD-500 FD-1000

60-90 ft. lbs. (8-12 meter kgs) 90-120 ft. lbs.

FD-800 FD-1600

90-120 ft. lbs. (12-17 meter kgs.) 90-120 ft. lbs.

NOTE: The inner and outer races of the eccentric bearings are matched and must not be intermixed. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 45

c. Install the outer race of the crosshead bearings (19) in the three eccentric straps. It is preferred that the outer race assembly be “pressed” into position or frozen in “dry ice” or a deep freeze until it can be inserted into the bore. Under emergency circumstances, the outer race assembly can be installed by using a large torch and heating the eye of the eccentric strap. DO NOT EXCEED 300°F (149°C) (USE Tempil-Stik) and DO NOT USE WATER to cool the strap. NOTE: The inner and outer races of the crosshead bearings are matched and should not be intermixed. d. Install the inner race of the crosshead bearing on the crosshead pin and mark according to their respective eccentric strap positions. Remove all nicks and burrs before shrinking race into place. Refer to bearing fit Position H, Chart II. e. Install inner race of the center eccentric bearing on the shaft. Slide center strap into position and install inner race clamp (5). Tighten socket head screws (8A) in clamp to the following torque: FD-500 FD-1000

60-90 ft. lbs.(8-12 meter kgs.) 30-60 ft. lbs.

FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.) FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

f. Install snap ring (7) in the groove on RH eccentric and shrink inner race of eccentric bearing on shaft. After sliding the RH eccentric strap into position, install inner bearing retainer (14). Tighten inner race retainer bolts (8) to the following torque and safety wire: FD-500 FD-1000

60-90 ft. lbs.(8-12 meter kgs.) 30-60 ft. lbs.

FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.) FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

g. Install the LH eccentric bearing (other than for snap ring) and eccentric strap under the same procedure outlined in step (f) above. h. Place main bearings (9) in the main bearing carriers (10 RH and 11 LH) and install outer race retainer (12) and retainer bolts (15). Tighten bolts to the following torque and safety wire: FD-500 FD-1000

30-45 ft. lbs.(4-6 meter kgs.) 30-60 ft. lbs.

FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.) FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

NOTE: Even though the main bearing carriers (10 RH and 11 LH) have different configurations on the OD, they are interchangeable and will fit into the pump frame on either side. The purpose of the shoulders on the OD of one of the carriers is to locate and retain the crankshaft in its respective position in the frame. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 46

i. After installing the two main bearing spacers (16), shrink main bearings (9) on each end of the shaft. Install inner race retainers (17) and retainer bolts (18). Tighten retainer bolts to the following torque and safety wire: FD-500 FD-1000

11.5

30-45 ft. lbs.(4-6 meter kgs.) 30-60 ft. lbs.

FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.) FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

Installing Crankshaft Assembly in Frame In order to obtain a more precise fit between the main bearing housing and the frame bore on F-Series pumps, the installation procedures outlined below are to be followed: (Refer to Fig. 17) 1. Place piece of wood between eye of eccentric strap and crosshead guide (as shown in Fig. 18) to protect guide from scoring or gouging as the straps are sliding into position. 2. Rotate the main bearing carrier so that the two flat spots (180° apart) are parallel with the main bearing bolt holes, and slowly lower the crankshaft into position. (The flat spot provides clearance for the main bearing bolts.) 3. After placing crankshaft in the frame, and before installing the main bearing caps, check the rollers in the main bearings to assure that each row of rollers in each bearing is equally loaded. Equal loading is obtained by positioning the floating bearing carrier so that the same number of inner and outer rollers supporting the weight of the crankshaft in each bearing are tight. Because of tolerances, etc., the total number of tight rollers could vary slightly between individual bearings. 4. Install and shim main bearing caps to obtain .003” (.076 mm) clamp or preload on the main bearing carrier. This preload is obtained by placing the correct amount of shims under the main bearing cap. The required amount of shims is determined as follows:

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 47

a. Install .020” (.51 mm) shims under both ends of the main bearing cap. b. Place a piece of lead wire (approximately 1/32” diameter) (.79mm ø) or Plastigage between OD of bearing carrier and ID of bearing cap, as near center of bearing cap as can be determined, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to torque values shown in Chart III. c. Remove main bearing cap and determine clearance between bore of cap and OD of bearing carrier by either mikeing thickness of lead or measuring compressed dimension of Plastigage. d. Using this dimension, calculate the required thickness of shims as follows: Subtract thickness of compressed lead or Plastigage from the original .020” (.51mm) shim thickness. Then subtract .003” (.076mm) for preload. The result is the correct shim thickness required.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

Example:

.020 .004 .016 .003 .013

Less Less

EPL- 1911 01 48

Original shims Lead Thickness

(0.51mm) Less (0.102mm) (.408mm) Clamp Fit Less (.076mm) Correct Shim Thickness (.332mm)

NOTE: Machining tolerances make it necessary to determine individual shim requirements for each (right hand and left hand) main bearing cap. e. Install main bearing caps with the correct amount of shims as determined above, and tighten main bearing bolts to torque values shown in Chart III. f. Again check inner and outer row of rollers on each bearing as previously outlined to assure equal loading is still present on each bearing. Chart III

11.6

Ft. Lbs.

Wrench

Thread

Torque

Wrench

Thread

Torque

Size

Size

Meter Kg.

Size

Size

FD-500

3000

1-1/4”

1-3/4” - 8

609

31.75 mm

44.4

FD-800

6360

3”

2-1/4”-8

880

76.2mm

57.2 - 8/25.4mm

FD-1000

8800

3-1/4”

2-1/2”-8

1217

82.5mm

57.2 - 8/25.4mm

FD-1600

9750

3-5/8”

3”-8

1348

92.0mm

76.2 - 8/25.4mm

Installation of Crosshead Guides When installing crosshead guides observe the following procedures and precautions: 1. Thoroughly clean all dirt or contamination and remove all burrs or rough edges from both sides of the guides and the frame bore where the guides fit. 2. If old guides are to be reused, inspect the wearing surfaces for wear and scoring streaks. Pumps with serial numbers below those shown have identical upper and lower crosshead guides which may be reversed to provide a smooth surface for the lower guide. Worn guides may be used at the top as forces on the crosshead are always downward.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 49

The upper and lower crosshead guides are NOT interchangeable. The guides are machined so that the lower guide places the crosshead frame centerline, and upper guides are machined to afford proper crosshead to guide clearance. The guides are marked “UPPER” and “LOWER.” 3. Install upper and lower guides. Torque guide screws to 150 - 200 ft. lbs. (20.84 - 27.60 meter kgs.) Install lock pins by bending in the middle until the ends of lock pin fit into counterbore. Align ends of lock pin with pin holes in guide and straighten pin guiding the ends into the holes. 4. Check between frame and guide at points A, Fig. 19, with .002” (.051mm) feeler gauge to make sure guides fit into frame bore. NO gap should be present. 11.7

Installation of Crossheads The crossheads in the pumps can be installed through the front (fluid end) or back end of the crosshead guide. Reference Fig. 19. When installing crossheads, observe the following precautions:

1. Thoroughly clean all dirt or contamination and remove all burrs or rough edges from OD of the crosshead, crosshead pin bores, and inner bore of crosshead guide. Dry crosshead pin bore so that taper bore connection will make up metal to metal. *See Note

2. Position “eye” of eccentric strap at the opening in the side of the crosshead guide. Block eccentric strap so that crosshead will clear the “eye” as it is sliding into position to where the crosshead pin holes are in alignment.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 50

3. Install the left hand crosshead first. Rotate eccentric assembly to move “eye” into center crosshead and right hand eccentric strap “eye” back, affording clearance to install center pin through right hand crosshead inspection door. Remove diaphragm stuffing box plate (1, Fig. 19) and install right hand crosshead through this bore. Slide into place and install crosshead pin. * NOTE: If old crossheads are to be reused, inspect the sliding surfaces for wear or scoring. If necessary, the crossheads may be switched to opposite sides of the pump and rotated 180° to provide a smooth surface for the bottom of the crosshead. The center crosshead can be rotated 180° and the crosshead pin installed from the opposite side of pump. Slide crosshead pin into bore but do not seat on taper until the crosshead pin retainer (2) has been installed. 4. Install crosshead pin retainer (2) and retainer bolts (3) and rotate pin until the four crosshead retainer to crosshead bolt holes (4) are in alignment. Install the crosshead retainer to crosshead bolts (4) and make up hand tight. Referring back to fig.12, page B-2, crosshead pin (4) can be installed without regard to oil holes (5). Two holes are provided so the pin can be rotated 180° in relation to pin to retainer plate screws (3). Seat crosshead pin in tapered bore by bumping large end with a light blow. Tighten retainer bolts (3 and 4, Fig. 19) to the following torque and safety wire: FD-500 FD-1000

90-100 ft. lbs. (12.4-13.8 mkg) 165-175 ft. lbs. (23-24 mkg)

FD-800 FD-1600

165-175 ft. lbs. (23-24 mkg) 165-175 ft. lbs. (23-24 mkg)

DO NOT EXCEED THESE VALUES. USE TORQUE WRENCH. NOTE: To pull the crosshead pin, remove the four crosshead retainer to crosshead bolts (4) and screw two of the bolts into the “jack screw” holes (5). Tighten the two jack screw bolts until the pin breaks loose. Complete removal of the crosshead pin retainer plate (2) and slide pin out of bore. 5. Check running clearance of crosshead by sliding long “feeler” gauges between top of crosshead and crosshead guide bore. The clearance should not be less than .020” (.508mm). Check with long feeler gauge over entire surface of crosshead. Check crosshead alignment as instructed in the next section of this manual.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 51

NOTE: Less running clearance at center of crosshead can be cause by “swelling” from overtightening the crosshead pin retainer bolts (4). If present, loosen pin and retighten into place by using the make-up torques shown in paragraph 4. 11.8

Checking crosshead alignment To obtain optimum service life from the pistons and liners, the horizontal centerline of the crosshead extension rod must be positioned as near as possible to the center of the liner. To check and adjust the crosshead alignment, proceed as follows; 1. Remove diaphragm stuffing box from the diaphragm plate, (fig. 19). Do not remove the plate. 2. Position crosshead at mid point of stroke. With inside calipers or telescoping gauges and a micrometer, accurately measure the distance from the diaphragm plate bore to the crosshead extension rod at the top and bottom. Compare the two measurements to determine the position of the rod relative to the centerline of the bore. 3. If the top reading is more than .030” (.76mm) greater than the bottom measurement, shims should be inserted under the lower crosshead guide to bring the extension rod back to center, provided there is ample clearance between the top of crosshead and upper guide. Cut shims from steel shim stock long enough to reach completely across the guides. Cut tabs on the sides to bend down over frame supports to hold shims in place. Refer to items 3 and 4 under Installation of Crosshead guides. 4. Some older pumps were manufactured with large crosshead clearance which will cause a loud knocking noise under poor suction conditions. Specifications have been revised to .020” - .030” (.51 - .76 mm) clearance. After proper alignment has been obtained, the top guide should be shimmed down to provide the specified clearance.

12

FLUID END MAINTENANCE For many years, the fluid end of a pump was considered a non-wearing part which did not cause any concern other than possible infrequent repairs or replacements resulting from fluid cuts or washouts. However, the higher pressures of the present-day drilling requirements have resulted in higher stresses being imposed on the fluid end which , when combined with the corrosive characteristics of the drilling fluid, have resulted in the demand that more and better maintenance be given to the fluid end parts and pieces if a reasonable operating life is to be obtained.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 52

A few of the obvious points are as follows: a. Make sure all valves on the discharge side of pump are opened before pump is put into operation. Kicking pump in against a closed valve can often be the start of a fatigue crack. An open crack may not necessarily occur at the precise moment, however a small crack could occur and start the process of “corrosion fatigue failure”. b. Do not engage pump clutch when prime mover is running at a high rate of speed. To do so can cause undesirable shock loads against both power end and fluid end. c. Properly maintain pressure relief valve to assure it is set for the pressure rating on the liner size being used. d. Do not operate the pump for an extended period of time if a severe fluid knock is present. The additional stress cycle, although of a lesser magnitude than normal operating loads, must be added to the total number of cycles when considering the fatigue life of the equipment. e. Properly prepare fluid end for storage. When pump is to be shut down or not operated for a period of ten days or more, it is recommended that the fluid end parts such as liners, pistons, rods, etc., be removed from the pump and the fluid end flushed out completely with fresh water. After a thorough flushing, apply grease or a rust preventative to all of the machined surfaces such as valve pot cover threads, valve pot cover gasket surfaces, valve seats, liner bores, etc. The parts removed from the pump including liners, piston rods, etc., should of course be protected from the elements. This will not only extend the life of the fluid end through resistance to corrosion, but will also protect the usable life still left in the expendable parts and maintain them in good condition for installation in the pump at the next start-up period. Maintenance and repairs should be made on the fluid end assembly by observing the following precautions. Refer to Figure 20. The fluid end assembly for these triplex pumps consists of three forged cylinder blocks, complete with valve pot covers and cylinder heads, a suction manifold, and a discharge manifold. 12.1

Fluid Cylinder Blocks The three separate fluid cylinder blocks (1) bolt metal-to-metal to the power end frame through retainer studs (2). Alignment with the power end frame bores is obtained through the “pilot” boss on fluid end.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 53

However, to obtain accurate alignment, all nicks or burrs must be removed from “pilot” boss and frame bore and all dirt and foreign matter cleaned form the mating surfaces; otherwise cylinder blocks could make up in a “cocked” or misaligned position. The fit between “pilot” boss and frame bore (Position A) is as follows: Pilot Boss to Frame

(L.05mm) (L.20mm) L.002 - L.008

Install the three cylinder block nuts to the torque values shown in Chart V. 12.2

Suction Manifold The suction manifold (3) bolts to each cylinder block and is sealed through the O-ring (4) in the connection flange. Thoroughly clean O-ring groove, the O-ring sealing surface on bottom of the cylinder block, and replace O-ring seal before bolting manifold into position. The flange connection MUST make up metal-to-metal to retain the O-ring seal, therefore any nicks, grooves or washouts on the sealing surface must be repaired before installation. Ref. Welding and Repair Section in this manual for repair procedures. Start all suction manifold bolts (5) in the three cylinder blocks before tightening. Tighten to torque values shown in Chart V.

12.3

Discharge Manifold The discharge manifold (6) bolts to each cylinder block and is sealed through the O-ring in the connection flange. Thoroughly clean the O-ring groove, the O-ring sealing surface on face of the cylinder block before bolting the manifold back into position. The flange connection MUST make up metal-to-metal to retain the O-ring seal, therefore any nicks, grooves, or washouts on this sealing surface must be repaired before installation. Ref. Welding and Repair Section in this manual for repair procedures. Start all discharge manifold bolts (8) in the three cylinder blocks before tightening. Tighten to torque values shown in Chart V. Tighten cylinder block to power frame stud nuts to torque values shown in Chart V.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

12.4

EPL- 1911 01 54

Cylinder Head Thread Ring A replaceable cylinder head thread ring (9) is bolted on to the face of the cylinder blocks. The thread ring must make up metal-to-metal with face of cylinder blocks in order for the axis of the threads to be perfectly square with the cylinder block bore. Therefore, make sure all burrs, extrusions, or foreign matter is removed from the mating faces before making installation. NOTE: Install thread ring so that the “bleed hole” is in the down position. Tighten the cylinder head thread ring stud nuts (10) to the torque values shown in Chart V.

12.5

Welding and Repairs On occasion where washouts or normal wear cause repairs to be made to the fluid end bores, the following welding procedures and precautions should be closely followed. Machine bore all dimensions to those shown in applicable chart, and in all cases maintain the shoulders (where liner, covers, etc., seat) 90° to the axis of the bore.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 55

Chart V POSITION

ITEM

FD-500 TORQUE FT-LBS.

FD-800 & FD-1000 TORQUE FT. LBS.

FD-500 TORQUE METER-KG

FD-800 & FD-1000 TORQUE METER-KG

Cyl. Block to Power End

2

1600

1600

221

221

Suction Manifold

5

150

240

21

33

Discharge Manifold

8

710

1000

98

138

Thread Ring

10

710

1360

98

188

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 56

Chart VI POSITION

Inches FD-500

Millimeters FD-800

FD-500

FD-1000

www.nov.com

FD-800 FD-1000

A

8.505-8.510

8.755-8.760

216.02-216.15 222.38-222.50

B

7.505-7.508

7.766-7.758

190.63-190.70 196.98-197.05

C

12-1/2

13-3/8

D

6.125-6.130

6.775-6.780

155.58-155.70 172.08-172.21

E

5.375-5.380

6.010-6.015

136.53-136.65 152.65-152.78

F

4.995-5.000

5.622-5.627

126.87-127.00 142.80-142.93

G

2”

4”

50.8

101.6

H

2-1/2”

4-1/2”

63.5

114.3

317.5

339.7

Document number Revision Page

FD-1600

www.nov.com

EPL- 1911 01 57

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 58

Chart VIII Inches

Millimeters

A

8.250-8.255

209.55-209.68

B

7.125-7.130

180.97-181.10

C

8.252-8.255

209.60-209.68

D

14.499-14.501

368.27-368.32

E

¼” x 45°

6.35 x 45°

F

2.995-3.000

76.07-76.20

G

.625-.630

15.87-16.00

H

1.120-1.130

28.45-28.70

J

5.870-5.880

149.10-149.35

K

6.247-6.252

158.67-158.80

L

6.630-6.635

168.40-168.53

M

7.375-7.380

187.32-187.45

N

.495-.505

12.57-12.83

P

12.6

2” Taper per ft. on dia. 50.80 Taper per ft. on dia.

Welding Procedures Weld repairs can usually be separated into two categories: (1) Washes, and (2) Cracks. Listed below is the basic information for the repairs: Washout:

- Weld as 30 Carbon Steel. - Clean area by grinding or Arc-air. - Before starting any welding procedure, make sure the electrodes are dry of moisture, and if necessary, put in oven and bring up to temperature required to drive out moisture. - Spot heat area to 250° - 350°F (120° - 180°C) out in all directions for a minimum of 3”. (75mm) - Use AWS-ASTM E-60-7018 low hydrogen rods. Example - Adam-Arc 7018. - Temperatures should be brought back to 250° - 350°F (120° - 180°C) after each pass and maintained throughout the welding. After welding is completed and area cleaned, heat to 250° - 350°F (120° - 180°C) and allow to cool.

Cracks:

- Grind out all of crack. Any attempt to burn out a crack will only result in the crack progressing faster than the material can be burned. - Follow the same welding procedure as above.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 59

Preheating: - The purpose of preheating is to expand the area being repaired so that as the cooling process takes place, the welded area and the preheated area will cool more uniformly. Preheating also prevents hard spots from forming between the base metal and the welding by eliminating a thermal shock as the weld is being applied. This hard spot will, of course, be a good place for fatigue cracks to occur. 12.7

Repairs to Valve Pot Cover Bore When making repairs to washouts in the valve pot cover bore, it is extremely important that the surface where the valve cover seats is either “machined” or “ground” perfectly flat and 90° to the axis of the threads. A shown in Fig. 21, the valve pot cover gasket (1) seats into the counterbore at top of valve cover deck, and as the cover makes up metal to metal to the valve deck, the gasket is confined within its counterbore. Obviously, any high spots on the valve cover deck from weld repairs, or any low spot from over-grinding of the repairs can result in a gap between top of the valve cover deck and bottom of the valve cover, through which the valve cover gasket can be extruded under pressure. The high or low spot can also cause valve covers to make up in a “cocked” position and result in severe thread damage (cracks) due to the axis of the two mating threads being out of square.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

EPL- 1911 01 60

Approximate Weights of Pump Assemblies

FD-500 lbs. Pinion Shaft

FD-800

kgs.

lbs.

FD-1000

kgs.

lbs

kgs.

2,373

1,077

4,744 15,179

6,885

326

1,630

5,185

2,352

7,458

119

54

258

117

363

165

431

196

33

15

123

56

177

80

201

91

Gear Case Cover

341

155

262

119

340

154

379

172

Suction Manifold

258

117

429

195

704

319

704

319

Discharge Manifold

390

177

696

316

717

325

740

336

One-third Fluid end section-studded

1,527

693

1,140

517

1,140

517

1,865

846

Crosshead Crosshead Pin & Retainer

www.nov.com

1,709

kgs.

718

Crankshaft Assy.

740

lbs.

FD-1600

3,383 10,479

775

Product Information Bulletin Triplex Mud Pump Supplement for all Pump Manuals

REFERENCE

RIG/PLANT ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number

www.nov.com

Triplex Mud Pump

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as “NOV”). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.

National Oilwell Varco, L.P. 1530 W Sam Houston Pkwy. N Houston, TX 77043 Phone 713-935-8000 Fax 713-935-8382

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

MP.WARNING

02

Document number Revision Page

MP.WARNING 02 2

REVISION HISTORY

02

08.03.2005

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Updated to new template Reason for issue

PG Prepared

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 02

Change Description Updated to electronic format from pdf to ms word in new template

www.nov.com

Checked

Approved

Document number Revision Page

MP.WARNING 02 3

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES ! Notice ! Our Technical Publications relative to reciprocating pumps, state that pressure relief valves must be installed in the discharge systems from these units. This supplement is issued to emphasize the importance of relieving the discharge system of all pressure which exceeds the rated working pressure applied by the manufacturer to the specific pistons and liners ( or plungers and packing) in any particular unit.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

MP.WARNING 02 4

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1

WARNING......................................................................................................................... 5 1.1

The Pressure Relief Valve ...................................................................................... 5

1.2

Rupture Disc or Burst Disc ..................................................................................... 5

1.3

Location of the Relief Valve .................................................................................... 6

1.4

The Relief Valve Discharge Line............................................................................. 6

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1

MP.WARNING 02 5

WARNING

For the protection of persons and properly the discharge system form each Reciprocating Pump must be equipped with a device which relives the system of all pressures which exceed the pressure rating applied by the manufacturer to each particular piston or plunger diameter. Allowances will be made for pressure surges which are inherent with the reciprocating action of piston and plunger pumps. The percentage of pressure allowance appears later in this publication and the “Standards of the Hydraulic Institute” (13th Edition) The relieving device must provide for instantaneous pressure relief, it may be a valve designed for automatic or manual resetting; however, if preferred, rupture discs or burst may be installed. Failure to comply with the procedures outlined in the Warning may result in damage to the pump and related equipment and more importantly may cause serious bodily injury or death! 1.1

1.2

The Pressure Relief Valve 1.

The valve must be a full opening type.

2.

It must have a working pressure rating, equal to or greater than, the maximum working pressure of the pump.

3.

The through capacity of the valve, when fully opened, must be sufficient to relieve the full capacity of the pump without excessive overpressure.

Rupture Disc or Burst Disc 1. These discs must have a diameter which is not less than the pipe size of the pressure relief flange. 2.

These discs must have a rupture of burst pressure rating consistent with the specifications tabulated later in this publication.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1.3

1.4

MP.WARNING 02 6

Location of the Relief Valve 1. The relief valve must be placed in the discharge line as close as possible to the pump fluid end or it may be mounted on the pump discharge manifold. 2.

The relief valve must be on the pump side of any discharge strainer.

3.

The relief valve must be between the pump fluid end and any valve in the discharge system.

4.

There must be no restricting device(s) between the relief valve and the pump fluid end.

The Relief Valve Discharge Line 1. The relief valve discharge line should not terminate in the pump suction line. 2.

The line should terminate in the supply tank, if possible.

3.

The line must be securely anchored.

4.

The line must be the same pipe size as, or may be larger than, the discharge connection on the relief valve.

5.

If the line is of great length, this must be taken into consideration in sizing the relief valve.

6.

There must be no restrictions or valves in the relief valve discharge line.

Note: Follow the foregoing instructions if rupture discs or burst discs are installed. SUGGESTED SET PRESSURES FOR PUMP RELIEF VALVES Pump Type Operating Pump Pressure Double Acting – Duplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 25% Double Acting – Triplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 10% Double Acting – Quintuplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 10% Single Acting – Triplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 10% Single Acting – Simplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 25% Single Acting – Duplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10% Single Acting – Triplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10% Single Acting – Quintuplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10% Single Acting – Septuplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10% Note: The above set pressures are to be observed when installing rupture discs or burst discs. www.nov.com

Page 1 of 3

Product Information Bulletin No. 01-05-01-MP TRIPLEX MUD PUMPS Date: July 12, 2013 Rev. 06 Subject:

Power End Lubrication Oil Additive and “wear-in” Period

Product:

All Triplex Mud Pumps

Affected Assemblies:

P-Series & F-Series Mud Pumps

Objective:

Recommended power end lube oil additive to reduce corrective pitting found on mud pump gears. Provide “wear-in” period information.

Issue:

During the initial mud pump “wear-in” period, it is common to see initial pitting on the tooth faces of Triplex Mud Pump gears.

Solution:

It is National Oilwell Varco’s recommendation to use a Molybdenum Disulfide oil additive with the Mud Pump Gear Oil during initial running and when signs of corrective (also known as “initial”) pitting are observed on Mud Pump gears. The oil additive will help to polish the gear tooth surfaces and in some cases, if used in the initial Mud Pump “wear-in” period, can reduce the amount of initial pitting common on Mud Pump gears. Moly oil additives such as Dow-Corning “Molykote M Gear Guard” (mixture 5% by volume) or TS-90 Moly Gear Concentrate have been used in this application with good results. The oil additive would need to be compatible with the mud pump seals and not adversely affect the oil filtration system. Using gear oil with Moly already included in the gear oil, like the Schaeffer “209A Gear Lube”, would assure the amount suspended in the oil is correct and it is thoroughly mixed. It is also extremely important to follow the National Oilwell Varco gear oil recommendations as seen in Table 1. The recommended gear oils have the film strength necessary to withstand the

Page 2 of 3 impact loading encountered in oilfield drilling operations. The results of not using the recommended gear oil may permit metal-to-metal contact of the gear teeth, which will be noticeable in the form of excessive pitting and wear on the load side of the gear teeth. Excessive pitting and wear can result in an increased risk of mud pump damage. National Oilwell Varco recommends that an ISO viscosity grade 460 oil be used during the “wear-in” period for all P-Series Mud Pumps. The duration of the “wear-in” period is considered the first 2000 hours of use but can vary depending on usage. After the “wear-in” period has been accomplished, the lubricating oil should be selected from the appropriate temperature range in Table 1 below: P‐SERIES MUD PUMPS  AGMA INDUSTRIAL EP GEAR OIL 

TEMPERATURE  50° F to 155° F (10° C to 68° C) 

AGMA #7 EP or ASTM/ISO‐VG Grade 460   Viscosity 414‐506 CST @ 100° F (38° C) 

20° F to 100° F (‐7° C to 38° C) 

AGMA #6 EP or ASTM/ISO‐VG Grade 320   Viscosity 288‐352 CST @ 100° F (38° C) 

‐20° F to 60° F (‐29° C to 16° C) 

TEMPERATURE 

AGMA #2 EP or ASTM/ISO‐VG Grade 68   Viscosity 61‐75 CST @ 100° F (38° C)     F‐SERIES MUD PUMPS  AGMA INDUSTRIAL EP GEAR OIL 

30° F to 155° F (‐1° C to 68° C) 

AGMA #6 EP or ASTM/ISO‐VG Grade 320   Viscosity 288‐352 CST @ 100° F (38° C) 

0° F to 85° F (‐18° C to 33° C) 

AGMA #4 EP or ASTM/ISO‐VG Grade 150   Viscosity 135‐165 CST @ 100° F (38° C) 

Table 1. Mud Pump Lube Oils The Mud Pump bull gears may develop corrective pitting during the early stages of the product life. This corrective pitting process can be exaggerated by operating a Mud Pump for extended periods at high load, especially if the lube oil temperature exceeds 140°F (60°C). As a result of the corrective pitting process, small metal particles will be present in the lubrication oil. These metal particles normally accumulate on the power end magnets, in the lube oil filter, in the settling chamber and in the main sump. National Oilwell Varco recommends that the magnets, filter and sumps be checked regularly and maintained/cleaned as needed. It is further recommended that all commissioning and “endurance” tests be designed such that the pump speed and discharge pressure is gradually increased from the lower speeds and pressures to the higher ones. This is to allow the gears to wear in gradually and reduce the occurrence of excessive gear pitting.

Page 3 of 3

FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE RECOMMENDATIONS COULD RESULT IN CATASTROPHIC FAILURE OF THE PUMP WHICH MAY RESULT IN DEATH, BODILY INJURY AND/OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.

PROCEDURE THE USE OF AND APPLICATION OF SAFETY WIRE FOR SECONDARY RETENTION

RIG/PLANT ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell. Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. © National Oilwell Varco

National Oilwell Varco Rig Solutions 11000 Corporate Centre Dr. Houston TX 77041 USA Phone +1 (281) 854-0647 Fax +1 (281) 854-0508

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

ASP00019

A

Document number Revision Page

ASP00019 A 2

REVISION HISTORY

A Rev

15/04/2011 10/03/1995 Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

SEE ECN First Issue Reason for issue

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision A

Change Description First Issue SEE ECN

C. SILVA KTK Prepared

T. GORMSEN K DAW Checked

T. GORMSEN JES Approved

Document number Revision Page

ASP00019 A 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1  2  3 

4  5 

1

SCOPE.............................................................................................................................. 3  APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... 4  REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................. 4  3.1  MATERIAL AND SIZE ............................................................................................ 4  3.2  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................. 5  3.3  LOCK-WIRING METHODS .................................................................................... 6  3.4  OTHER APPLICATIONS ........................................................................................ 7  3.5  ILLUSTRATION OF TYPICAL LOCK-WIRE APPLICATION .................................. 8  QA PROVISIONS.............................................................................................................. 9  NOTES .............................................................................................................................. 9 

SCOPE

Document number Revision Page

ASP00019 A 4

This procedure establishes the method for the selection and application of safety wire. Lock wiring is the application of wire to prevent relative movement of structure or other critical components subject to vibration, tension, torque, etc. This procedure is intended to help eliminate the risk of dropped objects in components or parts manufactured. Bolts, Nuts and Screws are the common type of fasteners used on NOV equipment. They need to be locked (secondary retention) against loss of torque / pretension. Use of safety wire to prevent rotation of fasteners is a safe and primarily recommended secondary retention method for fasteners. It is the most preferred method because it not only prevents fasteners from loosening but also keeps them from falling in case of primary retention failure (bolt head Breaks off) and effectively prevents dropped objects. Note that the secondary retention will work only if the primary retention method is properly in place, i.e. bolts and screws are tightened and torqued as per specifications, and there is no play between the mating elements. Secondary retention methods aim in preventing any compromise in primary retention, loss of pre-tension in assembled fasteners, loosening and backing out. Definitions: Secondary Retention – The means of effectively retaining a fastener/joining component such that the operating loads do not compromise the integrity of the primary fastening component. 2

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS DS00008-DES DESIGN TORQUE STANDARDS Machinery’s Handbook 27th Edition

3 3.1

REQUIREMENTS

MATERIAL AND SIZE 3.1.1 Material Lock wire must be aircraft quality stainless steel 302/304 condition A. 3.1.2 Lock-wire sizes

Document number Revision Page

a. b. c. d. e.

3.2

ASP00019 A 5

0.5080 mm (0.020 inch) diameter 0.8128 mm (0.032 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6000.8 1.1938 mm (0.047 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6000.9 1.2950 mm (0.051 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6001 3.1750 mm (0.125 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6002

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3.2.1 Safety wire shall be new upon each application. 3.2.2 Parts shall be lockwired in such a manner that the lockwire shall be put in tension when the part tends to loosen. 3.2.3 The lockwire should always be installed and twisted so that the loop around the head stays down and does not tend to come up over bolt head and leave a slack loop. 3.2.4 Care shall be exercised when installing lockwire to ensure that it is tight but not over stressed. 3.2.5 Properly twisted lockwire will have 7-12 twists per inch for .032 wire and 6-8 turns for .052 wire. More twists will over stress the wire and cause fatigue and breakage. 3.2.6 A pigtail should be ½” to 5/8” in length (4-8 twists) at the end of the wiring. This pigtail shall be bent back or under to prevent it from becoming a snag. 3.2.7 As per the Machinery’s Handbook 27th edition the following rules apply: a) No more than three (3) bolts may be tied together. b) Bolt heads may be tied as shown only when the female thread receiver is captive.(see figure 1) c) Lockwire must fill a minimum of 50% of the drilled hole provided for the use of lockwire. d) Diameter of lockwire is determined by the thread size of the fastener to be lockwired. 1) Thread sizes of 6 mm (0.25 inch) and smaller use 0.508mm (0.020 inch) wire. 2) Thread sizes of 6 mm (0.25 inch) to 12 mm (0.5 inch) use 0.8128 mm (0.032 inch) wire. 3) Thread sizes > 12 mm (0.5 inch) use 1.1938 mm (0.047 inch) OR 1.295mm (0.051) wire. The larger wire may be used in smaller bolts in cases of convenience, but smaller wire must not be used in larger fastener sizes.

Document number Revision Page

ASP00019 A 6

Figure 1: Safety Wire / Lock Wire

3.3

LOCK-WIRING METHODS 3.3.1 The method involves threading a wire through holes in the fastener to lock it against being rotated loose. The wire is twisted before being threaded and is locked to next bolt. Safety wire should be placed in and around bolt head to maintain the pre-load. The use of safety wire ties is illustrated in figure 1 above. The illustrations assume the use of right-hand threaded fasteners. 3.3.2 The double-twist method: The double-twist method of lock-wiring shall be used as the common method of lock-wiring. CAUTION: screws in closely spaced geometric which secure hydraulic or air seals, hold hydraulic pressure, or used in critical areas of clutch mechanism should use double twist method of lock-wiring. Make sure that the wire is so installed that it can easily be broken when required in an emergency situation. 3.3.3 Lock-wiring widely spaced multiple groups by the double twist method. a) When the multiple fasteners are from 4-6 inches apart, three (3) fasteners shall be the maximum number in a series that can be safety wired together. b) When the multiple fasteners are spaced more than 6 inches apart, the multiple fastener application specified in Figure 1 shall not be used unless tie points are provided on adjacent parts to shorten the span of the wire to less than 6 inches. c) One end of the safety wire shall be inserted through one set of lockwire holes in the head of the bolt. The other end of the safety wire shall be looped around the bolt head in the tightening direction.

Document number Revision Page

ASP00019 A 7

d) The strands, while taut, shall be twisted until the twisted part is just short of the nearest hole in the next bolt. The twisted portion shall be within 1/8” of the holes in each bolt as shown in figure 1 above. e) After wiring the last bolt, the wire shall be twisted to form a pigtail of 2-4 twists. The excess wire shall be cut off. The pigtail shall be bent back or under the part to prevent it from becoming a snag. 3.3.4 Single wire method: The single wire method may be used in a closely spaced, closed geometrical pattern (triangle, square, circle, etc.) on parts in an electrical system, and in places that would make the single-method more advisable as shown in figure 2 below. Closely spaced shall be considered a maximum of two inches between centers. Maximum length of wire shall not exceed 24” in total length.

Figure 2: Safety Wire / Lock Wire Single

3.4

OTHER APPLICATIONS

Document number Revision Page

ASP00019 A 8

3.4.1 Hollow head bolts are safety wired in the manner prescribed for regular bolts. 3.4.2 Drain plugs and cocks may be wired to a bolt, nut, or other part having a free lock hole in accordance with the general instructions contained herein. 3.4.3 External snap rings may be locked if necessary in accordance with the general locking principles contained herein. 3.4.4 Internal snap rings shall never be lockwired. 3.4.5 Bolts and hardware may be wired using SAFE-T-Cable. Follow procedure D744000087-PRO-001. Safe-T-Cable® can be used similar to Safety/Lock wire to secure Fasteners. The safety cable installation procedure is shown in Figure. The safety cable comes in pre-cut lengths with stubs on one end. After sewing through the holes in the fasteners they are tightened and crimped using a ferrule cartridge and crimping tool. They are more convenient to use and take only a fraction of the time to secure fasteners as compared to safety wire as no wire twisting is required. However additional tools like ferrule cartridge and crimping tool are required. For additional information refer Safe-TCable® (website http://www.dmctools.com/Catalog/safe_t_cable.htm).

Figure 3: Safety Cable Installation Procedure

3.5

ILLUSTRATION OF TYPICAL LOCK-WIRE APPLICATION

Document number Revision Page

4

QA PROVISIONS

5

NOTES

ASP00019 A 9

DS00008

Design Specification Design Torque Standard

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

CURRENT DRAWN

TITLE

Design Torque Standard

INITIAL

D.TRUONG

A. Vargas

CHECKED

B.RICE

B. Levay

APPVD

B.RICE

JB

DATE

7/25/11

11.13.1992

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 1

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

NOTES

1. Unless noted, all values are based on light machine oil or anti seize lubricated bolts (not high pressure lubes) 2. NOV does not recommend assembling bolts dry 3. Proof Strength is 92% of minimum yield strength 4. Torque values given represent 70% to 80% of proof strength 5. Clamp force is based on 75% of proof strength 6. These torque values are to be followed unless otherwise specified 7. If torqueing into aluminum, contact engineering for appropriate torque value. 8. After proper torque has been established in accordance with specification, fasteners shall be immediately identified as being torqued by either: a) Being safety wired in accordance with ASP00019 and/or b) Marked with an “X” using either a red or yellow paint marker.

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 2

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS

GRADE 2 T.S. = 74,000 PSI to ¾” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 55,000 PSI T.S. = 60,000 PSI 7/8” to 1-1/2” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 33,000 PSI COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC Max. Clamp Dia-Threads Min. Torque Torque Force (ft-lbf) Per Inch (ft-lbf) (lb) 1/4 – 20 5.7 6.3 1,320 5/16 – 18 10.5 11.6 2,160 3/8 – 16 19 21 3,200 7/16 – 14 29 32 4,380 1/2 – 13 48 53 5,840 9/16 – 12 67 74 7,500 5/8 – 11 95 105 9,300 3/4 – 10 166 184 13,800 7/8 – 9 157 173 11,400 1–8 238 263 15,000 1 1/8 – 7 333 368 18,900 1 1/4 – 7 475 525 24,000 1 3/8 – 6 627 639 28,600 1 1/2 – 6 827 914 34,800

1/4 – 28 5/16 – 24 3/8 – 24 7/16 – 20 1/2 – 20 9/16 – 18 5/8 – 18 3/4 – 16 7/8 – 14 1–4 1 1/8 – 12 1 1/4 – 12 1 3/8 – 12 1 1/2 – 12

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF 5.7 6.3 11.4 12.6 22 24 33 37 52 58 76 84 105 116 185 205 176 194 257 284 380 420 523 578 703 777 931 1,029

1,500 2,400 3,620 4,900 6,600 8,400 10,600 15,400 12,600 16,400 21,200 26,600 32,500 39,100

SIZE

GRADE 5 T.S. = 120,000 PSI to 1” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 85,00 PSI T.S. = 105,000 PSI 1-1/8” to 1-1/2” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 74,000 PSI Min. Torque (ft-lbf) 7.6 16 29 48 71 105 143 247 409 608 760 1,064 1,387 1,843

Max. Torque (ft-lbf) 8.4 18 32 53 79 116 158 273 452 672 840 1,176 1,533 2,037

9.5 18 33 52 86 114 162 285 447 665 836 1,178 1,596 2,090

10.5 20 37 58 95 126 179 315 494 735 924 1,302 1,764 2,310

2,320 3,700 5,600 7,550 10,700 12,950 16,300 23,800 32,400 42,200 47,500 59,600 73,000 87,700

DWG NO

DS00008 NONE

7 7 7 7

REV

A SCALE

Clamp Force (lb) 2,020 3,340 4,940 6,800 9,050 11,600 14,400 21,300 29,400 38,600 42,300 53,800 7 64,100 7 78,000 7

WT LBS

SHEET

F 3

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS

GRADE 8 TENSILE STRENGTH = 150,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 120,000 PSI

COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC Max. Clamp Dia-Threads Min. Torque Torque Force (ft-lbf) Per Inch (ft-lbf) (lb) 1/4 – 20 11.4 12.6 2,860 5/16 – 18 24 26 3,720 3/8 – 16 43 47 7,000 7/16 – 14 67 74 9,550 1/2 – 13 105 116 12,750 9/16 – 12 143 158 16,100 5/8 – 11 209 231 20,350 3/4 – 10 361 399 30,100 7/8 – 9 570 630 41,600 1–8 855 945 54,500 1 1/8 – 7 1,216 1,344 68,700 1 1/4 – 7 1,729 1,911 87,200 1 3/8 – 6 2,261 2,499 104,000 1 1/2 – 6 3,002 3,318 126,500

1/4 – 28 5/16 – 24 3/8 – 24 7/16 – 20 1/2 – 20 9/16 – 18 5/8 – 18 3/4 – 16 7/8 – 14 1–4 1 1/8 – 12 1 1/4 – 12 1 3/8 – 12 1 1/2 – 12

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF 13.3 17.7 3,280 24 26 5,220 48 53 7,900 75 84 10,700 114 126 14,400 162 179 18,250 228 252 23,000 399 441 33,600 627 693 45,800 950 1,050 59,700 1,368 1,512 77,000 1,900 2,100 96,600 2,584 2,856 118,400 3,382 3,738 142,200

SIZE

HOLO-KROME TENSILE STRENGTH = 170,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 136,000 PSI

7 7 7 7 7

Min. Torque (ft-lbf) 12 26 47 75 114 163 226 404 651 969 1,349 1,967 2,565 3,411

Max. Torque (ft-lbf) 14 28 51 83 126 181 250 446 719 1,071 1,491 2,174 2,835 3,770

7 7 7 7 7 7

14 29 52 84 124 183 258 451 718 1,064 1,511 2,180 2,926 4,769

16 32 58 92 137 203 286 499 794 1,176 1,670 2,410 3,234 5,271

7 7 7 7 7

3,750 5,920 8,050 12,150 16,250 20,700 26,200 38,000 51,900 67,600 87,000 109,400 134,000 201,000

7 7 7 7 7 7

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

Clamp Force (lb) 3,240 5,340 7,920 10,850 14,450 18,500 23,000 34,000 47,000 61,700 77,800 98,700 117,800 143,200

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 4

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS

STAINLESS ASTM F593G & F593H T.S. = 100,000 PSI to 5/8” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 59,000 PSI T.S. = 85,000 PSI 3/4” to 1-1/2” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 41,000 PSI COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC Max. Clamp Dia-Threads Min. Torque Torque Force (ft-lbf) Per Inch (ft-lbf) (lb) 1/4 – 20 5.7 6.3 1,407 5/16 – 18 11.4 12.6 2,319 3/8 – 16 20.0 22.1 3,429 7/16 – 14 32 36 4,704 1/2 – 13 49 55 6,279 9/16 – 12 72 80 8,054 5/8 – 11 99 109 10,001 3/4 – 10 122 134 10,271 7/8 – 9 197 217 14,207 1–8 295 327 18,635 1 1/8 – 7 418 462 23,462 1 1/4 – 7 590 652 29,797 1 3/8 – 6 773 855 35,516 1 1/2 – 6 1,026 1,134 43,204

1/4 – 28 5/16 – 24 3/8 – 24 7/16 – 20 1/2 – 20 9/16 – 18 5/8 – 18 3/4 – 16 7/8 – 14 1–4 1 1/8 – 12 1 1/4 – 12 1 3/8 – 12 1 1/2 – 12

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF 6.7 7.4 12.4 13.7 22.8 25.2 36 40 56 62 80 88 112 124 136 150 217 239 323 357 469 519 653 721 881 973 1,154 1,276

1,611 2,567 3,885 5,252 7,076 8,983 11,328 11,470 15,652 20,387 26,322 32,995 10,436 49,616

STAINLESS ASTM F593U TENSILE STRENGTH = 135,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 95,000 PSI

7

Min. Torque (ft-lbf) 8.6 18.1 33.3 52 80 116 160 282 456 684 968 1,366 1,792 2,378

Max. Torque (ft-lbf) 9.5 20.0 36.8 58 88 128 176 312 504 756 1,070 1,510 1,980 2,628

10.5 20.9 37 59 90 129 181 315 503 748 1,087 1,513 2,040 2,675

11.6 23.1 41 65 100 143 200 349 555 826 1,201 1,973 2,254 2,957

Clamp Force (lb) 2,266 3,734 5,522 7,574 10,110 12,968 16,103 23,798 32,918 43,179 54,364 69,041 82,294 100,106

7 7 7 7

2,594 4,133 6,256 8,457 11,393 14,464 18,240 26,576 36,266 47,239 60,900 76,451 93,694 122,646

7 7 7 7 7

F593 U

F593 G or H

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 5

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS LUBRICATED WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND

GRADE 2 T.S. = 74,000 PSI to ¾” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 55,000 PSI T.S. = 60,000 PSI 7/8” to 1-1/2” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 33,000 PSI COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC Max. Clamp Dia-Threads Min. Torque Torque Force (ft-lbf) Per Inch (ft-lbf) (lb) 1/4 – 20 4.3 4.7 1,320 5/16 – 18 7.8 8.7 2,160 3/8 – 16 14.3 15.8 3,200 7/16 – 14 21.4 23.6 4,380 1/2 – 13 36 39 5,840 9/16 – 12 50 55 7,500 5/8 – 11 71 79 9,300 3/4 – 10 125 138 13,800 7/8 – 9 118 130 11,400 1–8 178 197 15,000 1 1/8 – 7 249 276 18,900 1 1/4 – 7 356 394 24,000 1 3/8 – 6 470 520 28,600 1 1/2 – 6 620 685 34,800

1/4 – 28 5/16 – 24 3/8 – 24 7/16 – 20 1/2 – 20 9/16 – 18 5/8 – 18 3/4 – 16 7/8 – 14 1–4 1 1/8 – 12 1 1/4 – 12 1 3/8 – 12 1 1/2 – 12

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF 4.3 4.7 8.6 9.5 16.4 18.1 25 28 39 43 57 63 78 87 139 154 132 146 192 213 285 315 392 433 527 583 698 772

1,500 2,400 3,620 4,900 6,600 8,400 10,600 15,400 12,600 16,400 21,200 26,600 32,500 39,100

SIZE

GRADE 5 T.S. = 120,000 PSI to 1” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 85,00 PSI T.S. = 105,000 PSI 1-1/8” to 1-1/2” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 74,000 PSI Min. Torque (ft-lbf) 5.7 12.1 21.4 36 53 78 107 185 306 456 570 798 1,040 1,382

Max. Torque (ft-lbf) 6.3 13.4 23.6 39 59 87 118 205 339 504 630 882 1,150 1,528

7.1 13.5 25 39 64 86 121 214 335 499 627 884 1,197 1,568

7.9 15 28 43 71 95 134 236 370 551 693 977 1,323 1,733

2,320 3,700 5,600 7,550 10,700 12,950 16,300 23,800 32,400 42,200 47,500 59,600 73,000 87,700

DWG NO

DS00008 NONE

7 7 7 7

REV

A SCALE

Clamp Force (lb) 2,020 3,340 4,940 6,800 9,050 11,600 14,400 21,300 29,400 38,600 42,300 53,800 7 64,100 7 78,000 7

WT LBS

SHEET

F 6

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS LUBRICATED WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND

GRADE 8 TENSILE STRENGTH = 150,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 120,000 PSI

COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC Max. Clamp Dia-Threads Min. Torque Torque Force (ft-lbf) Per Inch (ft-lbf) (lb) 1/4 – 20 8.6 9.5 2,860 5/16 – 18 17.8 19.7 3,720 3/8 – 16 32 35 7,000 7/16 – 14 50 55 9,550 1/2 – 13 78 87 12,750 9/16 – 12 107 118 16,100 5/8 – 11 157 173 20,350 3/4 – 10 271 299 30,100 7/8 – 9 428 473 41,600 1–8 641 709 54,500 1 1/8 – 7 912 1,008 68,700 1 1/4 – 7 1,297 1,433 87,200 1 3/8 – 6 1,696 1,874 104,000 1 1/2 – 6 2,252 2,489 126,500

1/4 – 28 5/16 – 24 3/8 – 24 7/16 – 20 1/2 – 20 9/16 – 18 5/8 – 18 3/4 – 16 7/8 – 14 1–4 1 1/8 – 12 1 1/4 – 12 1 3/8 – 12 1 1/2 – 12

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF 10 11 3,280 17.8 19.7 5,220 36 39 7,900 57 63 10,700 86 95 14,400 121 134 18,250 171 189 23,000 299 331 33,600 470 520 45,800 713 788 59,700 1,026 1,134 77,000 1,425 1,575 96,600 1,938 2,142 11,840 2,537 2,804 142,200

SIZE

HOLO-KROME TENSILE STRENGTH = 170,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 136,000 PSI

7 7 7 7 7

Min. Torque (ft-lbf) 9.3 19 35 56 86 123 170 303 488 727 1,012 1,475 1,924 2,558

Max. Torque (ft-lbf) 10.2 21 39 62 95 135 187 335 539 803 1,118 1,630 2,126 2,827

7 7 7 7 7 7

10.7 21 39 63 93 138 194 338 539 798 1,133 1,635 2,195 3,577

11.8 24 43 69 102 152 214 374 595 882 1,252 1,807 2,426 3,953

7 7 7 7 7 7

3,750 5,920 8,050 12,150 16,250 20,700 26,200 38,000 51,900 67,600 87,000 109,400 134,000 201,000

7 7 7 7 7 7

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

Clamp Force (lb) 3,240 5,340 7,920 10,850 14,450 18,500 23,000 34,000 47,000 61,700 77,800 98,700 117,800 143,200

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 7

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS LUBRICATED WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND

STAINLESS ASTM F593G & F593H T.S. = 100,000 PSI to 5/8” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 59,000 PSI T.S. = 85,000 PSI 3/4” to 1-1/2” DIA PROOF STRENGTH = 41,000 PSI COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC Max. Clamp Dia-Threads Min. Torque Torque Force (ft-lbf) Per Inch (ft-lbf) (lb) 1/4 – 20 4.3 4.7 1,407 5/16 – 18 8.6 9.5 2,319 3/8 – 16 15 16.5 3,429 7/16 – 14 24 27 4,704 1/2 – 13 37 41 6,279 9/16 – 12 54 60 8,054 5/8 – 11 74 82 10,001 3/4 – 10 91 101 10,271 7/8 – 9 147 163 14,207 1–8 222 245 18,635 1 1/8 – 7 314 347 23,462 1 1/4 – 7 442 489 29,797 1 3/8 – 6 580 641 35,516 1 1/2 – 6 770 851 43,204

1/4 – 28 5/16 – 24 3/8 – 24 7/16 – 20 1/2 – 20 9/16 – 18 5/8 – 18 3/4 – 16 7/8 – 14 1–4 1 1/8 – 12 1 1/4 – 12 1 3/8 – 12 1 1/2 – 12

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF 5.0 5.5 9.3 10.2 17.1 18.9 27 30 42 46 60 66 84 93 102 113 162 180 242 268 352 389 489 541 660 730 866 957

1,611 2,567 3,885 5,252 7,076 8,983 11,328 11,470 15,652 20,387 26,322 32,995 40,436 48,616

STAINLESS ASTM F593U TENSILE STRENGTH = 135,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 95,000 PSI

7

Min. Torque (ft-lbf) 6.4 13.5 24.9 39 60 87 120 212 342 513 726 1,025 1,344 1,783

Max. Torque (ft-lbf) 7.1 15 27.6 43 66 96 132 234 378 567 802 1,132 1,485 1,971

7.8 15.7 28 44 68 97 135 237 377 561 815 1,135 1,530 2,006

8.7 17.3 31 49 75 107 150 261 417 620 901 1,254 1,691 2,218

F593 G or H

Clamp Force (lb) 2,266 3,734 5,522 7,574 10,110 12,968 16,103 23,798 32,918 43,179 54,364 69,041 82,294 100,106

7 7 7 7

2,594 4,133 6,256 8,457 11,393 14,464 18,240 26,576 36,266 47,239 60,990 76,451 93,694 112,646

7 7 7 7 7

F593 U

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 8

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS

CLASS 4.6 T.S. = 400 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 225 MPa T.S. is for all dia.

CLASS 8.8 T.S. = 830 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 600 MPa T.S. is for all dia *Metric socket head screws*

METRIC SERIES

Diameter - pitch

Min. Torque (ft-Ibf)

M3 - .5 M3.5 - .6 M4 - .7 M5 - .8 M6 - 1 M8 - 1.25 M10 - 1.5 M12 - 1.75 M14 - 2 M16 - 2 M18 – 2.5 M20 – 2.5 M22 – 2.5 M24 - 3 M27 – 3 M30 - 3.5 M33 – 3.5 M36 – 3.5 M39 - 4 M42 - 4.5 M48 - 5 M56 - 5.5

.4 .6 .9 1.7 2.9 6.9 14 24 38 57 81 112 151 193 280 381 514 656 852 1,059 1,586 2,535

Max. Torque (ft-Ibf) .5 .73 1.1 2.1 3.7 8.9 17 31 48 74 104 145 196 251 365 496 670 857 1112 1380 2069 3310

Clamp Force (Ib) 183 247 320 516 732 1,331 2,106 3,055 4,177 5,664 6,975 8,851 10,940 12,746 16,570 20,216 24,961 29,422 35,122 40,363 53,038 7 73,007 7

Min. Torque (ft-Ibf) .9 1.5 2.1 4.3 7.2 17 33 57 91 141 195 274 372 472 690 934 1,267 1,627 2,102 2,599 3,899 6,253

4.6

Max. Torque (ft-Ibf) 1.2 1.9 2.9 5.8 9.9 23 47 81 129 199 278 388 524 671 974 1,325 1,787 2,285 2,966 3,681 5,518 8,828

Clamp Force (lb) 489 659 854 1,378 1,954 3,550 5,617 8,148 11,141 15,106 18,600 23,604 29,174 33,989 44,186 53,911 66,563 78,460 93,661 107,634 141,435 194,686

7 7 7 7 7 7 7

8.8

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 9

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS

CLASS 10.9 T.S. = 1040 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 830 MPa T.S. is for all dia

Diameter - pitch

Min. Torque (ft-Ibf)

M3 - .5 M3.5 - .6 M4 - .7 M5 - .8 M6 - 1 M8 - 1.25 M10 - 1.5 M12 - 1.75 M14 - 2 M16 - 2 M18 – 2.5 M20 – 2.5 M22 – 2.5 M24 – 3 M27 – 3 M30 - 3.5 M33 – 3.5 M36 – 4 M39 – 4 M42 - 4.5 M48 - 5 M56 – 5.5

1.3 2.1 3.1 6.2 10.6 25 50 87 138 212 297 414 557 715 1,034 1,408 1,896 2,421 3,145 3,907 5,853 9,352

Max. Torque (ft-Ibf) 1.7 2.7 4.0 8.0 13.7 33 65 112 179 275 384 537 726 929 1,347 1,833 2,473 3,161 4,103 5,093 7,633 12,212

Clamp Force (Ib) 676 911 1,182 1,906 2,703 4,910 7,771 11,271 15,411 20,897 25,730 53,911 40,358 47,019 61,125 74,577 92,079 108,536 129,564 148,894 195,652 269,316

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

CLASS 12.9 T.S. = 1220 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 970 MPa T.S. is for all dia. * Metric socket head screws* Min. Max. Clamp Torque Torque Force (ft-Ibf) (ft-Ibf) (lb) 1.5 2.0 790 2.5 3.1 1,065 3.7 4.7 1,381 7.3 9.4 2,228 12 16 3,159 29 38 5,739 58 76 9,082 101 131 13,172 162 210 18,011 247 321 24,422 347 449 30,070 483 628 38,159 651 848 47,165 836 1,086 54,950 1,209 1,574 71,435 1,646 2,142 87,157 2,216 2,890 107,611 2,829 3,695 126,843 3,675 4,795 151,418 4,566 5,952 174,009 6,840 8,921 228,654 10,930 14,272 314,743

10.9

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

12.9

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 10

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND

CLASS 4.6 T.S. = 400 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 225 MPa T.S. is for all dia.

CLASS 8.8 T.S. = 830 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 600 MPa T.S. is for all dia *Metric socket head screws*

METRIC SERIES

Diameter - pitch

Min. Torque (ft-Ibf)

M3 - .5 M3.5 - .6 M4 - .7 M5 - .8 M6 - 1 M8 - 1.25 M10 - 1.5 M12 - 1.75 M14 - 2 M16 - 2 M18 – 2.5 M20 – 2.5 M22 – 2.5 M24 - 3 M27 – 3 M30 - 3.5 M33 – 3.5 M36 – 3.5 M39 - 4 M42 - 4.5 M48 - 5 M56 - 5.5

0.3 0.5 0.7 1.3 2.2 5 11 18 29 43 61 84 113 145 210 286 386 492 639 794 1190 1901

Max. Torque (ft-Ibf) 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.7 2.8 7 14 23 37 56 79 109 147 188 273 371 501 640 831 1033 1546 2472

Clamp Force (Ib) 183 247 320 516 732 1,331 2,106 3,055 4,177 5,664 6,975 8,851 10,940 12,746 16,570 20,216 24,961 29,422 35,122 40,363 53,038 7 73,007 7

Min. Torque (ft-Ibf) 0.7 1.1 1.6 3.2 5.4 13 25 43 68 106 146 206 279 354 518 701 950 1220 1577 1949 2924 4690

4.6

Max. Torque (ft-Ibf) 0.9 1.5 2.0 4.2 7.0 17 32 56 89 137 190 267 363 460 673 911 1235 1586 2049 2534 3802 6097

Clamp Force (lb) 489 659 854 1,378 1,954 3,550 5,617 8,148 11,141 15,106 18,600 23,604 29,174 33,989 44,186 53,911 66,563 78,460 93,661 107,634 141,435 194,686

7 7 7 7 7 7 7

8.8

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 11

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND

CLASS 10.9 T.S. = 1040 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 830 MPa T.S. is for all dia

Diameter - pitch

Min. Torque (ft-Ibf)

M3 - .5 M3.5 - .6 M4 - .7 M5 - .8 M6 - 1 M8 - 1.25 M10 - 1.5 M12 - 1.75 M14 - 2 M16 - 2 M18 – 2.5 M20 – 2.5 M22 – 2.5 M24 – 3 M27 – 3 M30 - 3.5 M33 – 3.5 M36 – 4 M39 – 4 M42 - 4.5 M48 - 5 M56 – 5.5

1.0 1.6 2.3 4.7 8.0 19 38 65 104 159 223 311 418 536 776 1056 1422 1816 2359 2930 4390 7014

Max. Torque (ft-Ibf) 1.3 2.0 3.0 6.0 10.3 24 49 85 135 207 290 404 543 697 1008 1373 1849 2360 3066 3809 5707 9118

Clamp Force (Ib) 676 911 1,182 1,906 2,703 4,910 7,771 11,271 15,411 20,897 25,730 32,652 40,358 47,019 61,125 74,577 92,079 108,536 129,564 148,894 195,652 269,316

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

CLASS 12.9 T.S. = 1220 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 970 MPa T.S. is for all dia. * Metric socket head screws* Min. Max. Clamp Torque Torque Force (ft-Ibf) (ft-Ibf) (lb) 1.1 1.5 790 1.9 2.4 1,065 2.8 3.6 1,381 5.5 7.1 2,228 9.0 11.7 3,159 22 28 5,739 44 57 9,082 76 98 13,172 122 158 18,011 185 241 24,422 260 338 30,070 362 471 38,159 488 635 47,165 627 815 54,950 907 1179 71,435 1235 1605 87,157 1662 2161 107,611 2122 2758 126,843 2756 3583 151,418 3425 4452 174,009 5130 6669 228,654 8198 10657 314,743

10.9

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

12.9

The following tables specify torque values for fasteners used with Nord-Lock washers.

SIZE

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 12

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt 8.8 Oil Washer Size

Bolt Size

Pitch (mm)

NL3 NL4 NL5 NL6 NL8 NL10 NL12 NL14 NL16 NL18 NL20 NL22 NL24 NL27 NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39 NL42

M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 M42

.5 .7 .8 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5

Torque (ft-lbf)

Clamp (lb)

1.2 3.0 5.8 10 24 47 82 129 197 276 385 525 664 968 1,322 1,779 2,295 2,960 3,663

540 944 1,529 2,181 4,047 6,295 8,992 12,364 16,861 20,682 26,527 32,822 37,993 49,683 60,474 74,861 88,125 105,211 120,947

Graphite Torque Clamp (ft-lbf) (lb)

1.2 2.7 5.2 9.1 22 43 74 117 177 249 348 474 599 873 1,192 1,600 2,067 2,663 3,297

540 944 1,529 2,181 4,047 6,295 8,992 12,364 16,861 20,682 26,527 32,822 37,993 49,683 60,474 74,861 88,125 105,211 120,947

NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt 10.9 Oil Washer Size

NL3 NL4 NL5 NL6 NL8 NL10 NL12 NL14 NL16 NL18 NL20 NL22 NL24 NL27 NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39 NL42

Bolt Size

Pitch (mm)

Torque (ft-lbf)

Clamp (lb)

M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 M42

.5 .7 .8 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5

1.7 3.9 7.8 14 33 64 110 175 268 375 524 714 903 1,318 1,798 2,422 3,125 4,030 4,988

719 1,259 2,046 2,900 5,171 8,318 12,140 16,636 22,481 27,651 35,070 43,613 50,582 66,094 80,482 99,590 117,350 140,281 160,963

SIZE

1.5 3.5 6.7 12 29 56 95 151 230 323 451 613 776 1,128 1,542 2,068 2,673 3,440 4,262

764 1,326 2,158 3,057 5,620 8,768 12,814 17,535 23,830 29,225 37,093 46,086 53,505 69,691 84,978 105,211 123,870 148,149 170,180

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

Graphite Torque Clamp (ft-lbf) (lb)

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 13

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt 12.9 Oil Washer Size

NL3 NL4 NL5 NL6 NL8 NL10 NL12 NL14 NL16 NL18 NL20 NL22 NL24 NL27 NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39 NL42

Bolt Size

Pitch (mm)

Torque (ft-lbf)

Clamp (lb)

Torque (ft-lbf)

M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 M42

.5 .7 .8 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5

1.9 4.4 8.7 15 36 72 123 196 298 419 585 797 1,009 1,470 2,005 2,699 3,483 4,490 5,560

877 1,506 2,450 3,462 6,295 9,892 14,613 20,008 26,977 33,272 42,264 52,380 60,698 79,133 96,668 119,598 140,730 168,157 193,336

1.6 3.8 7.4 13 31 61 105 167 252 355 494 670 850 1,235 1,688 2,265 2,927 3,763 4,666

Graphite Clamp (lb)

922 1,596 2,585 3,664 6,744 10,566 15,287 21,132 28,551 35,070 44,512 55,303 64,295 83,629 102,063 126,343 148,823 177,599 204,126

NORD-LOCK Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel Bolt A4 Washer Size

Bolt Size

Pitch (mm)

NL3 NL4 NL5 NL6 NL8 NL10 NL12 NL14 NL16 NL18 NL20 NL22 NL24 NL27 NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39 NL42

M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20 M22 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39 M42

.5 .7 .8 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5

A4-70 w/ Graphite Lube Torque Clamp (ft-lbf) (lb)

0.9 1.9 3.7 7 16 32 54 85 130 183 256 349 441 643 877 1,182 1,525 1,968 2,435 SIZE

337 585 922 1,326 2,473 3,822 5,620 7,644 10,341 12,589 16,186 20,008 23,155 30,124 36,869 45,636 53,729 64,071 73,737

1.2 2.6 5.1 9 21 41 72 114 174 244 341 465 588 858 1,170 1,576 2,034 2,624 3,247

450 764 1,236 1,754 3,147 5,171 7,419 10,116 13,713 16,861 21,357 26,527 30,799 40,241 49,233 60,698 71,714 85,652 98,241

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

A4-80 w/ Graphite Lube Torque Clamp (ft-lbf) (lb)

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 14

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt Grade 5 Oil

Graphite

Washer Size

Bolt Size

Pitch (TPI)

Torque (ft-lbf)

Clamp (lb)

Torque (ft-lbf)

Clamp (lb)

NL3 NL3.5 NL4 NL5 NL1/4” NL8 NL3/8” NL11 NL1/2” NL14 NL16 NL3/4” NL22 NL 1” NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39

#5 #6 #8 #10 ¼ 5/16 3/8 7/16 ½ 9/16 5/8 ¾ 7/8 1 1 1/8 1¼ 1 3/8 1½

40 32 32 24 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6

1.1 1.4 2.7 3.9 9.1 18 30 47 73 104 145 254 408 617 771 1075 1410 1860

550 630 970 1,200 2,200 3,600 5,400 7,300 9,800 12,600 15,600 23,100 31,900 41,800 46,400 58,900 70,200 85,500

1.0 1.3 2.4 3.5 8.3 16 28 42 66 94 131 230 369 557 697 969 1,270 1,670

550 630 970 1,200 2,200 3,600 5,400 7,300 9,800 12,600 15,600 23,100 31,900 41,800 46,400 58,900 70,200 85,500

NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt Grade 8 Oil Washer Size

Bolt Size

Pitch (TPI)

Torque (ft-lbf)

Clamp (lb)

NL3 NL3.5 NL4 NL5 NL1/4” NL8 NL3/8” NL11 NL1/2” NL14 NL16 NL3/4” NL22 NL 1” NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39

#5 #6 #8 #10 ¼ 5/16 3/8 7/16 ½ 9/16 5/8 ¾ 7/8 1 1 1/8 1¼ 1 3/8 1½

40 32 32 24 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6

1.5 1.9 3.5 5.1 12 24 41 64 99 138 197 346 556 840 1,190 1,660 2,180 2,870

740 840 1,300 1,600 2,900 4,900 7,200 9,800 13,100 16,800 20,900 30,900 42,700 56,000 70,600 89,600 107,000 130,000

SIZE

1.3 1.7 3.1 4.6 11 21 36 56 86 122 171 299 479 724 1,030 1,430 1,880 2,470

780 890 1,400 1,700 3,100 5,100 7,600 10,400 13,900 17,800 22,100 32,700 45,100 59,200 74,500 94,600 113,000 137,000

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

Graphite Torque Clamp (ft-lbf) (lb)

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 15

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

NORD-LOCK Stainless Steel with ASTM A574 Bolt Oil Washer Size

Bolt Size

Pitch (TPI)

NL3 NL3.5 NL4 NL5 NL1/4” NL8 NL3/8” NL11 NL1/2” NL14 NL16 NL3/4” NL22 NL 1” NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39

#5 #6 #8 #10 ¼ 5/16 3/8 7/16 ½ 9/16 5/8 ¾ 7/8 1 1 1/8 1¼ 1 3/8 1½

40 32 32 24 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6

Torque (ft-lbf)

Clamp (lb)

1.7 2.2 3.8 5.8 13 26 45 70 109 148 216 378 607 916 1,300 1,810 2,380 3,140

870 990 1,500 1,900 3,400 5,700 8,400 11,500 15,400 19,800 24,600 36,400 50,200 65,900 83,000 105,000 126,000 153,000

Graphite Torque Clamp (ft-lbf) (lb)

1.6 2.0 3.7 5.5 12 23 39 60 93 141 184 321 514 776 1100 1530 2020 2640

910 1,050 1,600 2,000 3,700 6,000 8,900 12,200 16,300 20,900 26,000 38,400 53,000 69,600 87,700 111,000 133,000 161,000

NORD-LOCK Stainless Steel with ASTM F593 Bolt Oil Washer Size

Bolt Size

Pitch (TPI)

NL3 NL3.5 NL4 NL5 NL1/4” NL8 NL3/8” NL11 NL1/2” NL14 NL16 NL3/4” NL22 NL 1” NL30 NL33 NL36 NL39

#5 #6 #8 #10 ¼ 5/16 3/8 7/16 ½ 9/16 5/8 ¾ 7/8 1 1 1/8 1¼ 1 3/8 1½

40 32 32 24 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6

Torque (ftlb)

Clamp (lb)

5.2 10.3 18 28 43 61 85 104 166 251 356 497 653 859

1,300 2,200 3,300 4,500 6,000 7,700 9,500 9,800 13,500 17,700 22,300 28,300 33,800 41,100

SIZE

5.2 10.3 18 28 43 61 85 104 166 251 356 497 653 859

1,300 2,200 3,300 4,500 6,000 7,700 9,500 9,800 13,500 17,700 22,300 28,300 33,800 41,100

DWG NO

REV

A SCALE

Graphite Torque Clamp (ftlb) (lb)

DS00008 NONE

WT LBS

SHEET

F 16

OF

16

DCF0045 (REV B)

General Lubrication Bulletin

General Lubrication Bulletin for CE Drilling Equipment

REFERENCE

RIG/PLANT

ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number

www.nov.com

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco

National Oilwell Varco RIG SOLUTIONS 11000 Corporate Centre Drive Houston, TX 77041

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

CE-538E

06

Document number Revision Page

CE-538E 06 2

REVISION HISTORY

06

14.02.2012

Engineering Requested Change

TMH

05

07.12.2011

Spelling Corrected

TMH

04

06.12.2011

Spelling Corrected

TMH

03

24.03.2005

Updated Logo

02

28.02.2005

Updated to new template

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Reason for issue

GDH

GDH

Checked

Approved

BKF PG Prepared

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 02 03 04 05 06

Change Description Updated to electronic format from pdf to ms word in new template Updated Logo Spelling changed from Overrruning to Overruning. Spelling changed from Overrruning to Overrunning. Removed Recommended Lubrication Product Chart from the document.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

CE-538E 06 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 

GENERAL LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTINENTAL EMSCO PRODUCTS DRILLING EQUIPMENT .............................................................................. 4  1.1 

Crown and Traveling Blocks: .................................................................................. 4 

1.2 

Swivels: .................................................................................................................. 4 

1.3 

Rotary Machines and Unitized Rotary Chain Coupling: .......................................... 4 

1.4 

GB & GBH CATHEADS: ......................................................................................... 5 

1.5 

Drawworks, Compound Transmissions, Unitized Rotary Transmissions, ECR Units & Pump Drives: ..................................................................................... 5 

1.6 

Electrohoist II Gear Box .......................................................................................... 5 

1.7 

Electrohoist II, IV & V Gear Box .............................................................................. 5 

1.8 

Airline Lubricators: .................................................................................................. 5 

1.9 

Duplex & Triplex MUD & Slurry Pumps: ................................................................. 5 

1.10  Overrunning Clutch: ................................................................................................ 6  1.11  Caution: .................................................................................................................. 6  2 

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRIPLEX MUD PUMP TRANSMISSION LUBE OIL ......................................................................................................................... 6 

3 

GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN ............................................................................ 7 

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1

CE-538E 06 4

GENERAL LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTINENTAL EMSCO PRODUCTS DRILLING EQUIPMENT Using the right kind of oil or grease on a regular basis extends the service life of machinery. Where and how to lubricate is described in each Maintenance Manual for the particular piece of equipment. The following information lists the recommended type of lubricant to use. The equipment user must insure that the lubricant selected meets or exceeds the specifications provided.

1.1

Crown and Traveling Blocks:

1.1.1 Grease - Use a multipurpose lithium base grease. Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2 -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0 1.2

Swivels:

1.2.1 Main reservoir – Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant. Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 68°C) AGMA #6EP -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP 1.2.2 Wash pipe packing, oil seals and bail pins – Use a multipurpose lithium bas grease. Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2 -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0 1.3

Rotary Machines and Unitized Rotary Chain Coupling:

1.3.1 Main Reservoir – Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant. Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 52°C) AGMA #6EP -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP 1.3.2 Pinion Cartridge – Use a multipurpose lithium base grease Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2 -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1.4

1.5

GB & GBH CATHEADS: Use a multipurpose lithium base grease. Ambient temperatures

CE-538E 06 5

0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2 -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

Drawworks, Compound Transmissions, Unitized Rotary Transmissions, ECR Units & Pump Drives: Grease lubricated bearings, drum brake centralized lubrication system, and all miscellaneous grease fittings – Use a multipurpose lithium base grease. Ambient temperatures

0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2 -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

Motor couplings require a multipurpose lithium base NLGI #1 grease. Electrohoist III, IV & V gear couplings require Texaco Crater Compound #0 or equivalent. Oil lubricated bearings and roller chains – Use a non-detergent machine oil as follows; Ambient temperatures 80°F to 125°F (27°C to 52°C) SAE 40 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 38°C) SAE 30 0°F to 40°F (-18°C to 4°C) SAE 20 1.6

Electrohoist II Gear Box Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant. Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 68°C) AGMA #6EP -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP

1.7

Electrohoist II, IV & V Gear Box Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming, mineral base gear lubricant. Ambient temperatures Below 40°F* to 80°F (4°C to 26°C) AGMA #3EP 80°F to 120F (27°C to 49°C) AGMA #6EP *Heaters are required to bring oil to 40°F (4°C) for starting.

1.8

Airline Lubricators: Use SAE 10 Wt. Motor Oil.

1.9

Duplex & Triplex MUD & Slurry Pumps: Use a extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant. Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 68°C) AGMA #6EP -20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP Note: See Section 2 for initial filling of triplex pumps.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

CE-538E 06 6

1.10

Overrunning Clutch: Use SAE 50 Wt. Non-detergent machine oil. Equipment not manufactured by National Oilwell should be lubricated as specified by the manufacturer.

1.11

Caution: Do not mix greases with different bases. Always clean reservoirs thoroughly when changing to grease with a different base.

2

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRIPLEX MUD PUMP TRANSMISSION LUBE OIL National Oilwell has recently made a change in the design and material of the gears used in our triplex mud pump line. The new gears will be made from a harder material which will ultimately provide better performance and longer life but they do require some special treatment during the break-in period. Effective immediately National Oilwell will begin using specially designed gear oil, for the test runs in our manufacturing facilities, which is highly saturated with liquid soluble molybdenum disulfide, and other extreme pressure and corrosion resistant additives. This oil will help to polish the gear tooth surfaces to prevent initial pitting which is common on mud pump gears. This is especially important on the new harder gears as they are more susceptible to cold welding and scoring during the break-in period. The product will also provide rust prevention during storage periods. It is strongly recommended that the End User also use this product for at least the initial filling of the pumps. At the first oil change it would be at the user’s discretion whether to continue its use or change to another AGMA EP gear oil that meets the general specifications. A manufacturer of the above product is made by:

Schaeffer Oil & Grease Mfg. C.O. Phone (800) 325-9962 Fax (314) 865-4107 Website: www.schaefferoil.com

If the operator chooses not to use this oil for the initial filling, then a 5% by volume of a good Moly product, such as Dow Corning M Gear Guard, should be added to the approved AGMA EP gear oil. Implementation of the above recommendations will be well worth the extra cost of the products by extending the life of the equipment and power savings due to reduction of friction.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

3

CE-538E 06 7

GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN

Oil Capacities for Continental Emsco Equipment

C-1 Type II C-1 Type III C-2 Type II C-2 Type III C-3 Type I C-3 Type II C-3 Type III D-1 D-2 D-3 EH-II EH-III, IV & V Type AU= Catworks W/Right Angle Drive CT-5 CT-7 CT-9 D-221 W/Separate Lube System D-232 W/Separate Lube System F-350 F-500 F-650 F-750 F-800 F-1000 F, FA, FB & FC-1300 F, FA, FB & FC-1600 FC-2200 Unitized Pump Drive for Electric Motor, Per Guard F-350 F-500 F-650 F-800 F-1000 www.nov.com

Drawworks 105 U.S. Gal. 400 Liters 105 U.S. Gal. 400 Liters 110 U.S. Gal. 420 Liters 110 U.S. Gal. 420 Liters 60 U.S. Gal, 230 Liters 60 U.S. Gal. 230 Liters 60 U.S. Gal. 230 Liters 78 U.S. Gal. 296 Liters 115 U.S. Gal. 436 Liters 85 U.S. Gal. 332 Liters 41 U.S. Gal. 155 Liters See Operation & Maintenance Manual 45 U.S. Gal. 170 Liters 50 U.S. Gal. 190 Liters Compounds 130 U.S. Gal. 493 Liters 130 U.S. Gal. 493 Liters 148 U.S. Gal. 560 Liters 80 U.S. Gal. 303 Liters 80 U.S. Gal. 303 Liters F-Series Triplex Pump 40 U.S. Gal. 152 Liters 65 U.S. Gal. 246 Liters 55 U.S. Gal. 208 Liters 55 U.S. Gal. 208 Liters 65 U.S. Gal. 246 Liters 75 U.S. Gal. 284 Liters 100 U.S. Gal. 380 Liters 100 U.S. Gal. 380 Liters 120 U.S. Gal. 454 Liters

20 U.S. Gal 76 Liters Type “F” Unitized Pump Chain Drive 15 U.S. Gal. 57 Liters 30 U.S. Gal 15 Liters 30 U.S. Gal. 115 Liters 30 U.S. Gal. 115 Liters 30 U.S. Gal. 115 Liters

Document number Revision Page

D-225 D-375 DB-550 DC-700 DC-1350 DC-1650 T-1750 (S/N 181 Only) T-1750 (S/N 182-253) T-1750 (S/N 254-268) T-1750 (S/N 269 & up) T-2050 (S/N 31 Only) T-2050 (S/N 111 & up) T-2750 (S/N 89-94) T-2750 (S/N 95-228) T-2750 (S/N 229 & up) T-3750 T-4950 T-6050 RT-3A Vertical RT-3A Horizontal Chain Coupling LB-140 LA, LB-200 LA, LB-300 LA, LB-400 LB-500 L, LB & LC-650

www.nov.com

Duplex Pumps 25 U.S. Gal. 53 U.S. Gal. 58 U.S. Gal. 65 U.S. Gal. 100 U.S. Gal. 100 U.S. Gal. Rotaries 6 U.S. Gal. 12 U.S. Gal. 8 U.S. Gal. 10 U.S. Gal. 5 U.S. Gal. 6 U.S. Gal. 9 U.S. Gal. 13 U.S. Gal. 10 U.S. Gal. 15 U.S. Gal. 15 U.S. Gal. 25 U.S. Gal. Rotary Transmissions 21 U.S. Gal. 28 U.S. Gal. 1 U.S. Gal. Swivels 3-3/4 U.S. Gal. 4-3/4 U.S. Gal. 6-3/4 U.S. Gal 10 U.S. Gal 15 U.S. Gal 19-1/2 U.S. Gal

CE-538E 06 8

95 Liters 201 Liters 220 Liters 246 Liters 379 Liters 379 Liters 23 Liters 46 Liters 31 Liters 38 Liters 19 Liters 23 Liters 34 Liters 50 Liters 38 Liters 57 Liters 57 Liters 95 Liters 80 Liters 106 Liters 4 Liters 14 Liters 18 Liters 26 Liters 38 Liters 57 Liters 74 Liters

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

2.2

Spare Parts List Recommended Spare Parts – FD-1600

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 2.2

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001

01

Recommended Spare Parts FD-1600

RIG/PLANT ADDITIONAL CODE

REFERENCE SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.

National Oilwell Varco RIG SOLUTIONS 12950 West Little York Houston, TX 77041

© National Oilwell Varco DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001

01

Document number Revision Page

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 2

REVISION HISTORY

01

14.05.2008

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

First Issue Reason for issue

BTS

RLP

GDH

Prepared

Checked

Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision 01

Change Description First issue

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

Document number Revision Page

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 3

1

SPARE PARTS LIST This document provides a list of recommended spares. The list is presented by assemblies, and the recommended spare pages are arranged in numerical order.

2

DEFINITIONS This section provides definitions for accessibility of spare parts and recommendations of spare parts.

2.1

Spare Parts Accessibility

2.2

Spares Category

Definition

Area 1 Area 2

Equipment operating within easy access to a National Oilwell Varco store or customer’s own regional warehouse and expendable parts anticipated for operation of one year. Equipment operating in remote areas.

Group I

Spares for one unit per year.

Group II

Spares to support up to two units operating in the area per year.

Recommendations Operations

Recommendations

Equipment in accessible Area 1 Equipment in accessible Area 2

1 Lot of Spares for each unit.

2-3 years operations

1 Lot of Group I Spares for each unit per year, OR 1 Lot of Group II Spares for approximately each 2 units Multiply Class A spares by 2.

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

Document number Revision Page

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 4

This page intentionally left blank.

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

Document number Revision Page

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 5

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS

This document provides a list of recommended spare parts for the FD-1600 mud pump. The parts are grouped to the sub-assemblies in which they are used.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part No.

0-6316-0028-00 0-6316-0047-00 0-6397-0546-00 0-7501-1269-00 0-7502-0103-00 0-7602-1610-22 0-7602-1600-39 0-7602-2131-47 0-7602-2132-76 0-7602-0212-67 0-7502-0840-00 0-7502-0841-00 0-7602-2131-18 0-7602-0212-68 0-7602-0201-37 0-6316-0127-00 0-7602-1610-22 0-6316-0081-00 0-6301-0038-00 7817600438 0-6397-0548-00 0-6397-0546-00 0-7602-1070-03 0-7502-0581-00 0-7602-1071-13 0-7602-5940-00 0-6316-0049-00

Description

Power End Complete Parts Drawing 6316-1001-03 Extension, Crosshead Gasket, Crosshead Door Spring, Diaphragm S.B. Lock 1”-8 X 2 ½” Soc Hd C.S. Gasket, Inspection Door O-Ring (Dia. Stf. Box) O-Ring (Dia. Stf. Box) Seal, Single Lip Oil Seal, Double Lip Oil Bearing, F-1600 Pinion Gasket, Carrier Gasket, Carrier Seal, Oil Bearing, F-1600 Eccentric Bearing, F-1600 Main Gasket, Plate O-Ring (Crosshead) Gasket, Plate Bearing, Crosshead F-1600 O-Ring (Rubber) Spring, Stuffing Box Spring, Lock Filter, Oil Gasket, Cover Element, Filter Gasket, Strip Gasket, Cover F-1600 Main Bearing

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

Accessibility Area Area Area 2 1 Group Group I 2

1

1

3 3

1

1

3 6 3 12 2 3 9 18 18 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 4 1 19 ft. 2

3 6 3 12 8 9 27 54 54 4 8 8 6 6 4 4 9 12 6 9 9 9 2 16 2 76 ft. 8

Document number Revision Page

7815926

0-6316-0039-90 0-6316-0092-00 0-6316-0093-00 0-6316-0096-00 0-6316-0107-11 0-6316-0164-00 0-6316-0354-00 1551703 0-6316-0360-00 0-6316-0362-90 0-6316-0363-00 0-6316-0364-90 0-6316-0365-00 0-6316-0366-00 0-6316-0367-20 0-6316-0369-00 0-6316-0373-00 0-6397-0293-01 0-6397-0575-00 0-6397-0603-00 0-7501-0051-00 0-7503-0230-49 0-7601-2588-50 0-7602-1600-25 0-7602-1600-40 0-7602-1600-44 0-7602-1600-52 0-7602-1600-61 6908033 6908040

05499400

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 6

Pump, 2S B&S Oil

1

2

Fluid End Complete Parts Drawing 6316-1002-01 Cover, Valve Pot Seal, Valve Pot Cover Disc, Baffle Bushing, Lower Valve Guide Clamp, Piston Rod Cover, Liner End Guide, Lower Valve w/ Bushing Rod, Piston Bolt, Lock (Valve Guide) Head, Cylinder Ring, Alignment Plug, Cylinder Head Plate, Wear Ring, Liner Lock Thread Lock, Liner Seal, Cylinder Head Seal, Liner & Wear Plate Strainer Guide, Upper Valve Retainer, Upper Valve Guide Screw, Valve Guide Retainer Assembly, ½” Hose Nipple, Pipe O-Ring (Disc Manifold) O-Ring (Strainer Cap) O-Ring (Liner Lock) O-Ring (Suction Flange) O-Ring (Suction Manifold) Seal, R-39 Ring Joint Seal, R-44 Ring Joint

1 1

1 24 3 9 3 3 3 6 6 1 1 1 3 1 1 48 72 3 12 6 24 9 3 6 9 6 6 6 3 3

3 72 9 27 9 9 6 12 12 3 3 3 9 3 3 144 216 9 36 18 72 27 9 12 27 18 18 18 9 9

6

24

96

Fluid End Expendables Liner, Mission 4”

3

1

1 3

6 6

3 3 3 3

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

Document number Revision Page

012180170 05499450 012180196 05499500* 012180253 05499550* 012180337 05499600* 012180394 05499650* 012180535 05499700* 012180618 * 07211001 060155041 061101507 055413397 015180102 015180144 015180185 015180227 015180268 015180300 015180342 6308241

0-7601-0110-54 0-7601-0110-55 H-67376-L 0-7110-0115-00 0-7602-1800-15 0-7602-1810-26 0-7602-1810-27 *

Piston, Mission 4” Liner, Mission 4 ½” Piston, Mission 4 ½” Liner, Mission 5” Piston, Mission 5” Liner, Mission 5 ½” Piston, Mission 5 ½” Liner, Mission 6” Piston, Mission 6” Liner, Mission 6 ½” Piston, Mission 6 ½” Liner, Mission 7” Piston, Mission 7” For HP style liner, add HP to end of part no. Gasket, Liner (all sizes) Valve, Mission Seat, Mission Valve Spring, Mission Valve Rubbers, Pair 4” Rubbers, Pair 4 ½” Rubbers, Pair 5” Rubbers, Pair 5 ½” Rubbers, Pair 6” Rubbers, Pair 6 ½” Rubbers, Pair 7” Nut, Piston

Fluid End Tools Chaser, 1-1/4”-8 Tap & Die Thread Chaser, 1-1/2”-8 Tap & Die Thread Tap, 1-1/4”-12-2B Special Taper Tap, 1-1/2”-12-2B Special Taper Puller, Hydraulic Seat w/ Puller Head to fit API #7 seats (Specify Manufacturer of Seats) Pump, Hand Air Gauge, Tire Pressure 5-50 PSI These items should be available for commissioning

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 7

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 3

24 24 24 24 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 16

96 96 96 96 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 64

1 1 1 1 1* 1* 1*

Document number Revision Page

0-7602-3010-74 0-7602-3010-67 0-7602-3010-68 0-7602-3010-58

Power End Tools Wrench, ¾” Square Drive Torque (600 ft.-lb. capacity) Machine, HY-25 SL 2-1/2” Square Drive Hydraulic Torque Pump, Air/Hydraulic 10,000 PSI Capacity Socket, 3-5/8” Impact w/ 2-1/2” Square Drive

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 8

1 1 1 1

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

Document number Revision Page This page intentionally left blank.

www.nov.com D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01 9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

3

Technical Documents & Drawings

1

3.1

General / Mechanical Drawings

1

3.2

System / Process Diagrams Section Not Applicable

1

3.3

Electrical / Instrument Section Not Applicable

1

3.4

www.nov.com

Performance Data

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 3

Revision:

01

Page:

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

3.1

General / Mechanical Drawings

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 3.1

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

Gen Arr, FD-1600 RMBD Single MTR CM632UUT

10830401-GAD-DOS

01

Order Cpt, FD-1600 RMBD PT Citra Tubindo

10830401-ASM-DOS

01

General Assembly FD-1600 Pump

6316-1000-03-DOS

M

Fluid End Assembly FD-1600 Triplex Pump

6316-1002-01-DOS

A

Discharge Accessory Manifold Assembly

6317-0125-10-DOS

B

Power End Complete (DBLHelix) FD-1600

6316-1001-03-DOS

B

Pinion Shaft Assy (DBL Helix) FB-1600

6316-0098-20-DOS

A

Crankshaft Assembly, Cast FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump

6316-1001-02-DOS

C

Crosshead Assembly F-1600 Series Pump

6316-0183-00-DOS

N

Lubrication Assembly Power End (Double Helix)

6316-0227-10-DOS

C

External Lube System, 460V Nema, FD-1600 RMBD SGL

10702595-DOS

01

Ext. Lube Oil Pump Assembly with Magnetic & Coalescing Filters

1262028-DOS

E

Liner Spray System FD-1600 w/ Integrated Tank

6316-0275-14-DOS

03

Liner Spray Pump Assembly less Nema Motor

1290448-DOS

B

Stroke Counter Installation FD-1600 Pump

6911-2730-80-DOS

C

SD-8 Suction Desurger Assembly Triplex Mud Pumps

6922-0062-00-DOS

H

Fluid End Expendable Servicing Crane (Less Hoist)

6316-0020-20-DOS

D

Tool List for F-1600 Series Triplex Mud Pumps

6316-0250-02-DOS

A

Drive Assy, FD-1600 RMBD Single MTR CM632UUT w/ LRG Hub

10706968-DOS

02

Driveshaft Assy, F/ Large Motor Hub, RMBD Single MTR

10696042-DOS

01

M

DISCHARGE ACCESSORY MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY 1 OF 1

6317-0125-10-DOS

B

-DOS

-DOS

335

EXT. LUBE OIL PUMP ASSEMBLY

WITH MAGNETIC & COALESCING FILTERS

1262028-DOS

1

E

1

240

LINER SPRAY PUMP ASSEMBLY LESS NEMA MOTOR

1290448-DOS

1

B

1

-DOS

Document number: 6316-0250-02-DOS Revision: A

TOOL LIST FOR F-1600 SERIES TRIPLEX MUD PUMPS REQ’D —

PART NO. 6316-0250-02

1

7602-3010-59

1 1

6397-0691-00 7602-3010-09

1

7602-3010-22

1 1 1 1 1 1

7602-3010-05 7602-3010-48 7602-3010-07 6316-0277-00 7602-3010-63 7602-3010-61

1

7602-3010-65

1

6316-0392-00

www.nov.com

DESCRIPTION TOOL LIST FOR F-1600 SERIES PUMPS (CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING) SNAP ON SOCKET (FOR MAIN BEARING HOUSING BOLTS) BAR, VALVE COVER SOCKET (FOR 1-1/2” HVY. HEX NUTS) (CYLINDER THRD. RING & BLOCK TO FRAME) SOCKET (FOR 1-1/4” HVY. HEX NUTS) (DISCHARGE MANIFOLD) BAR, SLIDING PLUG, SLIDING 8” EXTENSION WRENCH, CYLINDER HEAD ADAPTER SOCKET (FOR 1” STD. HEX NUT) (LINER THREAD RING) WRENCH, 12 POINT BOX (FOR VALVE GUIDE LOCK BOLT) EXTENSION, WRENCH (FOR PART NO. 7602-3010-65)

4

2

3

1 REV

MADE CHKD

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE

APPD

DATE

D

D SHAFT

KEY (NOT INCLUDED) REF: 10626952-001

DRIVE BUSHING

DRIVE SHEAVE (NOT INCLUDED) MMW22230-FIXED WEAR SLEEVE MMW22230-FLOAT

C

C

7-1/8"

REF: GEAR COUPLING 1060G (6.0") PART NO. 10706699-001

B

24-3/8"

WEAR SLEEVE

B 28-1/8"

WEAR SLEEVE 31-7/8" NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 2. THIS DRAWING REPRESENTS AN ASSEMBLY OF KITTED PARTS FURNISHED BY THE VENDOR. THIS ASSEMBLY CONSISTS OF ALL THE SAME COMPONENTS AS PART NO. 10639419-001 (FOR SMALL MOTOR HUB) WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE GEAR COUPLING. 3. IDENTIFY KIT WITH PART NO. "10696042-001" AND REVISION. 4. ALL PARTS TO HAVE LONG TERM STORAGE PROTECTION.

TRIPLEX PUMPS

PRODUCT:

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.

TOLERANCES ARE:

END ITEM:

A

5. SUGGESTED VENDOR: NATIONAL PETROLEUM OILFIELD PRODUCTS 10650 WEST LITTLE YORK ROAD HOUSTON, TX 77041 PH: 713-466-4040

NEXT ASSY:

X.X

±.1

ANGLES

±.50 DEG

X.XX

±.03

FRACTIONS

±1/16

X.XXX ±.010

10639419-001

SIMILAR TO:

FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOL < ±.06

250

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

2450

WT LBS:

BREAK EDGES .02/.03

CURRENT

INITIAL

DRAWN

R. RILEY

CHECKED

R.L. PAZ

APPVD

R.L. PAZ

TOL > ±.06

1000

07-DEC-12

DATE

4

3

2

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

TITLE:

DRIVESHAFT ASSY, F/ LARGE MOTOR HUB, RMBD SINGLE MTR SCALE:

RIG SOLUTIONS MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

DWG NO.

1:4

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

C

SHT:

10696042-DOS

1

1

REV:

OF

1

01

DRAWN IN SW RS-MECH_C-TPL-001

A

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

3.2

System / Process Diagrams Section Not Applicable

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 3.2

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

3.3

Electrical / Instrument Section Not Applicable

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 3.3

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

3.4

Performance Data Product Datasheet – FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 3.4

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

FD-1600-DAS-001

01

Product Datasheet FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump

RIG/PLANT

ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER

REFERENCE

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

FD-1600

Triplex Mud Pump

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National-Oilwell, L.P.; it is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of National-Oilwell, L.P. Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of National-Oilwell, L.P. This document is to be returned to National-Oilwell, L.P. upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned.  National-Oilwell, L.P.

National-Oilwell, L.P. 12950 West Little York Houston, TX 77041 USA Phone 713-937-5000 Fax 713-937-5050

CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

Client Document Number

FD-1600-DAS-001

01

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

FD-1600-DAS-001 01 2

REVISION HISTORY

01

27.02.2006

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Issued for implementation

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 01

Change Description First issue

www.nov.com

Reason for issue

SB

PG

Prepared

Checked

Approved

Document number Revision Page

FD-1600-DAS-001 01 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1

PERFORMANCE DATA ................................................................................................... 4

2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ......................................................................................... 5 2.1

General Dimensions ............................................................................................... 5

2.2

Specifications for the FD-1600 ............................................................................... 6

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1

FD-1600-DAS-001 01 4

PERFORMANCE DATA

7’’ 6 ¾” (178) (171) 3423 3688 Max. Discharge Pressure, psi (240) (259) (kg/cm2) Pump Speed, Input HP, GPM** GPM** spm HP (kW) (LPM**) (LPM**) 1600* 719 669 120* (1193*) (2721) (2532) 1467 659 613 110 (1094) (2494) (2320) 1333 599 557 100 (994) (2267) (2108) 1200 539 502 90 (895) (2040) (1900) 1067 479 446 80 (796) (1813) (1688) 933 419 390 70 (696) (1586) (1476) 800 359 334 60 (597) (1359) (1264) 5.99 5.57 Volume/Stroke, gal. (Liters) (22.67) (21.08) *Rated maximum input horsepower and speed **Based on 90% Mechanical and 100% Volumetric Efficiency Liner size, inches (mm)

www.nov.com

6 ½’’ (165) 3981 (280) GPM** (LPM**) 620 (2347) 568 (2150) 517 (1957) 465 (1760) 413 (1563) 362 (1370) 310 (1173) 5.16 (19.53)

6’’ (152) 4665 (328) GPM** (LPM**) 444 (1681) 407 (1540) 370 (1400) 333 (1260) 296 (1120) 258 (977) 222 (840) 4.41 (16.69)

5 ½’’ (140) 5000 (352) GPM** (LPM**) 529 (2002) 485 (1836) 441 (1669) 397 (1503) 353 (1336) 309 (1170) 264 (999) 3.70 (14.00)

5” (127) 5000 (352) GPM** (LPM**) 367 (1389) 337 (1275) 306 (1158) 275 (1041) 245 (927) 214 (810) 183 (693) 3.06 (11.58)

Document number Revision Page

2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

2.1

General Dimensions

Figure 1: FD-1600 Triplex Pumps (7'' x 12'') Dimension, ft in (mm) A 6’ 10’’ (2,083) B 5’ 5 ¾’’ (1,670) C 6’ 1 ⅜’’ (1,864) D 7’ 4 ⅜’’ (2,245) E 2’ 6 ¼” (768) F 1’ 5 11⁄16‘’ (449) G 4’ 11 ¾’’ (1,518) H 1’ 9 ¾’’ (552) I 1’ 1 ¾’’ (350) J 1’ 0’’ (311) K 16’ 0’’ (4,877) L 8’ 0’’ (2,438) M 3’ 2 9⁄16‘’ (979) N 3’ 6 ⅜’’ (1,076) P 3’ 11 ½’’ (1,207) R 3’ ¼’’ (921)

www.nov.com

FD-1600-DAS-001 01 5

Document number Revision Page

2.2

FD-1600-DAS-001 01 6

Specifications for the FD-1600 General Specifications

Type Pressure with 7’’ Liner, psi (kg/cm2) Pressure with 5 ½’’ Liner, psi (kg/cm2) Volume with 7’’ Liner @ 120 SPM, gpm (Liters/min) Volume with 5 ½’’ Liner @ 120 SPM, gpm (Liters/min) Nominal HP rating @ 120 SPM, HP (KW) Type Gear Gear Ratio Lubrication Valve Pots Valve Pot Cover Cylinder Head Liner Lock Crossheard Guide

3 - cylinder Single-Action Piston 3,423 (240) 5,000 (352) 719 (2,721) 444 (1,680) 1600 (1,193) Double Helical 4.31:1 Pressure and splash to all moving parts Valve-over-valve, API # 7 Screw Type Screw Type Metal-to-Metal Replaceable

Bearings Main Shaft Bearings Eccentric Bearings Crosshead bearings Pinion Bearings

Spherical Straight Roller Roller, double row, Straight roller

Dimensions and Weight Size, Bore and Stroke, in (mm) Pinion Shaft Size and Keyway, in (mm) Discharge outlet, in – psi (mm – kg/cm2) Suction inlet, in (mm) Approx. Weight, Less fluid end accessories, lbs (kg)

www.nov.com

7” x 12” (178 x 304.8) 8.5’’ (216) O.D.- 2’’ x 1’’ (51 x 25) keyway 5’’ (127 mm) – 5000 psi (352 kg/cm2) API Flange 12’’ (305) Flange, Female pipe thread 52,478 (23,804)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vol.

Chapter/ Section

Title

1

4

Vendor Documentation

www.nov.com

Document Number:

D2G1008930-FDD-001 TOC 4

Revision:

01

Page:

1

Document Number

Rev.

Instruction and Service Manual – Model CM632UUT

10876548-201-MAN

01

Installation, Care and Operating Manual – LS-National Oilwell Pulsation Dampener – Type 107.132.00 SM

107.132.00

03

Operation, and Maintenance Manual – Reset Relief Valve – Titan Class Type C

M-34000

C

Type F Flanged Pressure Gauge

-

-

Instruction and Service Manual Model CM632UUT CM Series Induction Motor Powered by a Variable Frequency Drive Model No. CM632UUT-150E Part No. 10876548-201 Model No. CM632UUT-150F Part No. 10876549-201

REFERENCE

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

Model CM632UUT

Induction Motor

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco. Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned.  National Oilwell Varco

www.nov.com

National Oilwell Varco 500 Industrial Blvd. Sugar Land, TX 77478-2898 United States Phone: +1 (281) 240-6111 Fax +1 (281) 274-0426

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

10876548-201-MAN

01

Document number Revision Page

10876548-201-MAN 01 i

REVISION HISTORY

01

19.06.2014

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Initial Release

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 01

Change Description Initial Release

www.nov.com

Reason for issue

J.B.

N.J.

B.M.

Prepared

Checked

Approved

Document number Revision Page

10876548 -201-MAN 01 ii

CM SERIES MANUAL LIST

Manual Title

Manual Number

Part 1 Instruction and Service Manual CM SERIES Induction Motor Powered by a Variable Frequency Drive Model CM632UUT

210-CM632UUT

Part 2 Drawing and Data Package CM SERIES Induction Motor Powered by a Variable Frequency Drive

www.nov.com

10876548-201-DWG

PART 1

INDUCTION DRILLING MOTOR INSTRUCTION AND SERVICE MANUAL Model CM632UUT CM Series Induction Motor Powered by a Variable Frequency Drive

Manual Cannot Change without Prior Approval of Notified Body

REFERENCE

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

Model CM632UUT

Induction Motor

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco. Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned.  National Oilwell Varco

www.nov.com

National Oilwell Varco 500 Industrial Blvd. Sugar Land, TX 77478-2898 United States Phone: +1 (281) 240 6111 Fax +1 (281) 274-0426

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

210-CM632UUT

05

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 2

REVISION HISTORY

05

23.08.2012

Updated the Declaration of Conformity

S.L.M.

N.J.

B.M.

04

06.07.2012

Update the Declaration of Conformity

S.L.M.

N.J.

B.M.

03

16.09.2010

Corrections Made

S.L.M.

N.J.

B.M.

02

04.08.2010

Include Hazardous Location

S.L.M.

N.J.

B.M.

01

26.05.2010

Initial Release

S.L.M.

N.J.

B.M.

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Prepared

Checked

Approved

Reason for issue

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 01 02 03 04 05

Change Description Initial Release Include Hazardous Location For ATEX Requirements Corrections Made Update the Declaration of Conformity and the Motor & ATEX Nameplate. Add Revision Log. Changed Manual Format. Updated the Notifying and Notified Body on the Declaration of Conformity on pg 53.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1

2

3

4

5

INTRODUCTION AND DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 5 1.1

Introduction ............................................................................................................. 5

1.2

Safety Information and Warnings ............................................................................ 5

1.3

General Description ................................................................................................ 9

1.4

Motor Construction ................................................................................................ 11

INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................. 15 2.1

Receiving .............................................................................................................. 15

2.2

Unpacking and Storage ......................................................................................... 15

2.3

Inspection .............................................................................................................. 16

2.4

Location ................................................................................................................ 17

2.5

Foundation ............................................................................................................ 17

2.6

Alignment .............................................................................................................. 17

START-UP PROCEDURE AND OPERATION ................................................................ 24 3.1

Pre-Operation Equipment Check .......................................................................... 24

3.2

Power Connections ............................................................................................... 25

3.3

Start-Up Procedure (Uncoupled) ........................................................................... 28

3.4

Start-Up Procedure (Coupled)............................................................................... 28

3.5

Operating Information ........................................................................................... 29

MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................. 30 4.1

Inspection Procedure ............................................................................................ 30

4.2

Preventive Maintenance ........................................................................................ 32

4.3

Preventive Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................ 32

4.4

Cleaning the Motor ................................................................................................ 33

4.5

Drying Procedure .................................................................................................. 34

4.6

Methods of Drying ................................................................................................. 35

4.7

Maintain Record .................................................................................................... 35

4.8

Bearing Lubrication ............................................................................................... 35

4.9

Troubleshooting .................................................................................................... 39

VARIABLE REQUENCY OPERATION ........................................................................... 42 5.1

Motor Capability Descriptions – General ............................................................... 42

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

6

7

210-CM632UUT 05 4

5.2

Drive Parameters .................................................................................................. 44

5.3

Service Condition .................................................................................................. 46

HAZARDOUS LOCATION APPLICATION ..................................................................... 49 6.1

Construction .......................................................................................................... 50

6.2

Standards .............................................................................................................. 51

6.3

Certification and Declaration of Conformity ........................................................... 52

6.4

Nameplate – Marking Information ......................................................................... 54

6.5

System Protection ................................................................................................. 64

6.6

Variable Frequency Operation Considerations...................................................... 66

SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................... 67 7.1

Motor Technical Description .................................................................................. 67

7.2

Spare Parts List..................................................................................................... 71

www.nov.com

SECTION 1

Document number Revision Page

1

210-CM632UUT 05 5

INTRODUCTION AND DESCRIPTION

1.1

Introduction This manual contains instructions for installing, operating, maintaining and trouble shooting of the various induction motors built by National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas. This section of the manual is general in scope and designed to be used with supplementary data and attachments, which provides information that applies to a specific model or series of motors.

1.2

Safety Information and Warnings 1.2.1

Safety Procedure

WARNING! HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURY AND/OR DEATH. TURN OFF AND LOCK OUT POWER AT MAJOR ELECTRICAL PANEL Dangerous voltages are present in the motor and peripheral components which can cause serious injury, electrocution, and equipment damage. To avoid serious injury and/or equipment damage – before any other acts requiring physical contact with the electrical or mechanical working components of this equipment are performed – all equipment must be de-energized, disconnected and isolated to prevent accidental contact with live or rotating parts. More than one source of power may be applied to the motor.

The successful and safe operation of motors is dependent upon proper handling, installation, operation, and maintenance. Failure to follow certain fundamental installation and maintenance requirements may lead to personal injury, failure or loss of the machine, as well as damage to other property.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 6

CAUTION! MECHANICAL RISKS: Entanglement, Drawing-in, Friction, and abrasion of upper limbs or entanglement of clothes exist by the shaft: Motors are to be incorporated within a system. The final installer of the system must guard the shaft extension in accordance with the requirements of the machinery directive.

Only qualified personnel should be involved in the inspection, maintenance, and repair procedure. All plant safety procedures must be observed.

A qualified person is one who is familiar with the installation, construction and operation of the equipment, and the hazards involved. In addition, they have the following qualifications.

a. Is trained and authorized to energize, de-energize, clear, ground, and tag circuits and equipment in accordance with established safety practices. b. Is trained in the proper care and use of protective equipment such as rubber gloves, hard hat, safety glasses or face shields, flash clothing, etc., in accordance with established safety practices. c. Is trained in rendering first aid.

Motor should be installed and grounded per local and national codes to reduce the potential hazard of shock from incidental contact. Insure motor is properly grounded before energized. 1.2.2 Warning Labels The following WARNING LABELS appear on the motor. The meaning of each label is further clarified to provide additional understanding and how it relates to the safe operation of the motor. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 7

Electrocution/Electrical Shock: The warning label shown below in Figure 1 is the universal symbol for hazardous voltage and indicates a risk of electrical shock or burn. The system should be turned off and locked out before servicing.

Figure 1 - Electrical Shock Safety Label High Voltage: The warning label shown below in Figure 2 is used to alert the user of the high voltage running in the machine. The system should be turned off and locked out before servicing.

Figure 2 - High Voltage

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1.2.3

210-CM632UUT 05 8

Safe Lifting and Handling Information appears on the Outline Drawing contained in this Instruction Manual. Consult the weight of the motor and locations and method to lift the motor. Confirm the lifting apparatus are suitable for the motor weight shown.

1.2.4

Amperes for Sizing the Power Supply Cable appears on the Outline Drawing and Data Sheets contained in the Drawing and Data Package. The size and insulation requirement of the supply cabling (feeding the motor) is dependent on the location and application of the motor. All supply cables feeding the motor shall be installed and grounded in accordance with Local, National or Agency codes governing the application.

1.2.5

Conditions for Motors Supplied to the E.U.

1. The End User must provide the protection for the motor in accordance with the instructions in this Manual provided by National Oilwell Varco and the motor starter and emergency button in accordance with the requirements of the Machinery Directive. 2. An Imperial Tool Kit is to be supplied with the motor. 3. Metric Units must appear on the motor dimensional information. 4. Depending on the installation, the End Use or Final Installer must guard the exposed motor shaft in accordance with the requirements of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. 5. This motor is a component for installation in machinery as defined in the Machinery Safety Directive 2006/42/EC. Commissioning is prohibited until conformity of the end product with this directive has been established with regard to all local safety and installation rules. 1.2.6

The Noise Level of the Motor appears on the Data Sheets. When the sound level exceeds 85 dB(A), ear protection must be wore in the vicinity of the motor.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1.2.7

210-CM632UUT 05 9

Grounding Grounding motor frames is required to safeguard personnel from electric shock and to protect the machine itself in the event of an insulation failure in the machine or installation.

WARNING! FAILURE TO PROPERLY GROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY EXPOSE PERSONNEL TO A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CONDITION IN WHICH SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY FROM ELECTRICAL SHOCK IS POSSIBLE.

Refer to Section 3.2.3 for grounding instruction details. 1.3

General Description The motor is an alternating current squirrel cage induction motor of forced ventilated construction designed for use with Variable Frequency Drives only. The construction of this motor results in a totally enclosed, forced air-cooled machine (IP45) with IP54 minimum terminal boxes. *Please refer to the ATEX Certificate for proper air flow requirement of motor rating. The motor requires a minimum of 3400 SCFM to be provided to the inlet of the motor.

The motor is provided with openings for duct

connections for air inlet and exhaust. Ducting must remain in place for certification. The stator and coil assembly is an integral part of the frame with the stator laminations welded directly to the frame structure. The motor frame is equipped with removable end frames which provide support for the bearings.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 10

Figure 3 - Basic Construction Components

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 11

Principle Components – Refer to Figure 3 A 3-phase induction motor has two main parts: A stationary stator (1) and a revolving rotor (2). The rotor is separated from the stator by an air gap (5). The stator consists of a steel frame (3) that encloses and secures the laminated stator core (4). The stator core is made from thin laminations stacked to form a hollow cylinder. At the air gap, along the inner circumference of the laminations, the stator laminations have evenly spaced slots that contain the stator winding.

The rotor is also made up of punched laminations carefully stacked to create openings (slots) along the air gap. Copper rotor bars (6) are inserted into the slots and connected (short circuited) at each end by copper end rings (7). Bars are swaged to the slot to avoid movement as a counter-measure against sparking and vibration. The rotor forms a cage and is referred to as “squirrel cage” rotor.

The entire rotor assembly, consisting of stacked laminations, bars, and end rings, is secured onto the shaft (8). The shaft rotates between bearings at each end (9) and (10). 1.4

Motor Construction 1.4.1

Stator Core

The motor stator core is constructed from thin electrical steel laminations and coated insulated to minimize hot spots and stack losses. The steel laminations are assembled under pressure to form the stator core. The stator core is welded to the frame structure. Insulated stator coils constructed of copper magnet wire are inserted in the stator slots. The stator coils and core slots are insulated with electrical insulating material. The stator assembly is vacuum and pressure impregnated with electrical grade varnish and baked to insure proper bonding qualities, to give high dielectric strength and maximum moisture resistance. Stator leads are routed to the appropriate location on the motor frame for terminal termination.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1.4.2

210-CM632UUT 05 12

Stator Winding

The stator winding is a series of copper coils placed in the laminated stator slots core. The winding is connected so that a 3-phase power source produces a rotating magnetic field. This magnetic field in turn induces a rotor field that interacts with the stator field to produce torque in the rotor.

The copper in the stator winding is insulated with materials suitable for operation at (Class H) temperature.

The thickness and strength of the insulating material are

suitable for the voltage stresses applied to the winding during the Variable Frequency Drive Operation. 1.4.3

Squirrel – Cage Rotor

The rotor is also made up of punched laminations carefully stacked to create openings (slots) along the air gap. Copper rotor bars are inserted into the slots and connected (short circuited) at each end by copper end rings. Bars are swaged into the rotor slot to avoid movement and as a counter-measure against sparking and vibration. The rotor forms a cage and is referred to as a “squirrel cage” rotor.

The entire rotor assembly consists of stacked laminations, bars and end rings. All components are secured onto the shaft. The shaft along with the rotor assembly rotates and is supported by bearings mounted at each end. The shaft has a tapered shaft extension for ease hub installation for coupling.

For detailed information, see the

Outline and Mounting drawing included in the Drawing and Data Package. 1.4.4

Bearings

National Oilwell Varco motors are constructed with a two bearing configuration system. The two types of bearing styles are ball/ball or ball/cylindrical (roller bearing) which is grease lubricated and equipped with specially constructed seals. The non drive end is insulated and the rotating shaft assembly is supported by a deep groove ball bearing.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 13

The drive end of the rotating shaft assembly is supported by a fixed ball bearing or a cylindrical roller bearing - see motor outline for specific bearing application. Bearing re-lubrication is required at 3,000 hour intervals or on a periodic basis to extend bearing life. Bearing replacement is recommended at 25,000 hours of operation. See “Preventive Maintenance Schedule” for proper lubrication and factory installed lubricant specifications.

1.4.5

Frame

The frame is fabricated of steel members welded to plate end rings and press plates. Steel foot plates are welded to the frame assembly to provide rigid support of the motor and maintain its alignment with the driven load. Lifting provisions are installed on the frame to facilitate lifting the complete motor with a conventional overhead hoist. A steel cover is welded to the frame structure to provide additional stiffness to the frame. 1.4.6

Accessories

National Oilwell Varco motors are available with accessories such as speed encoders and other components required for motor application. The motors require a forced-air ventilation system. Refer to the motor accessory description provided in the Drawing and Data Package of this manual for specific information regarding the accessories and configuration of the motor. (Motor Certification does not include accessories.) If speed encoders are mounted on the NDE side of shaft, special precaution should be taken to avoid circulating currents using appropriate insulated hardware for installation.

All accessories must have certification ratings matching or more severe to maintain motor certification.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1.4.7

210-CM632UUT 05 14

Variable – Frequency Operation

This motor is to be operated with (powered by) a Variable Frequency Drive. This motor is designed to be operated with (powered by) a Variable Frequency Drive. The list of approved drives is listed in the current ATEX Certificate. If there is any concerns about any approved Variable Frequency Drive please contact the manufacture, National Oilwell Varco, Sugar Land, Texas.

DRIVE-TYPE CAUTION In order to maintain temperature in compliance with the Increased Safety “e” label of this motor, the Variable Frequency Drive that supplies the power to the motor must be as designated on the ATEX certificate.

www.nov.com

SECTION 2

Document number Revision Page

2

210-CM632UUT 05 15

INSTALLATION

2.1 Receiving The motor is skidded and secured prepared for shipment and can withstand most shocks and rough handling incurred during transit. Before accepting shipment from the transportation company, examine the motor carefully to determine if any damage has occurred during shipment. Unpack the unit and carefully examine the frame and sheet metal for damage. Inspect for the presence of moisture and make certain no foreign material such as packing, loose fasteners or dirt have fallen into the motor during transportation and unpacking. If transportation damage is noted, determine the extent of the damage, and immediately notify the transportation company claims office and National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas. Be sure to provide complete and accurate details when reporting damage. 2.2 Unpacking and Storage If the motor is received during cold weather, allow the unit to stabilize to room temperature before removing the protective covering and packing material. This precaution will minimize the condensation of moisture on the cold surfaces and the possibility of early malfunctions resulting from wet windings or other insulating materials. 2.2.1

Unpacking

Unpack the motor with care to avoid damage to the unit. Connect an overhead crane to a minimum of (4) lifting points provided on the motor, lift the unit from the shipping skid and place it in its mounting location.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 16

CAUTION! Failure to use lifting points and extreme care when moving the motor can result in damage to the motor, other objects, or personal injury. Avoid manhandling the motor and never apply a lifting force to structural points other than those provided for that purpose. 2.2.2

Storage

If the motor is not to be installed in its operating location as soon as received, it should be stored in a clean, dry area not subject to sudden changes in temperature and humidity. Storage at normal room temperature is recommended. The motor should be covered to protect it against dust, dirt, moisture and other airborne material while in storage. Consult with National Oilwell Varco for storage recommendations when the motor cannot be stored in a temperature and humidity controlled area or storage for a period of more than six months is anticipated.

Space heaters, when provided in the motor frame, should be energized continuously during storage of motor, but should be de-energized at time of installation and start-up. Details of space heater power and connections may appear in the Drawing and Data Package. 2.3

Inspection Before installing the motor it is recommended that the unit be thoroughly inspected for indications of damage or potential malfunctions. Carefully examine the exterior surfaces of the motor for deep scratches, dents, damaged guards, loose or missing bolts, screws and other attaching parts. Remove the screened or louvered covers from the ends of the motor and inspect the rotor and stator and other internal components for loose or damaged windings and lead wires, loosely mounted components, and the presence of moisture or other foreign material.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 17

Remove all shipping materials such as blocks, straps, tapes, rubber packing, paper or other material used to restrict movement of the rotor during shipment. Use low pressure compressed air, 25 PSI maximum, to blow out all packing residue and dust from the interior of the motor. Turn the rotor by hand to make certain it rotates smoothly and without binding. 2.4

Location The motor can be installed in any clean, dry, well ventilated area which allows a sufficient unobstructed flow of coolant air and provides sufficient accessibility for operation and maintenance of the unit. Avoid locations which would subject the motor to excessive moisture, dust, steam, or fumes from acids, alkalies or other corrosive chemicals. If such exposure cannot be avoided, a strict periodic inspection and maintenance schedule must be established.

2.5

Foundation The foundation or support for the motor must be rigid, level and of ample size and strength to support the weight of the motor and withstand the motor foundation reaction loads. The foundation must also be adequately designed to maintain coupling alignment between the motor and driven load. It is very important that the foundation is designed in such a manner as to not have any resonant operating frequencies at or near the operating speed, or at a multiple of the operating speed of the unit.

2.6

Alignment There are three basic types of alignment: parallel, angular, and axial. Misalignment can be parallel, angular, axial, or any combination of the three. An explanation of each type of misalignment follows.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

2.6.1

210-CM632UUT 05 18

Parallel

Parallel (radial) misalignment, Figure 4, is the difference in position of the center of rotation of one shaft with respect to the center of rotation of the other shaft.

Figure 4 – Parallel Misalignment (For Reference Only)

2.6.2

Angular

Angular (face) misalignment, Figure 5, is the angle one shaft centerline makes with the other shaft centerline at the coupling connection.

Figure 5 – Angular Misalignment (For Reference Only)

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

2.6.3

210-CM632UUT 05 19

Axial

Axial misalignment, Figure 6, is the relationship of the motor rotor to the motor stator.

Figure 6 – Axial Misalignment 2.6.4

Alignment Procedure

There are several methods to measure the alignment of two connected shafts. Two methods are: (a) Two dial indicators. (b) Dial indicator and micrometer. 2.6.4.1 Alignment Considerations The motor and driven-load should be located and leveled on the mounting base. Care should be taken to eliminate “Soft Foot Condition”. Soft Foot is the condition where the motor does not sit flat on its’ base and only three of the four mounting points support the motor. When the fourth point is clamped down the motor frame or mounting skid is distorted causing possible vibration or erroneous alignment information. Soft Foot can be corrected by loosening each mounting point one at a time, measuring the relative movement with a dial indicator, and shimming under the foot to eliminate that relative movement.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 20

The relative movement should not exceed 0.005 inch. Shims with burrs on the edges can contribute to the soft foot condition. 2.6.4.2 Alignment Measurement Rotate the indicators so that they are at the top location. It is suggested to zero the dial indicator when at the top location for convenience. The coupling hub should be marked at 0, 90, 180, and 270 degrees and a stationary reference mark placed or identified on the equipment so that when the shafts are rotated, they can be indexed through 90 degree increments. Both shafts should be rotated together. An easy way to record the measurements is to draw two circles on paper, one for parallel and one for angular measurements. Also, record the radius of the measurement point for the angular (face) measurement.

Figure 7- Dial Indicator Setup Figure 7 shows a typical dial indicator setup. Rotate the shafts one-quarter turn and record the dial indicator measurements. Take measurements at; 90, 180, 270 and 360 (0) degrees locations. The dial indicators should read zero when returning to the top (starting or 0 degree) location. If the indicators do not read zero, disregard the measurements and repeat the procedure. Figure 8 and 9 shows a typical set of measurements and their corresponding Total Indicator Readings (TIR). Once these measurements are recorded, the relationship of the measurements to the allowable misalignment in Table 1 can be determined by subtracting measurements in each plane www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 21

to find the Total Indicator Reading (TIR) value.

Figure 8- Typical Parallel (Radial) Measurements

Figure 9- Typical Angular (Face) Misalignment Table 1 lists maximum allowable parallel and angular misalignment for two bearing NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO motors. After the initial measurements are taken, the motor must be aligned and shimmed to achieve the acceptable alignment measurements.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 22

Allowable Misalignment Speed

Axial

(RPM)

(inch) 0 to 900

0.002

0.0005 in. / in. radius to measurement point

0 – 0.067

901 to 1200

0.002

0.0005 in. / in. radius to measurement point

0 – 0.067

1201 to 1800

0.001

0.0005 in. / in. radius to measurement point

0 – 0.067

Table 1 - Maximum Allowable Shaft Misalignment for Two Bearing Motors It is a good practice to first correct the parallel and angular misalignment in the horizontal plane. Jack screws attached to the skid can be used to adjust the location in the horizontal plane. Once corrections are made, a new set of alignment measurements should be taken. If the alignment in the horizontal plane is within limits, then proceed with correction in the vertical plane. The proper corrections can be determined through careful evaluations of the measurements. Corrections for parallel and angular misalignment may be made together. After any corrections are made in the alignment, new measurements must be taken for all three forms of misalignment. Once alignment is completed, it is a good practice to record measurements for future reference.

2.6.5 Coupling The machine must be connected to the driven equipment with flexible couplings. (pin coupling, gear coupling)

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 23

CAUTION! Careful alignment of machines, when using either solid (rigid) or flexible couplings, is essential to prevent excessive vibration, hot bearings, or shaft failures. Couplings must be properly sized to be capable of driving maximum machine torque. Interference fits should be used between motor shaft and coupling.

www.nov.com

SECTION 3

Document number Revision Page

3

210-CM632UUT 05 24

START-UP PROCEDURE AND OPERATION

3.1

Pre-Operation Equipment Check After the motor and control equipment is completely installed and wired, but before operating the unit for the first time, perform the following inspections.

1. Check all interconnecting wiring against the connection diagrams supplied with the motor. 2. Make certain no foreign objects are lodged in the motor, all guards and safety devices are securely in place. Remove all materials not required for operation from the vicinity of all rotating equipment. 3. Ensure that mounting hardware, covers and guards are properly installed and securely in place. 4. Be sure that the bearings are appropriately lubricated per the bearing lubrication instructions provided in Paragraph 4.8. 5. If the motor has been subjected to extreme dampness during shipment or storage, it may be necessary to dry out the winding prior to placing the unit into operation. Refer to the MAINTENANCE SECTION of this manual for procedures for testing winding insulation resistance and procedures for drying the winding insulation. A motor being placed into service after being subjected to very low temperatures should be slowly warmed to prevent condensation. Space heaters must be turned off prior to motor start up. 6. Ensure the ground connection is properly installed. 7. Ensure main power leads are properly connected per the winding diagrams contained in the outline and mounting drawing, located in the Drawing and Data Package. Re-install all covers prior to operating the motor. 8. Verify RTD’s for monitoring, winding and bearing temperatures are functioning. Visually inspect the motor for evidence of any damage that would interfere with protective devices or rotation of motor. www.nov.com

Check to ensure tightness of the motor

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 25

mounting bolts. Check bearing lubrication levels. 3.2

Power Connections The following connections to the motor should be made and checked out prior to startup. Machine maximum amperes for sizing the power supply cables appear on the outline drawing and data sheets contained in this manual.

The size and insulation

requirements of the cables depend on the location and application of the motor. The power supply cables to the motor must be installed and grounded to the local electric codes requirements.

Check the connections of the main power leads from the variable frequency drive to the terminal leads at the motor. Proper spacing must be maintained. Motor leads are marked T1-T2-T3 for a three (3) lead machine and (EU Nomenclature U, V, W). Normally, motors are supplied as three (3) lead machines with neutral leads connected together internally to the motor. Outline drawings and connection diagrams in this manual will indicate how the connections are to be made. For motors fed by Variable Frequency Drives, the neutral if present is not grounded. Ensure that the line voltage and frequency correspond to that shown on the motor nameplate.

If machine is exposed to humidity and foreign particles it is highly recommended to properly insulate the motor lead bus bars inside main terminal box.

Particular care must be exercised connecting the starting device phase leads to the motor. The leads must have the proper sequence applied by the Variable Frequency Drive to obtain the desired motor rotation. (For example, phase sequence L1-L2-L3 of the power supply connected to motor terminals T1-T2-T3 will give clockwise rotation facing the non-drive end of the motor). Reversing (L1) & (L3) of the power supply leads will produce rotation in the opposite direction. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 26

Connections of main power supply cables to the motor must be in accordance with IEC 60034-8. NOTE! If there is any doubt about rotation and phasing, the motor can be “bumped” to indicate the direction of rotation by momentarily energizing the motor.

A

minimum of two people should check this, one at the motor and one at the starting device with good visual/oral communication via radio. For the purpose of “bumping” the motor to determine rotation, the starting device should energize the motor only as long as it takes to cause the motor to “break-away” and begin to rotate. If the rotation is incorrect, remove power from motor and allow motor to coast to a stop. Reverse L1 & L3 of the power supply connections to the motor to correct the rotation. 3.2.1

Space Heaters

Space Heaters are provided in the motor frame and should be energized continuously during motor storage. (Note: During start-up and operation of the motor, the heaters should be de-energized.) See motor outline drawing for space heater wire diagram and power information. 3.2.2

Winding and Bearing RTD’s

The bearing housings are equipped with seals and includes provisions for re-lubrication during operation.

Each bearing is equipped with one 100 ohm platinum resistive

temperature device for monitoring temperature. The temperature of the bearings should be monitored during operation. The alarm point should be set at 90°C and shut down initiated at 100°C.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 27

The stator of the motor is equipped with six 100 ohm platinum resistive temperature devices (embedded between the coils of the stator) two per phase. The stator coils embedded in the laminated core receive a Global VPI of non-hygroscopic resin. The stator insulation system is Class H. For proper insulation protection, the RTD relays should be set for alarm at 185°C max, and shutdown at 190°C max. The winding RTD leads are internally shielded in the terminal block of motor terminal box. 3.2.3

Grounding Instructions

Grounding motor frames is required to safeguard personnel from electric shock and to protect the machine itself in the event of an insulation failure in the machine or installation.

WARNING! FAILURE TO PROPERLY GROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY EXPOSE PERSONNEL TO A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS CONDITION IN WHICH SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY FROM ELECTRICAL SHOCK IS POSSIBLE. Grounding conductors must be provided between the machine frame and the supporting structure. The purpose for this is to avoid hazardous potential voltage difference between the machine frame and the adjacent surface on which a person may be standing while contacting the machine surface.

Grounding of the motor and its auxiliary equipment or boxes are compulsory and must be performed in accordance with current regulations.

The motor frame provides a

grounding pad as provision for a connection with 3/8 – 16 bolting.

Main connection box and auxiliary boxes provided with motor are tested and grounded, and must not be removed. Before installing the terminal lug on the ground cable, remove paint, rust, and oil from all surfaces to which the cables are attached. Bolt lug securely to the surfaces and torque www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 28

the bolt or nut to 20 lb. ft. (27.12 Nm). After installation, protect the ground pad bolt, washer, and cable lug connection from corrosion by applying a rust inhibitor on the exposed components. 3.3

Start-Up Procedure (Uncoupled) 1. Verify correct shaft rotation; to change rotation reverse power leads as indicated in Section 3.2. 2. Energize machine using the Variable Frequency Drive, run standard ID run and save data, run machine for at least one hour and make sure unusual noise or vibration are present in the machine. 3. Verify that all instrumentation are functional (Bearing and Winding RTD’s, encoders if applies, and any other instrument device provided with this unit.)

3.4

Start-Up Procedure (Coupled) 1. After rotation is verified to be correct, the motor can be started using the Variable Frequency Drive. 2. Check the motor drive parameters full load amperes (AC amps) and confirm with the full load current values listed in this manual. The phase currents should be balanced within +/- 5%. 3. Temperature-monitoring equipment must be available, monitor the stator and/or bearing RTD temperatures for safe operation. Any sudden change in temperature on either stator RTD’s or bearing RTD’s is cause for shutdown. Otherwise, temperature should gradually rise and stabilize within the 4-hour period. 4. Check the motor frame and enclosures for evidence of any excessive vibration. If the motor frame or enclosures are vibrating excessively, the motor should be shut down and the cause of vibration located and corrected.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 29

5. Once the motor is started, it will remain at approximately to pre-set speed, unless voltage is lost to the main machine terminals.

The machine will trip the drive

protection if the load applied to the shaft is increased to a value outside of the normal operating limits or the torque of the load exceeds the break down torque for which the motor is designed. Normally, Variable Frequency Drive will contain relays to protect the motor from overcurrent, overtemperature, stall, and excessive torque. These relays will open, and disconnect the motor from the electric drive when abnormal conditions occur. Vibration detection devices may also be used to disconnect the motor during excessive vibration. 6. If after starting the motor, a shut down and attempt to restart is required; the Instruction Manual should be followed for the number of allowable successive starts per hour. 3.5

Operating Information Motor is designed to operate with a Variable Frequency Drive. Consult the Variable Frequency Operation Section supplied with this motor that appears in Section 5 of this manual.

www.nov.com

SECTION 4

Document number Revision Page

4

210-CM632UUT 05 30

MAINTENANCE

4.1

Inspection Procedure Prior to beginning the inspection, the following items should be available: Inspection light, basic hand tools and wrenches, overhead lifting equipment, electric/pneumatic wire brush suitable for the area classification, roughing/sanding pads, safety solvent, personal protective equipment, etc.

Inspections should be conducted by qualified

personnel.

Step 1:

Inspect exterior bolting – all bolts should be present, tight and free of rust and dirt.

Bolts should not show evidence of sparking (pitting, burned, or

blackened areas or paint powdering would be evidence of sparking). Clean and reinspect.

Step 2:

Remove end covers and side panels – inspect all mating surfaces, flange overlaps, and areas where covers are adjacent to metal parts on motor exterior for indications of sparking or localized heating. Clean and reinspect.

Step 3:

Inspect interior – look for evidence of sparking on interior joints, bearing brackets, bearing bolts, etc. Clean and reinspect.

Step 4:

Inspect rotor – look for evidence of sparking at rotor bar to shorting ring bolts and rotor bolts and between the rotor bars and the laminations at the edges of the slots at the end of the core and at each air duct. Clean and reinspect.

Step 5:

www.nov.com

Inspect gaskets – look for evidence of damage to gaskets, replace them if missing, broken, deformed or hardened.

Document number Revision Page

Step 6:

210-CM632UUT 05 31

General inspection – while motor is open, inspect interior for cleanliness, filter conditions, insulation cracks, loose bolts or brackets, leaks, or evidence of end-turn movement. Clean or schedule shop maintenance as needed. See repair caution below.

Step 7:

Test – station observers should view internal joints and the rotor to stator air gap and start motor while watching for sparks. Repeat test start if needed.

Step 8:

Clean – using safety solvent, wire brush and roughing/sanding pads, clean both sides of mating surfaces of air shields and end and side covers at bolt connection points. Be sure to clean both metal components and not just under bolt heads. Bare metal should be showing.

REPAIR CAUTION In order to maintain compliance with the Certified ATEX standards incorporated on this motor, any repair must be performed by National Oilwell Varco manufacturing facility in Sugar Land, Texas.

National Oilwell Varco 500 Industrial Blvd. Sugar Land, Texas USA 77478 Phone: (281) 260-6111 Fax: (281) 240-5074

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

4.2

210-CM632UUT 05 32

Preventive Maintenance A routine regular preventive maintenance program practiced conscientiously will ensure peak performance, extend motor life and minimize or eliminate equipment breakdowns. The following preventive maintenance schedule is a guide for establishing a preventive maintenance program for motors operating under standard conditions. Specific operating conditions should be analyzed by the equipment user and a preventive maintenance program established accordingly.

4.3

Preventive Maintenance Schedule Under standard operating conditions, the following maintenance and inspections should be performed every 30 days. 1. With the motor stopped, clean the outside of the motor and its ventilation screens, to remove dirt, dust, oil or other contaminants. 2. With the motor stopped, inspect the motor for loose or damaged windings, cracked, burned or broken insulation, loose mounting components, loose hold down bolts, and the presence of moisture or other foreign material. 3. With the motor stopped, inspect the area surrounding the bearings for signs of excessive leakage of oil or grease. Lubricate the bearings in accordance with the recommendations set forth in the bearing lubrication instructions provided in Section 4.8 of this manual. 4. With the motor stopped, inspect the lead wires and control device wiring for cracked or damaged insulation and loose terminals. 5. With the motor running, observe any unusual noise or vibration. 6. With the motor running, inspect the motor control and monitoring devices for correct adjustment and operation.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

4.4

210-CM632UUT 05 33

Cleaning the Motor Cleaning the motor is essential to long-term motor life. When the drilling motor is removed from its machinery, accumulated dirt and oil buildup can be removed. The external motor surfaces can be cleaned by steam cleaning. The internal motor components should not be sprayed with a steam cleaner. To clean the motor:

1. Clean the external motor surfaces only when the drilling motor is removed from its machinery and power is removed from the motor. WARNING! PERSONNEL

PERFORMING

CLEANING

PROCEDURES

MUST

WEAR

PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, AND EYE PROTECTION. FOLLOW LOCAL PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING.

FAILURE TO DO SO MAY

RESULT IN INJURY OR DEATH. WARNING! ALKALI AND CHLORINATED HYDROCARBON CLEANING SOLUTIONS SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR CLEANING DRILL MOTORS DUE TO THE ADVERSE AFFECTS ON MOTOR INSULATION.

USE OF THESE SOLUTIONS MAY CAUSE MOTOR

FAILURE OR REDUCED MOTOR LIFE. WARNING! DO NOT SPRAY THE INTERNAL COMPONENTS OF THE MOTOR WITH A STEAM CLEANER.

MOISTURE CONTAMINATION MAY CAUSE MOTOR FAILURE OR

REDUCED MOTOR LIFE. 2. Cover the motor air inlet and outlet with heavy plastic and tape in place. Ensure the interior motor components are protected from spray during cleaning. 3. Steam clean the external surfaces of the motor. Do not direct the spray at motor openings or the plastic covers. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 34

4. When steam cleaning is complete, let excess fluid drain from the motor. 5. Remove plastic covers or protective covers and tape from the motor. Clean the inside of the motor by using a vacuum cleaner or dry low pressure compressed air, 25 PSI maximum, to remove any accumulation of dirt, dust or other gritty particles. Stubborn deposits of grease, oil or similar substances on the metal components that are located away and clear of the windings and insulating components may be cleaned using a clean cloth moistened with a nonflammable solvent.

WARNING! UNDER

NO

MOISTENED

CIRCUMSTANCES CLOTH

BE

SHOULD

ALLOWED

TO

THE

SOLVENT

CONTACT

THE

OR

SOLVENT

WINDINGS

OR

INSULATING COMPONENTS. Deposits of grease, oil, or similar substances on the winding or insulating components should only be removed with a clean dry shop cloth. Consult with National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas if the winding or insulating components are contaminated to an extent where wiping with a cloth will not remove the contaminants. See Drying Procedure. 4.5

Drying Procedure If the motor has been subjected to extreme dampness during shipment, storage, or cleaning, a procedure may be required to thoroughly dry all windings.

If the stator insulation resistance measures less than 2 megohms, the machine must be dried out until at least the minimum recommended resistance value is obtained. The drying-out process can be accomplished by applying either external or internal heat as necessary to obtain an end-winding temperature of 167°F (75°C) by thermometer.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

4.6

210-CM632UUT 05 35

Methods of Drying The easiest and most convenient method of drying out a motor consists of placing the complete, or partially disassembled, machine in an oven. External heat also can be applied by placing space heaters beneath the motor so as to obtain an even distribution of heat along the length of the unit.

Care must be taken to provide adequate air

circulation during the drying-out process to insure a complete and thorough job.

CAUTION! The temperature of the motor should be raised slowly to avoid building up excessive vapor or gas pressure, which could prove harmful to the insulation. Do not exceed a temperature rise of 18°F (10°C) per hour.

CAUTION! Do not hurry the drying-out process. Never permit the temperature of the motor to exceed the maximum allowable temperature rise marked on the name plate.

4.7

Maintain Record It is advisable to maintain a record of the insulation resistance and humidity during measurements for each motor. The measurements, taken at maintenance intervals, will provide a means of detecting a gradual deterioration of the winding insulation. Such records should list the prevailing site conditions, such as the test voltages, ambient temperature and humidity, at the time of each test since these conditions will affect the results.

4.8

Bearing Lubrication 4.8.1 Application Grease lubricated anti-friction bearings (NGLI #3)

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

4.8.2

210-CM632UUT 05 36

Grease Specifications

A high quality NGLI #3 grease is recommended, with the following physical properties: Soap Base…………………………………………………………………………..........Lithium Dropping Point…………………………………………………………………….............383oF Worked Penetration Per ASTM D217…………………………………………...238 NGLI #3 Operating Temperature Range………………………………………………...-40oF to 275oF Oxidation Inhibited…………………………………………………………………………..YES Corrosion Inhibited…………………………………………………………………………..YES Flash Point………………………………………………………………………………….415°F

The use of the following grease is recommended: Shell Oil Company - Cyprina - Product Code 504-538 4.8.3

Bearing Lubrication

Typically grease is periodically added to the bearing cavity to replenish grease consumed by the bearing and to replace contaminated grease with fresh grease. The frequency and amount of grease added to a bearing for each application is dependent on the bearing size, speed, operating temperature, the grease used, seal condition, ambient conditions etc.

The motor is factory furnished with the bearing properly prepared with the correct amount of grease for initial operation. The bearing housing is equipped with provisions for a grease zerk and a grease vent to facilitate the addition of grease to the bearing. At each lubrication interval and during preventive maintenance inspections, the grease seal area and adjacent shaft area should be inspected for signs of excessive leakage. If excessive leakage is present the seals should be replaced and the shaft and seal sleeves repaired or replaced as necessary.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 37

The recommendations for typical installations may need to be adjusted for specific applications. In applications for standby use, the amount of grease may need to be reduced to avoid over greasing. In applications of extreme temperatures or higher than normal air born contaminates, the amount or frequency of lubrication may need to increase. Please consult National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas if you have questions concerning a specific application. If over greasing occurs, the motor can be run as long as the temperature of the bearing is closely monitored and the unit is shut down when it reaches the alarm point specified in Paragraph 3.2.2. The bearing temperature should always be monitored after relubrication. A slight increase in the bearing temperature for several hours immediately after fresh grease is added is normal.

Please consult with National Oilwell Varco in Sugar Land, Texas if you have questions concerning over greasing or temperature fluctuations in the bearings. Should it become necessary to remove the bearing from the motor, it should be thoroughly inspected for wear or damage prior to re-installation, and replaced if necessary. The seals of the bearing housing should also be inspected for wear or damage and replaced if necessary. When re-installing the bearing, the bearing should be hand packed with grease and the bearing housings should be packed to 1/2 to 2/3 full with grease. Care should be taken to insure that no foreign material is allowed into the grease, bearing or bearing housing.

It is recommended that the following relubrication interval and amount be adhered to for proper bearing operation and life. For location or installations not re-greasing or repacking the bearings as routine maintenance, it is recommended to replace the bearings every 25,000 hours or five years. Refer to Section 7 for bearing type. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

NOV Part No.

Bearing

210-CM632UUT 05 38

Grease Quantity

Interval

1030-20-0076

6330M

100 - 105 grams*

Every 3000 hours of operation or 3 months

1030-20-0080

7320

50 - 55 grams*

Every 3000 hours of operation or 3 months

1030-14-0004

BC1-1330

100 - 105 grams*

Every 3000 hours of operation or 3 months

10090160-001

6320

50 - 55 grams*

Every 3000 hours of operation or 3 months

1030-08-0113

BB1-3039

50 – 55 grams*

Every 3000 hours of operation or 3 months

*A typical industrial grease gun pumps approximately one gram of grease for every stroke of the gun. Therefore 50 grams is approximately 50 shots from a standard grease gun. This should be checked with each individual grease gun to assure the proper amount of grease is used. 4.8.4

Bearing Operating Temperature

Monitoring of bearing temperature can provide a warning of an impending failure of a bearing and prevent costly mechanical damage resulting from bearing failure. The operating temperature of a bearing can vary depending on load, speed and the amount of grease in the bearing. Monitoring of bearing temperature should focus on a sudden increase in bearing operating temperature over temperatures which have been observed as normal for a specific motor. A bearing should be closely monitored if its operating temperature exceeds 210oF (99oC). The motor should be shut down and the bearing inspected or replaced if the operating temperature of the bearing reaches 225oF (107oC). The described limits above are to be determined by measurement of the temperature of the bearing housing.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

4.9

210-CM632UUT 05 39

Troubleshooting The most important item to keep a unit running with very little down time is to set up a program for intelligently analyzing the malfunctions, and making the necessary corrections. Although regular preventive maintenance inspections are conducted, be alert between inspections for any signs of motor trouble. When a minor problem is located, correct it immediately. Minor defects can result in costly repairs and down time. Some of the more common symptoms, along with probable causes and helpful remedies, are found in the following chart.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 40

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART Note:

Always disconnect the machine from the Power Source before investigating a fault or performing any work on the motor.

SYMPTOM Motor does not start

POSSIBLE CAUSES One phase is missing The fuse has blown

REMEDY Check. Reset circuit breaker or replace fuses if open.

Over-voltage, under-voltage, or overload Check for cause of abnormal condition. devices tripped (when protective devices Correct any deficiencies. Reset devices. incorporated in circuit) Check Motor Data Plate for nominal operating values. High motor Cooling air is too hot temp. Ambient Temperature is too hot

Adjust for sufficient ventilation for the motor.

Overload

Check voltage and current to eliminate overload.

One phase is missing Fuse is blown

Stop running motor and check. fault.

External blowers not working Blower motors protection has tripped

Repair fault.

Repair

External blowers rotating in the wrong Change direction of rotation. direction Motor fan rotating in the wrong direction

www.nov.com

Fan motor or fan must be corrected.

Document number Revision Page

SYMPTOM

POSSIBLE CAUSES

210-CM632UUT 05 41 REMEDY

Bearing issues: Vibration

Misalignment

Check and realign.

Noise

Mounting of components

Examine and correct defective mounting.

Temp. rise

Inadequate lubrication thrust overloading

Lubricate. Correct overload.

Increase of the rotational torque

Case distortion Seal damage or displacement

Replace bearings.

www.nov.com

SECTION 5

Document number Revision Page

5

210-CM632UUT 05 42

VARIABLE REQUENCY OPERATION National Oilwell Varco’s CM632 Series induction motors are specifically designed for Rig Applications and Variable Frequency Drives. The loss distribution and performance has been optimized for operation with Variable Frequency Drives. The motor’s capability is described on the nameplate and in published curves.

This section of the Instruction

Manual explains the significance of the descriptions that define the capability of the motor under variable frequency operation. 5.1 Motor Capability Descriptions – General The following diagram shows GENERAL capability ranges of a motor under variable frequency operation. The SPECIFIC ranges are marked on the nameplate. Data sheets and curves detailing the motor’s performance under Variable Frequency operation also appear in the Drawing and Data Package.

Figure 10- Motor Performance Torque Vs Speed Curve (Reference Only)

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 43

Figure 10 shows a typical Speed-Torque Curve for rating values, please refer to data sheets and curves for specific model number.

HORIZONTAL AXIS – Speed of the motor controlled by a Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) in RPM.

VERTICAL AXIS – Torque of the motor Lb-ft units.

The intersection of 100% (full torque) and based speed, Point 1 Figure10 gives the rated torque of the motor and its base speed.

Constant TORQUE SPEED RANGE (Line 2 Figure 10): The motor is capable of continuously producing the torque equal to its rated. In this speed range, the motor flux is kept constant by the drive; therefore, motor draws almost the same amount of current for the same torque request at any speed.

Constant HP SPEED RANGE (Line 3 Figure 10): The motor is capable of

continuously

producing the power equal to its rated. At base speed, motor voltage reaches its maximum. Beyond the base speed, motor voltage stays at its

maximum;

consequently,

motor flux decreases as the motor speed increases. The decreases of motor flux and the thermal limitation defined by the rated current results the constant HP Speed Range, in which the decreases of the torque is inversely proportional to the increase of the speed. The speed range of constant HP is defined on the nameplate.

Reduced HP SPEED RANGE (Line 4 Figure 10): The motor can’t hold the rated power anymore, as the break down torque falls off by the square of the reduced flux. Instead, it produces a reduced power, determined based on the breakdown torque (pull out) of the motor at each corresponding speed.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 44

VOLTAGE: Motor voltage reaches its maximum at base speed, at speeds lower than the base speed the motor voltage increases linearly with its speed. This is due to the constant volts-Hz ratio controlled by the Variable Frequency Drive (VFD). Once motor speed exceeds the base speed, motor voltage remains at its maximum, even with the increase of the motor speed. Consequently, the volts-Hz ratio reduces with the speed increase. As volts-Hz ratio reflects the strength of the motor field, point 1) gives the speed beyond which the field weakening starts.

MOTOR COOLING: Motor is designed to operate with auxiliary blower at all times, regardless of the drilling motor speed. Blower should be on when the main motor is energized. 5.2

Drive Parameters National Oilwell Varco’s CM632 Series induction motors are specifically designed for Rig Applications involving Variable Frequency Drive sources. The motor performance has been optimized for a certain level of Flux present in the motor. The settings of the Variable Frequency Drive control the Flux level and affect the temperature and performance of the motor. The following motor parameters when used in the Variable Frequency Drive program will provide optimum performance to the motor.

When the motor is certified for

application in a Hazardous Area, the temperature rise and validity of the certification is dependent on the drive providing output of the parameters shown. The following are Drive-program parameters that affect the temperature and performance of the motor with an explanation of the relationship. The specific Drive parameters are located in the data sheets provided in the Drawing and Data Package and on the nameplate. Supply Voltage:

The 3-phase rms voltage into the Drive. This establishes the

maximum available voltage at the Voltage Level Point (Field Weaken Frequency).

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

Rated Power:

The Horsepower rating of the motor.

210-CM632UUT 05 45 Usually the units of this

parameter are in KW, which is 0.746 times the HP rating.

Voltage Level Point (Hz):

The Frequency where the maximum voltage is

supplied to the motor. Above this frequency, the voltage remains constant at rated volts.

At frequencies higher than this parameter, the motor flux is reduced.

This

frequency parameter controls the flux level in the motor and the amount of magnetic saturation in the motor. The No-load amps, full-load amps, slip, temperature, and power factor are affected by this parameter.

Synchronous Speed (RPM):

The motor’s stator-field rotates at a speed that is

dependent on the number of poles and the applied frequency. The motor rotates very close to this speed when uncoupled (No-load).

Nominal Speed (RPM):

When loaded, the conductors of the rotor cut the stator’s flux

and power is induced in the rotor. The rotor rotates slower than the stator magnetic field, dependent on the amount of flux in the stator and the load torque applied to the shaft. This speed is lower than the motor’s Synchronous speed. Slip at Rated Load (RPM):

The difference between the synchronous speed and

the speed of rotor rotation at rated load in RPM.

Nominal Current (Amps):

The amp draw of the motor at rated voltage and

output. This value is obtained from test measurements using Current Transformers.

Magnetizing Current (Amps):

The amps drawn by the motor at no-load and rated

voltage. The motor’s magnetizing current (No-load amps) is affected by the voltage and frequency applied.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 46

The magnetizing amps provide amp-turns to develop the magnetic flux in the motor. Uncoupled or at no-load, the motor should draw the same magnetizing current to maintain a constant flux over the range of constant Volt-per-Hertz slope.

Power Factor:

The

power

factor

parameter

defines

the

magnitudes

of

magnetizing-amps and load-amps.

Carrier Frequency:

The Carrier Frequency of the Variable Frequency Drive’s

PWM output affects the temperature of the motor. Higher carrier frequencies improve the harmonic content and losses within the motor and result in lower temperatures. If a carrier frequency is specified the value is a minimum.

Other parameters of the Drive program can be set with consideration for factors of the Drive and the application. Limiting the motor current, torque, and power less than the rated values will affect motor output. 5.3

Service Condition 5.3.1

General

Motors should be properly selected with respect to their service and operating conditions. CM632 Series induction motors are designed for operation in accordance with their ratings (as marked) under usual service conditions. While the motor may be capable of operating under one or more unusual service condition a SPECIAL motor may be required for some unusual conditions. Usual and unusual conditions are listed below as the basis for evaluating proper application of the motor. Applying a motor with service conditions other than those specified as usual may involve some degree of hazard. The additional hazard depends upon the degree of departure from the usual condition and the severity of the environment to which the motor is exposed. The conditions of hazard could result from overheating, mechanical failure, premature insulation deterioration, corrosion, fire, and explosion. www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

5.3.2

210-CM632UUT 05 47

Usual Service Conditions

Unless otherwise marked, the following conditions are the basis for defining the motor’s capability. 1. Grease lubricated bearings lowest ambient temperature: -20°C (minus) 2. Water cooling lowest ambient temperature: 5°C 3. An altitude that does not exceed 3300 feet (1000 meters) 4. Installation on a rigid mounting surface 5. Installation in areas where motor ventilation is not compromised 5.3.3

Unusual Service Conditions

National Oilwell Varco should be consulted if any of the following unusual service conditions exist. A.

Exposure to: 1. Combustible, explosive, abrasive or conducting dusts 2. Lint or very dirty operating conditions where accumulation of dirt may interfere with normal ventilation 3. Chemical fumes, flammable or explosive gases 4. Nuclear radiation 5. Steam, salt-laden air, or oil vapor 6. Damp or very dry locations, radiant heat, vermin infestation, or atmospheres conducive to the growth of fungus 7. Abnormal shock, vibration, or mechanical loading from external sources 8. Abnormal axial or side thrust imposed on the motors shaft

B

Unusual Operation where motor voltage is unbalanced by more than one percent

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

C.

210-CM632UUT 05 48

Unusual Operation at speeds above the rated speed or speed marked on the nameplate

D.

Unusual Operation in a poorly ventilated room, in a pit, or in and inclined position

E.

Unusual Operation where subjected to: 1. Torsional impact load 2. Repetitive abnormal overloads 3. Reversing or electric braking

F.

Unusual Operation with a Variable Frequency source where: 1. The settings of the Drive do not provide optimum flux levels as marked. 2. The air flow does not provide the required CFM at the motor as marked. 3. The Drive type is not as specified on the nameplate. Certification requires the motor to be operated with the specific drive type that it was tested with. 4. The voltage to the motor is low from low input into the drive or a drop in the line due to length.

www.nov.com

SECTION 6

Document number Revision Page

6

210-CM632UUT 05 49

HAZARDOUS LOCATION APPLICATION

WARNING! MOTORS FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS ARE SPECIALLY DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH OFFICIAL REGULATIONS CONCERNING THE RISK OF EXPLOSION. IF IMPROPERLY USED, BADLY CONNECTED, OR ALTERED, NO MATTER HOW MINOR, THEIR RELIABILITY COULD BE IN DOUBT. STANDARDS RELATING TO THE CONNECTION AND USE OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS IN HAZARDOUS AREAS MUST BE TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION, ESPECIALLY NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR INSTALLATION. ONLY TRAINED PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH THESE STANDARDS SHOULD HANDLE THIS TYPE OF APPARATUS.

WARNING! MOTORS OPERATED FROM INVERTERS SHOULD NOT BE USED IN ANY HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS UNLESS THE MOTOR IS IDENTIFIED ON THE NAMEPLATE AS ACCEPTABLE FOR SUCH OPERATION. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING COULD RESULT IN AN UNSAFE INSTALLATION THAT COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONNEL, OR BOTH.

All external wiring to power motor or accessories mounted on the motor must be in compliance with EN 60079-14, Explosive Atmospheres – Part 14: Electrical Installation Design, Selection and Erection. End users must comply with the special conditions for safe use listed on ATEX Certificate and on Declaration of Incorporation. Conditions are:

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

1.

210-CM632UUT 05 50

This motor requires the following two measures to maintain the safe temperatures of Increase Safety “e” protection for a maximum of 200°C surface temperature. a)

Motor requires Thermal protection.

b)

Motor requires forced air during operation providing a minimum of 3400 SCFM.

2.

Do not open when energized. All components, including anti condensate heaters must be de-energized before opening access covers or enclosure covers.

3.

Use only with Variable Frequency Drive designated on ATEX Certificate. Not intended for across-the-line start.

4.

The responsibility for insuring safe operation lies with the end user and special conditions for safe use on the ATEX Certificate must be followed.

5.

This is a standard motor that may require additional wiring, modifications and accessories to be added prior to installation and use. These additional elements are not included in this certification and the user of the certificate must ensure that the final installation conforms to the relevant ATEX requirements.

6.1

Construction National Oilwell Varco’s CM632 Series of motors is specifically designed for Rig Applications involving Variable Frequency Drives. When the motor is marked with a nameplate reading Increased Safety “e”, the motor is provided with a type of protection in which additional measures are applied so as to give increased security against the possibility of excessive temperatures and of the occurrence of arcs and sparks inside and on external parts of electrical apparatus in normal service. The type of protection is denoted by “e” and the additional measures are those required by Standard EN60079-7 Electrical Apparatus for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres – Increased Safety “e”.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

6.2

210-CM632UUT 05 51

Standards This motor has been designed manufactured to the applicable requirements of NEMA MG1.

This motor has been designed manufactured to the applicable requirements of IEC/EN 60034-1. (Rotating Electrical Machines, Part 1: Rating and Performance)

The performance and features of construction are in accordance with the requirements set forth in the following Standards for use in a potentially explosive atmosphere.

(IEC/EN 60079-0) Electrical Apparatus for Potentially Explosive Gas Atmospheres – General Requirements.

(IEC/EN 60079-7) Electrical Apparatus for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres – Increased Safety “e”.

(IEC/EN 60034-5) Degree of Protection Provided by the Integral Design of Rotating Electrical Machines (IP code) - Classification.

The following other standards are incorporated into the performance and features of construction not related to the specifics of – Increased Safety “e”.

EN 60034-1 Rotating Electrical Machines- Part 1 Rating and Performance.

NEMA MG-1 Part 31 Definite-purpose Inverter-Fed Polyphase Motors. IEEE Standard 303 Recommended Practice for Auxiliary Devices for Motors in Class I, Groups A, B, C, and D Division 2 locations.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 52

This motor is non-sparking and has a defined maximum surface temperature. Compliance with the performance and construction requirements for Increased Safety “e” also enables the motor to be applied in North American areas designated Division 2. This motor designated as Increased Safety “e” conforms to the guidelines listed in IEEE Standard 1349 Guide for Application of Electric Motors in Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations, also conforms guidelines and codes listed on NFPA 70 (NEC) Article 500 for Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2 Location. 6.3

Certification and Declaration of Conformity National Oilwell Varco’s CM632 Series Motor has nameplates that are marked with the agency that certifies compliance with the standards listed. When shown on the nameplate the motor design and performance is certified to comply with the standards listed on the nameplate. The certifying agency may be a Third Party organization with a listing-file or certification may be from testing performed by National Oilwell Varco.

Certification requires the motor to be tested with the specific drive type used in the final application. The following two pages are the Declaration of Conformity that ships with the motor and lists specific motor serial numbers.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

www.nov.com

210-CM632UUT 05 53

Document number Revision Page

6.4

210-CM632UUT 05 54

Nameplate – Marking Information National Oilwell Varco’s CM632 Series Motor has nameplates that comply with all requirements of NEMA MG1, IEC/EN 60034-1 and Standards for induction motors. The motor has various markings depending on the order requirements. All induction motors are marked with a Main Induction Motor Nameplate common to all induction motors. SEE PHOTO. Other optional nameplates are listed and described below.

6.4.1

Induction Motor Main nameplate

The following information is shown as a sample of the Main Nameplate for the motor.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 55

Manufacturer: National Oilwell (Or after March 2005, National Oilwell Varco) is located at 500 Industrial Blvd., Sugar Land, Texas 77478, USA.

MODEL: Each motor has a Model Number identification that defines the features and performance. Duplicate motors share the same Model Number.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 56

SERIAL No.: Each motor has a unique number that identifies a specific motor. No two motors have the same Serial Number. Complete traceability of manufacturing is maintained with this identifier. MFG YEAR: The year the motor was manufactured. 6.4.2 Variable Frequency Hazardous Location Nameplates This motor is designated to be Group II equipment, which means it is suitable for the appropriate explosive atmosphere(s) other than for mining applications. Equipment for mining applications is designated as Group I.

This nameplate is for a motor designed and tested to be Increased Safety “e” defined from EN 60079-7: Increased Safety “e”.

A type of protection in which additional measures are applied so as to give increased security against the possibility of excessive temperatures and of the occurrence of arcs and sparks inside and on external parts of electrical apparatus the

which does not produce arcs or sparks in normal service. The “e” denotes

type of protection and the “additional measures” are those required by the Standard EN 60079-7.

The following information is shown on the Hazardous Location Nameplate for induction motors. When a mark does not appear in the field on the nameplate, the information Does Not Apply.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 57

MODEL: Each motor has a Model Number identification that defines the features and performance. Duplicate motors would share the same Model Number. This is the same Model Number that appears on the Main Motor Nameplate.

SERIAL NO.: Each motor has a unique number that identifies a specific motor. No two motors have the same Serial Number. Complete traceability of manufacturing is maintained with this identifier. This is the same Serial Number that appears on the Main Motor Nameplate.

CERTIFICATION LISTING: FILE NUMBER: The Identification number from a Certifying Agency regarding the motor’s compliance to the standards of construction and performance listed.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 58

TYPE OF PROTECTION: Comments or clarifications in the protection of the motor are shown regarding compliance with the standards or temperature limits. Note: The motor is a passive device that depends on proper energization and removal of power to maintain safe temperatures. Proper application of a motor in a hazardous-location requires proper system parameters such as pre-start purging, adequate cooling-air, drive-programming, and overload and stall protection.

AGENCY: The Certifying Agency that has reviewed compliance with the standards of construction and performance listed.

STANDARDS: The identification number assigned to the written specifications that define the construction and performance requirements of the motor.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Any comments or clarifications in the application of the motor

regarding compliance with the standards or temperature limits are marked in this location on the nameplate.

DRIVE PERFORMANCE AND SETUP: SUPPLY VOLTAGE: The voltage input to the Variable Frequency Drive in R.M.S.

VOLTS / HZ LEVEL-POINT: This is the frequency setting of the Variable Frequency Drive where the Volts per Hertz slope stops and becomes level. This frequency defines the flux level, magnetization amps, and power factor performance of the motor.

NOMINAL SPEED: The speed of the motor at full-load in RPM. The Slip R.P.M. is determined from this marking by the difference in full-load RPM and the synchronous RPM.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 59

NOMINAL CURRENT: The amp-draw of the motor at full-load in amps R.M.S. The amps shown are when rated voltage is applied at the motor terminals. This is the current designated by IN equal to 1/0 P.W. amps. NOTE: Typically, voltages lower than rated voltage reach the motor. Other motor currents can be determined from this marking by increasing the amps by the ratio of the voltages.

CURRENT RATIO (IA/IN): This is the ratio of the stall current IA (at rated conditions) divided by Nominal full-load amps IN. This ratio defines the motor current in a lockedrotor (stall) condition. This marking is required by Standard EN 60079-7 for Increased Safety “e” motors.

This marking is used with time (tE) to set over temperature

Protection of the motor. The drive must be set to limit the motor to this value of current overload.

Initial Starting Current IA as defined in EN 60079-7: Highest r.m.s. value of current absorbed by an AC motor when at rest with its armature clamped in the position of maximum air gap when supplied at rated voltage and rated frequency. The transient inrush is not represented. The drive must be set to limit the motor to this value during a stall.

SAFE STALL TIME (tE): The time in seconds for an AC winding when carrying starting current IA, to be heated up from the temperature reached in rated service and at maximum ambient temperature to a temperature that does not exceed the limiting (maximum surface) temperature.

At the current level IA at stall, power must be

removed from the motor before time (tE).

MAG. (NL) AMPS:

The current drawn by the motor at rated voltage and rated

frequency at the no-load (uncoupled shaft) conditions. This is the magnetization amps

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 60

of the magnetic circuit that is dependent on the voltage and frequency settings of the Variable Frequency Drive.

POWER FACTOR: The Cosine of the angle between voltage applied and the amps drawn by the motor. The Power Factor can be multiplied by 100 and represented by a percentage.

TEMPERATURE PROFILE GRAPH: Standard EN 60079-7 Electrical Apparatus for Potentially Explosive Gas Atmospheres – Increased Safety “e” includes a diagram of motor temperatures and the time to reach the temperatures under conditions of 1) normal running and 2) locked rotor stall. The standard requires that data be provided so the user can set protection to limit motor temperatures. For clarity, National Oilwell Varco’s nameplate displays the information on the motor hazardous location nameplate as current ratio (IA/IN) and safe stall time (tE).

CONDITION 1) – NORMAL RUNNING (Rated Service) TIME TO THERMAL STABILITY: (t1): The time in hours for the motor’s stator winding to reach thermal stability at rated conditions. The total temperature shown is the allowable temperature for a Class H insulation system.

CONDITION 2) – LOCKED ROTOR STALL SAFE STALL TIME (tE): The time in seconds for an AC winding when carrying starting current IA, to be heated up (from the temperature reached in rated service and at maximum ambient temperature) to a temperature that does not exceed the limiting (maximum surface) temperature.

The drive must be set to limit the amps into the motor at stall to the value IA. At the current limit IA. Power must be removed from the motor before time (tE).

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 61

The total temperature allowed for the Hazardous Location maximum surface temperature is marked on the nameplate at the top of the graph as LIMITING TEMPERATURE. The maximum surface temperature marked will not be exceeded if power to the motor is removed before the time marked as (tE).

Intermittent Duty: The CM632 Series motor is capable of short time overloads indicated as the Intermittent Duty on the motor’s published data. The motor is suitable for high load excursions without exceeding the surface temperatures of the rated conditions if limited to the Duty Cycle listed.

The temperatures of the rated condition will not be exceeded if the r.m.s. current of the Duty Cycle does not exceed rated current.

Intermittent Duty Cycles may require higher current outputs from the Variable Frequency Drive than shown as the motor’s IA/IN stall ratio. To obtain higher current levels, the allowable stall time must be reduced by the square of the higher current. The allowable stall time is less at higher amps by the square of the ratio.

For example, if the IA/IN ratio of the motor is 1.2 PU current and the time (tE) is 30 seconds, the rotor temperature is capable of 1.8 PU current for 13 seconds.

The shorter allowable stall time of 13 seconds was calculated by the square of the ratio 1.2/1.8 times the original 30 seconds.

CE Marking: The CE marking is legally required (mandatory) for products intended for sale or placed into service in Europe.

The marking applies to all manufacturers,

whether located within or outside of the E.U.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 62

In order to be compliant with the CE Marking requirements, a manufacturer must ensure that the product meets all applicable Directives.

The impetus behind the CE Marking of products is to allow free movement and sales of goods within the Union, and to eliminate country specific requirements.

Directives (laws) contain the requirements that a product must meet to be sold in the E.U. For this motor, special documentation requirements and test requirements have been met for compliance with E.U. Directive on Machinery Safety 98/37/EC. Compliance is demonstrated with the marking affixed to the product, in this case, the CE Marking appearing on the motor nameplate. Specifically, conformity with EHSR 1.5.1 has been demonstrated by compliance with the requirements of EN 60204-1

ll 2 G Ex e ll T3 Tamb. -40°C to +55°C

Markings:

Ex e – Increased Safety (EN50019 / EN60079-7) Group II Surface – Not mining underground Category 2 – Equipment may be installed in Zone 1 or Zone 2 areas Temperature Class T3 – 200ºC maximum surface G-Atmosphere surrounding the motor explosive gas 6.4.3

Space Heater Nameplate

This nameplate addresses the requirements defined by NFPA 70 (National Electric Code), CE, and IEEE Standard 303 for marking of space heaters used in hazardous locations.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 63

AREA CLASSIFICATION: The environment the motor is suitable to be operated in. When an area is classified as hazardous, the type of environment is defined based on the hazardous material involved. The hazardous area classification defines the requirements of the motor and the space heaters to be suitable for operation in that area. The Area Classification marked on the motor’s nameplate must agree with the area where it is to be operated.

If the Area Classification marking on the motor

nameplate is BLANK, the motor is not suitable for hazardous locations. It is suitable for an area that is NOT CLASSIFIED as hazardous.

NOTE:

In order to maintain the suitability of the motor in hazardous locations,

replacement of space heaters must not exceed the original surface temperature marked. This cautionary note also appears on the space heater nameplate.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

6.5

210-CM632UUT 05 64

System Protection The motor provided with this manual has construction features and tested performance required by (IEC 60079-7). Increased Safety “e” Electrical Apparatus. This motor is NOT explosion proof and will NOT contain an ignition source if surfaces inside the motor exceed permissible temperatures. This motor requires thermal protection to remove the power source before non-permissible temperatures are reached. The motor is a passive device that depends on proper energization and removal of power to maintain safe temperatures. Proper application of a motor in a hazardous-location requires proper system parameters such as pre-start purging, adequate cooling-air, drive-programming, and use of overload and stall protection.

The application of the (IEC 60079-7) Increased Safety “e” designation of this motor requires the motor temperature to not exceed the maximum temperature allowed by the Temperature Code. In order to avoid non-permissible temperatures on surfaces of the motor, external methods such as an inverse-time delay overload protective device are required. The motor requires system protection.

CAGE MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION - When the motor is intended for use with a current-dependent device to protect against non-permissible temperatures, the starting current ratio (IA/IN) and the time (tE) marked on the motor are to be used.

The inverse-time delay overload protective device needs to 1) monitor motor current and 2) disconnect a stalled motor within the time (tE). The protective device is to be set using the current / delay-time characteristic curves so that the (IA/IN) starting current ratio and time (tE) data marked on the motor.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 65

Per EN 60079-7 it is required that motors supplied with varying frequency and voltage by a Drive (converter) be tested with the Variable Frequency Drive and certified for the duty marked on the nameplate. Testing of the protective devices provided for the motor are also required to be tested at final installation.

FORCED-AIR DUCTED COOLING: This motor is forced-air ventilated IC 37 as defined per IEC/EN 60034-6 Methods of Cooling (IC Code).

The motor requires an independently powered externally mounted blower to provide forced air through the motor to cool it.

The quantity of cooling-air at the motor is marked on the nameplate as air volume in SCFM (Standard Cubic Feet per Minute). This is the air required into the motor opening to maintain the maximum surface temperature listed. The density of the cooling-air is defined to be less than an altitude of 3300 feet (1000 meters). The maximum temperature of the cooling-air is defined to be less than the ambient temperature listed on the Main Motor Nameplate.

Motor cooling is dependent on the air supplied to the motor. The cooling air is a System requirement for proper application of the motor.

WARNING! IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN COMPLIANCE WITH THE INCREASED SAFETY “e” APPLICATION OF THIS MOTOR, THE DUCTED AIR FLOW PROVIDED AT THE MOTOR MUST BE EQUAL OR GREATER THAN SHOWN ON THE NAMEPLATE. A DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH OR OTHER MEANS TO ENSURE REQUIRED AIR FLOW IS RECOMMENDED.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

6.6

210-CM632UUT 05 66

Variable Frequency Operation Considerations The motor fed by a Variable Frequency Drive power source will exhibit increased temperature as compared to a motor operated on a sine-wave due to the affects of the harmonic frequencies produced by the drive. The amount of increase in losses and increase in motor temperatures is dependent on the harmonic characteristics of the drive feeding the motor and the design of the motor.

This motor has been specially designed and tested for operation with the Variable Frequency Drive type(s) listed on the motor nameplate. The operating program of the drive affects the temperature of the motor if it is not done properly. The parameters for programming the Variable Frequency Drive are provided with this manual.

WARNING! ANY

CHANGES

TO

THE

PROGRAMMING

OF

THE

VARIABLE

FREQUENCY DRIVE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE TEMPERATURE AND PROTECTION OF THE MOTOR AND INVALIDATE THE SUITABILITY OF THE INCREASED SAFETY “e” APPLICATION OF THE MOTOR IN A POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE GAS ATMOSPHERE.

www.nov.com

SECTION 7

Document number Revision Page

7

210-CM632UUT 05 67

SPECIFICATIONS

7.1 Motor Technical Description 7.1.1

Description

MODEL SERIES CM632UUT 7.1.2

General

This model of motor is an alternating current induction motor of open force ventilated construction. It is a two bearing configuration. 7.1.3

Ratings

Ambient -40°C to 55°C

Ambient -40°C to 55°C

1,500 HP

1,600 HP

600/690 Volts

600/690 Volts

1.0 Service Factor

1.0 Service Factor

1,440 Amperes

1,570 Amperes

44 Hertz nominal

44 Hertz nominal

3 Phase

3 Phase

870 RPM nominal

870 RPM

Refer to the outline drawing, nameplate, motor data, and application information provided in this manual for more specific information. 7.1.4

Motor Frame

The construction of this motor results in a totally enclosed air-over machine with a (IP45) enclosure with. The stator and coils assembly is an integral part of the frame with the stator laminations welded directly to the frame structure. The motor frame is equipped with removable end frames, which provide support for the bearings.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

7.1.5

210-CM632UUT 05 68

Ventilation

This motor is designed for ducted ventilation. This type of ventilation requires external air-flow. Air is blown into the motor through the NDE openings in the frame. Hot air is exhausted through the drive openings. The blower must be operational and providing the required amount of air (3400 SCFM) in order for the motor to provide rated output at the temperatures required. 7.1.6

Bearings

This motor is of two bearing construction. The non drive end of the rotating shaft assembly is supported by deep grove ball bearing. The drive end of the rotating field and shaft assembly is supported by a fixed ball bearing or cylindrical bearing. The drive end bearings are grease lubricated, BCI-1330 Type or 6330. Depending on the model one or both of the bearings DE and NDE are electrically insulated. The bearing housing’s are furnished with seals and includes provisions for refilling during operation. Each bearing is equipped with one 100 ohm platinum resistive temperature device. Refer to Bearing Lubrication Instructions provided in Paragraph 4.8 of this manual for specific lubrication details. 7.1.7

Stator and Coils Assembly

The stator and coils assembly consists of coil groups embedded in slots within the laminated steel core of the stator. The lamination material is coated with a non-organic coating. The stator coils are of form wound construction and interconnected on the non drive end of the stator. The stator connections are located in a side-mounted connection box. Labeled lead cables are provided in the connection box for the customer connections to the power source. The stator of the motor is equipped with six 100 ohm platinum resistive temperature devices embedded between the coils of the stator. RTD’s are shielded internally to the motor.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

210-CM632UUT 05 69

The stator coils embedded in the laminated core receive a Global VPI of nonhygroscopic resin. The stator insulation system is Class H. 7.1.8

Rotating Assembly

The rotating assembly consists of specially shaped copper rotor bars connected in a cage arrangement. The bars are shorted at each end by copper end rings. 7.1.9

Connection to Driven Load

This motor is equipped with a drive shaft for coupling the motor to the driven load. Refer to the Motor Alignment Procedure starting with Paragraph 2.6 of this manual for specific motor to load alignment details. 7.1.10

Area Classifications

Confirm hazardous materials are not present before starting the motor. 7.1.11

Accessories and Terminal Boxes – See Outline for Locations

Auxiliary Terminal Box – The auxiliary terminal box contains the connections for the Stator and Bearing RTD’s, and space heaters. A.)

The motor is provided with Stator and Bearing Resistance Temperature Detectors. The RTD’s are 100 ohm platinum. Each RTD has three wires brought out to a terminal strip located in a terminal box.

B.)

Space heaters for the motor are brought out separately to terminals. Energize per nameplate data located on the terminal box. H1 (L) and H2 (N) connect to motor space heaters.

Main-Power Connections - The motor connects to the power system with leads brought to the main-power terminals.

www.nov.com

Document number Revision Page

7.1.12

210-CM632UUT 05 70

Space Heaters

This motor has been provided with space heaters to prevent moisture absorption when the machine is out of service. The space heaters are specially designed to limit surface temperatures for suitability with the Hazardous Area application.

A wide range of

voltages can be applied to the Space Heaters as marked. The range is 120 to 240 Volts AC or DC. The motor requires 200 watts, single phase, 120 / 240 volt AC power. The space heaters should be energized whenever the motor is not in use. This includes motor storage and all other cases when the motor is not operating. If the motor is in a humidity controlled environment, then the space heaters do not need to be energized. When the motor is in storage, provision shall be made to allow adequate air circulation for moisture removal and prevention of overheating. 7.1.13

Recommended Relay Settings ALARM

TRIP CONTACT (SHUTDOWN)

DE Bearing RTD

90°C

100°C

NDE Bearing RTD

90°C

100°C

RTD Winding

185°C

190°C

Proximity Probes

Customer

Customer

Stall Time

www.nov.com

45 Seconds

Document number Revision Page

7.2

210-CM632UUT 05 71

Spare Parts List 7.2.1

Recommended Spare Parts List CM632UUT SPARE PARTS LIST Parts May Vary By Model

Models: CM632UUTDESCRIPTION

*QTY

**NOV PART LIST

ORACLE PART NO.

Space Heaters – Motor – 100 Watt

2

6550-10-0069

10032318-003

RTD, DE/NDE Bearing Probe, 100 Ω

2

6550-25-0029

10021574-001

Bearing, BCI 1330 Type

1

1030-14-0004

10032517-016

Bearing, 6330M Type

1

1030-20-0076

10032508-009

Seal, DE

2

1555-02-0013

10032360-015

Seal, Bearing Retainer

1

G54417

10019326-001

Seal Lip

1

-

10511454-001

Seal Sleeve, Lip Seal

1

-

10509096-001

*QTY. – Indicates original quantity supplied with motor **NOV – National Oilwell Varco’s Part Number

www.nov.com

PART 2

Drawing and Data Package Model CM632UUT CM Series Induction Motor Powered by a Variable Frequency Drive

REFERENCE

REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

Model CM632UUT

Induction Motor

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco. Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned.  National Oilwell Varco

www.nov.com

National Oilwell Varco 500 Industrial Blvd. Sugar Land, TX 77478-2898 United States Phone: +1 (281) 240-6111 Fax +1 (281) 274-0426

DOCUMENT NUMBER

REV

10876548-201-DWG

01

Document number Revision Page

10876548-201-DWG 01 i

REVISION HISTORY

01

19.06.2014

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Initial Release

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 01

Change Description Initial Release

www.nov.com

Reason for issue

J.B.

N.J.

B.M.

Prepared

Checked

Approved

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1

Page DATA SHEETS Induction Motor Data

1-5

Hazardous Location Information

2-5

Torque - Speed Performance Curve, 600 Volts

3-5

Torque - Speed Performance Curve, 690 Volts

4-5

Torque - Current Performance Curve, 600 Volts

5-5

Torque - Current Performance Curve, 690 Volts

5-5

2

DRAWINGS

3

ATEX CERTIFICATION

ii

SECTION 1

MOTOR MODEL SERIES CM632UUT AC INDUCTION DRILLING MOTOR DATA SHEET FOR USE WITH VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE HP (OUTPUT)

Drive System (Volts)

Motor Terminal (Volts)

TORQUE (Lb-Ft)

SPEED (RPM)

CURRENT (AMPS)

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (DEGREE)

VFD DUTY (SECONDS)

1600

600

560

9659

870

1570

S1, Continuous

-40°C to +55°C

1600

690

640

9659

870

1500

S1, Continuous

-40°C to +55°C

1850

600

560

11168

870

1735

-40°C to +55°C

2000

600

560

12074

870

1912

S9, 120 Sec ON, 60 Off S9, 120 Sec ON, 90 Off

-40°C to +55°C

Note: See page 2 of 5 for drive parameter input information. MOTOR MODEL SERIES APPLICATION(S)

: :

CM632UUT Draw Works, Mud Pump, Rotary Table and Top Drive

VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE(S)

:

For hazardous applications refer to ATEX certificate for

:

approved drives.

ENCLOSURE PROTECTION

:

Motor Enclosure: IP45, Terminal Box: IP56

METHOD OF COOLING

:

Forced air blower providing 3400 SCFM min. (Maintain min. force air requirement while motor is running)

INSULATION

:

Class H

MAXIMUM ALTITUDE

:

3300 Ft above sea-level (or 1000m)

MAX PERMISSIBLE SPEED

:

See outline drawing for bearing specification application

DRIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE

:

600V / 690V RMS 3-Phase 50 or 60 Hz

PHASE SEQUENCE

:

A, B, C (U, V, W), CW viewed from NDE

:

C, B, A (W, V, U), CCW viewed from NDE

:

95 dB(A) at 3 Ft (per IEEE 85) without blower - See note below

SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL

Note: The sound level will exceed 85 dB(A) - ear protection must be worn while in the vicinity of the motor when running. STATOR RTD SETTINGS (Recommended):

185°C Alarm, 190°C Trip.

TITLE:

02

5/20/2013

REV.

DATE

DWN. BY: 03/22/12

BY

CHK. BY: 03/22/12

J. Portos/S. Liu B. Moats FORM NO. 112-A

M. Carter

C. Wade APPVL.

APVD BY: 03/22/12

N. Bannick

DATA SHEET AC INDUCTION DRILLING MOTOR MODEL NUMBER: CM632UUT 1600 HP RATING REV.

DWG. NO.

10645297-DAS

SHT 1 OF 5

02

HAZARDOUS LOCATION INFORMATION MOTOR CONSTRUCTION:

Increased Safety “e” in normal operation does not produce sparks, arcs, or dangerous temperatures.

Comply with

: :

CE Marking on the rating plate per ATEX Directive 94/9/EC IEC/EN 60079-7: Electrical Apparatus for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres – Increased Safety ‘e’ and IEC/EN 60079-0: Electrical Apparatus for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres – General Requirements.

Certified By:

:

Trac EMC & Safety. Under certification files: TRL05ATEX31082X

Qualifications:

:

Special conditions for safe use required.

Markings:

:

II 2 G Ex e II T3 Gb Tamb. - 40°C to + 55ºC

MAX. SURFACE TEMPERATURE

:

200 Degree C Temperature (T3 Code)

THERMAL STABILITY - Running

:

3 Hours

MAX. LOCKED ROTOR SAFETY FAULT

:

38 Sec (tE Safe stall time)

CURRENT RATIO [ Ia / In ]

:

1.2 [ Start / Nominal ] 1728 A / 1440 A

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR SAFE USE REQUIRED: Thermal protection of the motor fed by a Variable Frequency Drive is based on the Torque and Amp limiting functions of the Drive and RTD’s in the stator windings of the motor. Therefore, it is imperative that thermal sensors are monitored and is a requirement to maintain Increased Safety “e” protection. DRIVE PARAMETER INPUT INFORMATION

Drive Input Source Control Mode Motor Voltage Current Frequency Nominal Speed Power

600 Volts DTC 600 V 1570 A 44 Hz 870 RPM 1600 HP

690 Volts DTC 600 V 1570 A 44 Hz 870 RPM 1600 HP

Important Note: 1) Standard ID run is required prior to starting up the motor. DWG. NO.

10645297-DAS FORM NO. 112-A

REV. SHT 2 OF 5

02

600 V OPERATION Continuous:

1600HP Constant Torque (*) Constant Horsepower (*) Reduce Power

: 0 to 870 RPM : 870 to 1400 RPM : 1400 to 2400 RPM

(*) Above points are witnessed and certified by the ATEX notifying body on page 2 of 5

Motor Performance Curve Torque versus Speed

12000 11000 10000

TORQUE ( Lb‐Ft)

9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0

200

400

600

800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 SPEED  (RPM)

Tested Points from 0 to 2400 RPM

DWG. NO.

10645297-DAS FORM NO. 112-A

REV. SHT 3 OF 5

02

690 V OPERATION Continuous:

1600HP Constant Torque (*) Constant Horsepower (*) Reduce Power

: 0 to 870 RPM : 870 to 1400 RPM : 1400 to 2400 RPM

(*) Above points are witnessed and certified by the ATEX notifying body on page 2 of 5

Motor Performance Curve Torque versus Speed

12000 11000 10000

TORQUE ( Lb‐Ft)

9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0

200

400

600

800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 SPEED  (RPM)

Tested Points from 0 to 2400 RPM

DWG. NO.

10645297-DAS FORM NO. 112-A

REV. SHT 4 OF 5

02

600V OPERATION Motor Performance Curve Torque versus Current @ 870 RPM 14000

TORQUE (Lb‐Ft)

12000 10000 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 0

250

500

750

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

1750

2000

2250

CURRENT (Amps) 690V OPERATION Motor Performance Curve Torque versus Current @ 870 RPM 14000 12000

)t 10000 f‐ b L(  8000 E U 6000 Q R O T 4000 2000 0 0

250

500

750

1000

1250

1500

CURRENT (Amps) DWG. NO.

10645297-DAS FORM NO. 112-A

REV. SHT 5 OF 5

02

SECTION 2

2

DRAWINGS – 10876548-201-DWG

Title

Drawing Number

Specification, CM632UUT-150E............................................................ 10876548-201-SPC

Specification, CM632UUT-150F ............................................................ 10876549-201-SPC

Outline, AC Induction Motor (CM632)…………………………………...........10506689-GAD

Motor Shaft Details and WK²…..................................................................... 10503859-DAD

Installation, Drive End, End Frame ............................................................... 10503856-ASM Bill of Material .............................................................................. B/M 10503856-001

Installation, Non Drive End, End Frame ....................................................... 10504249-ASM Bill of Material .............................................................................. B/M 10504249-001

Installation, Bearing RTD, D.E. ................................................................................. G97288 Bill of Material ............................................................. 10010235-001 (B/M G97288)

Installation, Bearing RTD, N.D.E. ............................................................................. G97289 Bill of Material .............................................................. 10010236-001 (B/M G97289)

Installation, Connection Box ......................................................................... 10738912-ASM Bill of Material .............................................................................. B/M 10738912-001

Installation, Heater .................................................................................................... G97546 Bill of Material .............................................................. 10010679-001 (B/M G97546)

Nameplate, Heater……………………………………………………………………….G25313

2-1

Title

Drawing Number

Nameplate, AC Motor (CM632) .................................................................... 10626766-DAD

Installation, Nameplates and Tags ........................................................................ G97379-3 Bill of Material ...........................................................10010728-001 (B/M G97379-3)

Nameplate, ATEX (CM632)…………………………………………………….10730451-DAD

Assembly, Frame and Stator Coil (632 FR).............................................................. G93277 Bill of Material ............................................................. 10022979-001 (B/M G93277)

Installation, Access Covers ....................................................................................... G97331 Bill of Material .............................................................. 10010116-001 (B/M G97331)

Installation, Exhaust…………………….……………………………….....................G97125 Bill of Material……………………………………………10010372-001 (B/M G97125)

Installation, Pressure Switch ………….……………………………………….10626771-ASM Bill of Material………………………………………………………..B/M 10626771-001

Installation, Drive Hub……………………………………………………………………G97318

Installation, Blower………………………………………………………………10746842-ASM Bill of Material………………………………………………………..B/M 10746842-001

Assembly, Blower………………………………………………………No Drawing Available Part Number…………………………………………….………………10700335-301

2-2

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

MOTOR SPECIFICATION SHEET Description:

Model Number: NOV Part Number: rd

3 Party Certifications: Paint or Primer Specifications:

1600 HP, 690V, CM632UUT Motor equipped with 100W heater 120/240V, six 100 ohm platinum stator RTDs, One 100 ohm platinum RTD for each bearing, max rated speed 2400RPM, ambient temperature -40°C to 55°C, and furnished with the following: Accessories: 1) Connection Box: Stainless steel mounted right side, (viewed from NDE) IP56 2) Pressure Switch: United Electric J120K - 455 3) Blower Assembly: Furnished; see detail below. 4) Shaft / Hub: 5.65 inch tapered shaft with 10.470 inch Hub 5) Encoder: None 6) Exhaust Hood: Top mounted drive end exhaust. CM632UUT-150E 10876548-201 ATEX NOV Blue 050-2000-M-001

Customer Documentation:

Standard Documentation a. Electronic Operations Manual b. Electronic Test Reports Special Documentation: See Special Instructions

Manual & Reference Drawings:

Base Motor O & M Dwg. No. 10506689-001 User Manual: 10876548-201-Man

Special Instructions:

None

Blower Description:

Encoder Description:

4200 CFM Blower assembly with a 20HP 440\480V 3 phase 60Hz motor. Blower assembly has weather louvers installed on air intake. Blower Installation NOV # 10746842-001, Blower Assy. Part # 10700335-301 None

TOLERANCE EXCEPT AS NOTED DECIMAL .XXX ± .005 .XX ± .010 .X ± .060 FINISH 125

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING CHK. 11/13/13 11/13/13

FORM NO. 136W-1-D

DWN.

REV

DATE

BY

NEXT ASSY

APPVL

FRACTIONAL ± 1/16” TIR .010 ANGULAR ± 1/2

H. Torres

K. Harwood

APPVL

APPVL

11/13/13

TITLE:

SPECIFICATION, DRILL MOTOR

11/13/13

S. Bao

B. Moats

FSCM NO.

SCALE

52142

SIZE

A

DWG. NO.

10876548-201-SPC

REV SHT.

1 OF 1

01

THIS IS A PROPRIETARY DESIGN OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO REPRODUCTION OR USE OF THIS DESIGN BY OTHERS IS PERMISSIBLE ONLY IF EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO.

TC Number: 10876548-201-SPC

Printed REV: 01

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

MOTOR SPECIFICATION SHEET Description:

Model Number: NOV Part Number: rd

3 Party Certifications: Paint or Primer Specifications:

1600 HP, 690V, CM632UUT Motor equipped with 100W heater 120/240V, six 100 ohm platinum stator RTDs, One 100 ohm platinum RTD for each bearing, max rated speed 2400RPM, ambient temperature -40°C to 55°C, and furnished with the following: Accessories: 1) Connection Box: Stainless steel mounted left side, (viewed from NDE) IP56 2) Pressure Switch: United Electric J120K - 455 3) Blower Assembly: Furnished; see detail below. 4) Shaft / Hub: 5.65 inch tapered shaft with 10.470 inch Hub 5) Encoder: None 6) Exhaust Hood: Top mounted drive end exhaust. CM632UUT-150F 10876549-201 ATEX NOV Blue 050-2000-M-001

Customer Documentation:

Standard Documentation a. Electronic Operations Manual b. Electronic Test Reports Special Documentation: See Special Instructions

Manual & Reference Drawings:

Base Motor O & M Dwg. No. 10506689-001 User Manual: 10876549-201-Man

Special Instructions:

None

Blower Description:

Encoder Description:

4200 CFM Blower assembly with a 20HP 440\480V 3 phase 60Hz motor. Blower assembly has weather louvers installed on air intake. Blower Installation NOV # 10746842-001, Blower Assy. Part # 10700335-301 None

TOLERANCE EXCEPT AS NOTED DECIMAL .XXX ± .005 .XX ± .010 .X ± .060 FINISH 125

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING CHK. 11/13/13 11/13/13

FORM NO. 136W-1-D

DWN.

REV

DATE

BY

NEXT ASSY

APPVL

FRACTIONAL ± 1/16” TIR .010 ANGULAR ± 1/2

H. Torres

K. Harwood

APPVL

APPVL

11/13/13

TITLE:

SPECIFICATION, DRILL MOTOR

11/13/13

S. Bao

B. Moats

FSCM NO.

SCALE

52142

SIZE

A

DWG. NO.

10876549-201-SPC

REV SHT.

1 OF 1

01

THIS IS A PROPRIETARY DESIGN OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO REPRODUCTION OR USE OF THIS DESIGN BY OTHERS IS PERMISSIBLE ONLY IF EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO.

TC Number: 10876549-201-SPC

Printed REV: 01

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 8

7

6

5

C

SHT 2

48 3/4 [1238.25]

SHT 2

B

2 1/16 [51.80]

16.75 [425.45]

20.40 [518.18]

B

7 5/8 [194.33]

32 3/16 [817.35]

6.12 [155.45]

18 1/4 [463.55]

2X DRILL & TAP THRU 1/4-20 UNC-2B TAP PRESSURE SWITCH MOUNT 19.38 [492.25]

5.53 [140.40]

Ø12.75 [323.85]

Ø14.75 [374.65]

GROUND WIRE

6.50 [165.10]

30.00 [762.00]

8.25 [209.55]

38.03 [965.99]

PRESSURE SWITCH MOUNTING PAD

16.651±.005 [422.94±0.13]

SHAFT DETAIL SHEET 2

1/4 NPT GREASE VENT TYP EACH END

SHT 2

Ø 2.50 THRU TYP (4) PLCS

31.00 [787.40]

Ø12.75 [323.85]

NON DRIVE END

1

D

1/4 NPT GREASE INLET TYP EACH END

C

2

SHT 2

58.44 [1484.38]

.22 [5.57]

Ø14.75 [374.65]

3

C

.81 [20.56]

D

4

C

10 7/16 [264.56]

10X DRILL & TAP 3/8-16 UNC-2B X 0.75 SPACED AS SHOWN. DRIVE END

1.53 [38.76]

18.00 [457.20] TYP

BASE MOTOR CM632UUT-130/138

36.00 [914.40]

DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL FOR RIGHT OR LEFT CONNECTION BOX POSITION (RIGHT HAND POSITION SHOWN)

DRILL & TAP 3/4-10 UNC - 2B THRU TYP (4) PLCS

VIEW FACING (DRIVE END)

Ø 1.56 THRU v Ø 3.00 0.13 DEEP (FARSIDE) TYP (4) PLCS B

16.50 [419.10] TYP

33.00 [838.20]

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: TYPE---------------------------- CM SERIES - INCREASED SAFETY "e" MODEL------------------------- CM632UUT-____ HP --------------------------------1500 (1119 Kw) CONSTANT TORQUE ----- 9050 LB-FT SOURCE ---------------------- VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (PWM) VOLTS ------------------------- 600V/690V RMS 3-PHASE DUTY --------------------------- CONTINUOUS SPEED ------------------------- 870 RPM (1400-1800 CONSTANT HP) (1800-3000 CURVE) MAX MOTOR SPEED LIMITED BY BEARING CAPACITY AMBIENT TEMP ------------ 45° OR 55° C INSULATION ------------------ FORM WOUND CLASS-H FORCED AIR ----------------- 4200 CFM ROTATION -------------------- BI-DIRECTIONAL X.XX DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL AND `.06 UNLESS NOTED

MAX SURFACE TEMP -------- 200~C ENCLOSURE --------------------- IP44, WITH EXTERNAL FORCED AIR BLOWER / DUCT AND AIR EXHAUST COVER. CONNECTION BOX ------------ IP56 D.E. BEARING ------------------- ANTI-FRICTION, BALL / INSULATED (3000 RPM MAX) WITH NO SIDE LOAD D.E. BEARING ------------------- CYLINDRICAL, ROLLER / INSULATED (2300 RPM MAX) WITH SIDE LOAD N.D.E. BEARING ---------------- ANTI-FRICTION, BALL / INSULATED (3000 RPM MAX) BEARING LUBRICATION ---- GREASE, NGLI #3 / CYPRIANA SPACE HEATER --------------- (2) 100W - 120V / 240 AC/DC TEMP LIMITING STATOR RTDS ----------------- (6) 2-PER PHASE (100 OHM PLATINUM) BEARING RTDS ---------------- (2) 1-PER BEARING (100 OHM PLATINUM) MOTOR CERTIFIED INCREASED SAFETY "e" AND ENCLOSURE RATING BASED ON PERIPHERAL ATTACHMENTS PROVIDED BY OTHERS. SEE OPERATION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR COMPLETE APPLICATION DETAILS.

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

A

TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

CHK

.XXX ± .005 .XX

± .020

.X

± .060

FINISH

NON DRIVE END

8

TC Number: 10506689-GAD

22.13 [561.98]

7

6

23.13 [587.38]

5.25 [133.35] 8.40 [213.45] 5

APPVL

125

C. WADE

± 1/16" TIR .010

REV

DATE

BY

ANGULAR

± 1/2

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

DO NOT SCALE DWG.

Printed REV: 01

4

APPVL

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF

9/27/2010

NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS

9/27/2010

B. MOATS

FRACTIONAL

TITLE:

NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN

OUTLINE AND MOUNTING,

CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-

OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT

9/27/2010

AC INDUCTION MOTOR

UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION

(CM632UUT-130/138)

CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE

COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

SCALE:

FSCM No.

52142

NEXT ASSY.

POWER SOLUTIONS GROUP 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD.

SUGARLAND, TEXAS 77478 -

3

A

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND

NATIONAL- OILWELL, L.P.. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED

H. TORRES

APPVL

DRIVE END

9/27/2010

J. KROBOT

DECIMAL

B

2

3/16

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10506689-GAD 1

D

SHEET:

1

REVISION:

of

5

01

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

8

7

6

5

4

30.75 [781.05] TYP

OPENING

OPENING

.88+.00 -.06

4.25 +0.000 -0.001 1.50 [38.10]

6.67 [169.33]

D

C B

D

B 22.94 [582.63] TYP

1

.62+.00 -.06

11.47 [291.31] TYP

 

 

Ø .125 DRILL 0.44 DEEP

4.850 [123.19]

GAGE LINE

7.65 [194.21] TYP

15.38 [390.53] TYP

2

5.520 [140.21]

10X DRILL & TAP 3/8-16 UNC -2B x 0.750 SPACED AS SHOWN

6.15 [156.21] TYP D

3

Ø5.879 A+0.001 [149.33] -0.001

Ø .125 DRILL 1.62 DEEP Ø .332 DRILL X DEPTH SHOWN 60 SEAT AS SHOWN 3/8-24 UNF -2B (FLAT BOTTOM) TO DEPTH SHOWN

Ø(4.754 [120.74])

G +0.000 -0.002

E +0.000 -0.002

F +0.000 -0.002

H +0.000 -0.002

DETAIL B SCALE 3/16

1.25" TAPER PER FOOT

MOTOR N/P

ATEX N/P

C

SEE SHAFT EXTENSION DETAIL

14X DRILL & TAP 3/8-16 UNC -2B 0.750 DEEP SPACED AS SHOWN DRIVE END

4.16 [105.78] TYP 8.40 [213.31] TYP

B

10X DRILL & TAP 3/8-16 UNC - 2B x .75 SPACED AS SHOWN

16.50 [419.10] TYP

DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL FOR RIGHT OR LEFT CONNECTION BOX POSITION (RIGHT HAND POSITION SHOWN)

5.62 [142.87] TYP

12.68 [322.03] TYP

5.50 [139.70] TYP OPENING

 

 

38 [965.99]

31 [787.40]

36 [915.19]

VIEW B-B DWN

.XX

± .020

.X

± .060

FINISH

CHK

125

C. WADE

± 1/16" TIR .010

REV

DATE

BY

ANGULAR

± 1/2

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

DO NOT SCALE DWG.

Printed REV: 01

PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF

9/27/2010

APPVL

NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS

9/27/2010

B. MOATS

FRACTIONAL

TITLE:

NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN

OUTLINE AND MOUNTING,

CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-

OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT

9/27/2010

AC INDUCTION MOTOR

UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION

(CM632UUT-130/138)

CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE

COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

SCALE:

FSCM No.

52142

NEXT ASSY.

POWER SOLUTIONS GROUP 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD.

SUGARLAND, TEXAS 77478 -

3

A

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO

NATIONAL- OILWELL, L.P.. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED

H. TORRES APPVL

APPVL

4

9/27/2010

J. KROBOT

DECIMAL

5

( NON DRIVE-END)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

TOLERANCE (U.N.)

SIDE VIEW TC Number: 10506689-GAD

32 3/16 [817.35]

2 3/4 [69.85]

4 TYP [102.39] 1/2 NPT FEMALE CONNECTION

1/2 NPT FEMALE CONNECTION PROVISION FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH TYP EACH SIDE

6

C

B

NON DRIVE END

7

-H10.343 10.343

50 7/16 [1280.90]

.XXX ± .005

8

-G8.350 8.350

23.38 [593.85]

OPENING

DRIVE END

-F6.730 6.730

-E10.470 10.470

19.38 [492.25]

17 1/4 [437.62] 21.00 TYP [533.40] TYP

OPENING

OPENING

HUB OPTIONS FOR 5.25 & 5.65 TAPER

-D.134 .125

12X 1-14 UNC-2B X 2.25 DEEP E.Q. SP ON "E" Ø B.C.

12X DRILL & TAP 3/8-16 UNC-2B x 0.750 SPACED AS SHOWN

 

 

-C1.500 1.625

18 1/4 [463.55]

(TOP VIEW)

4.29 [108.95] TYP

-B1.934 2.250

.25 X 45 CHAMFER

BASE MOTOR CM632UUT-130/138

NON DRIVE END

VIEW C-C 11.25 [285.75] TYP

SHAFT OPTIONS

-A5.250 5.650

5.25 [133.35] TYP

21.08 [535.42]

A

SHAFT MODEL 1 2

8.34 [211.79] TYP 4.19 [106.36] TYP

8.38 [212.73] TYP 5.75 [146.05] TYP 11.50 [292.10] TYP 8.13 [206.50] TYP 4.07 [103.25] TYP

.06 X 45 CHAMFER 1-8 UNC -2B 1.500 DEEP Ø 1.125 X 90 (LIFTING PROVISION)

.25 [6.35]

2

3/16

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10506689-GAD

D

SHEET: REVISION:

2

of

5

01

1

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 8

7

6

5

4

3

1

55 5/16 [1404.72] MAY VARY DEPENDING ON BLOWER MANUFACTURER

66 9/16 [1690.81]

D

2

OPTIONAL BLOWER

D

AND FILTER OPTIONAL BLOWER AND FILTER

OPTIONAL EXHAUST HOOD OPTIONAL EXHAUST HOOD

C

C

OPTIONAL BLOWER EXTENSION ADAPTER

70 3/4 [1797.71] MAY VARY DEPENDING ON BLOWER MANUFACTURER

OPTIONAL PRESSURE SWITCH OPTIONAL ENCODER

HEATER

COVER BROKEN

BOX

OUT FOR CLARITY

OPTIONAL HUB SEE SHEET 2

B

B

NON DRIVE END

DRIVE END

FACING DRIVE END

RIGHT HAND CONNECTION BOX POSITION WITH BLOWER & TOP EXHAUST SHOWN

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

A

TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

J. KROBOT

DECIMAL

CHK

.XXX ± .005 .XX

± .020

.X

± .060

FINISH

APPVL

125

C. WADE

± 1/16" TIR .010

REV

DATE

BY

ANGULAR

± 1/2

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

DO NOT SCALE DWG.

8

7

6

5

Printed REV: 01

4

APPVL

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF

9/27/2010

NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS

9/27/2010

B. MOATS

FRACTIONAL

TITLE:

NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN

OUTLINE AND MOUNTING,

CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-

OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT

9/27/2010

AC INDUCTION MOTOR

UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION

(CM632UUT-130/138)

CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE

COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

SCALE:

FSCM No.

52142

NEXT ASSY.

POWER SOLUTIONS GROUP 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD.

SUGARLAND, TEXAS 77478 -

3

A

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND

NATIONAL- OILWELL, L.P.. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED

H. TORRES

APPVL

TC Number: 10506689-GAD

9/27/2010

2

3/16

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10506689-GAD 1

D

SHEET:

4

REVISION:

of

5

01

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 8

7

6

52 13/16 [1340.70] MAY VARY DEPENDING ON THE BLOWER MANUFACTURER

D

5

4

3

2

1

66 9/16 [1690.81] OPIONAL BLOWER

OPTIONAL BLOWER

D

AND FILTER

AND FILTER

OPTIONAL

OPTIONAL EXHAUST HOOD

EXHAUST HOOD

C

C

OPTIONAL BLOWER EXTENSION ADAPTER

70 3/4 [1797.71] MAY VARY DEPENDING ON THE BLOWER MANUFACTURER

OPTIONAL

HEATER

PRESSURE SWITCH

BOX

OPTIONAL HUB SEE SHEET 2

OPTIONAL ENCODER COVER

B

B

NON DRIVE END

DRIVE END

LEFT HAND CONNECTION BOX POSITION WITH BLOWER & TOP EXHAUST SHOWN

FACING DRIVE END

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

A

TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

J. KROBOT

DECIMAL

CHK

.XXX ± .005 .XX

± .020

.X

± .060

FINISH

APPVL

125

C. WADE

± 1/16" TIR .010

REV

DATE

BY

ANGULAR

± 1/2

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

DO NOT SCALE DWG.

8

7

6

5

Printed REV: 01

4

APPVL

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF

9/27/2010

NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS

9/27/2010

B. MOATS

FRACTIONAL

TITLE:

NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN

OUTLINE AND MOUNTING,

CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-

OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT

9/27/2010

AC INDUCTION MOTOR

UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION

(CM632UUT-130/138)

CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE

COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

SCALE:

FSCM No.

52142

NEXT ASSY.

POWER SOLUTIONS GROUP 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD.

SUGARLAND, TEXAS 77478 -

3

A

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND

NATIONAL- OILWELL, L.P.. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED

H. TORRES

APPVL

TC Number: 10506689-GAD

9/27/2010

2

3/16

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10506689-GAD 1

D

SHEET:

5

REVISION:

of

5

01

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

1

n 5.65

n 5.91

n 6.63

n 6.63

n 5.91

Ø21.57

2

B

0.00

1.38

1.63

4.85

5.52

10.12

13.00

14.43

16.93

29.79 SHAFT CENTER

29.96 CENTER LINE -A-

30.06 ROTOR CENTER

43.18

45.68

47.08

53.49

58.44

n 5.17

B

A

A

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

MAXIMUM MAGNETIC PULL IN POUNDS PER 0.001 INCH = 172.6

ITEM

2

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

J. BLACK 6/23/2010 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

H. TORRES 6/23/2010 APPVL

2

WEIGHT (LB) WK (LB-FT ) CENTER GRAVITY (IN)

SHAFT

682

33.6

29.79

ROTOR ASM.

2017 2699

914.2

30.06

TOTAL

947.8

-A-

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

29.96

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

APPVL

B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10503859-LAY

2

6/14/2010

J. KROBOT CHK 6/15/2010

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

MUD PUMP (n5.65 TAPER SHAFT)

DWN

DECIMAL

Printed REV: 01

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

WK^2, CM632UUT-138C&D SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

1/4

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10503859-DAD 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1

OF

1

REVISION:

01 Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

16 5 15

19

13

10

19

TYP (8) PLCS

TYP (8) PLCS

B

14

3

4

6

7

2

POSITION ITEM-2 WITH SLOT AT 12 O'CLOCK POSITION

B

NOTES:

A 1. PLACE GASKET, ITEM 4, ONTO INNER BEARING CAP, ITEM 3. USE SEALANT, ITEM 20, TO HOLD GASKET IN PLACE. NEXT FILL BEARING CAP CAVITY 2/3 FULL WITH GREASE, ITEM 7, THEN SLIDE ASSEMBLY ONTO SHAFT. 2. MEASURE SHAFT IN THREE LOCATIONS AROUND THE CIRCUMFERENCE. DO THIS IN AT LEAST TWO DIFFERENT LOCATIONS AXIALLY. RECORD MEASURED DIMENSIONS. 3. NEXT, HEAT BEARING, ITEM 6, TO 230 DEG. F (110 DEG. C). PRESS BEARING ONTO SHAFT (WITH BEARING MODEL NUMBER FACING OUT) UNTIL BEARING SEATS AGAINST SHOULDER OF SHAFT. ALLOW BEARING TO COOL TO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE PROCEEDING FURTHER. A 4. AFTER BEARING HAS COOLED, FULLY HAND-PACK WITH GREASE, ITEM 7. 9 5. AFTER BEARING HAS BEEN PROPERLY GREASED, INSTALL END FRAME, ITEM 1, USING AN “X” TIGHTENING PATTERN, TORQUE BOLTS TO THE TORQUE VALUE SPECIFIED ON SHEET 2. 6. HEAT SLEEVE, ITEM 9, UNTIL THE SLEEVE INNER DIAMETER IS GREATER THAN THE SHAFT DIAMETER. PLACE SLEEVE IN OVEN, OR USE INDUCTION HEATER. DO NOT USE A DIRECT FLAME TO 17 19 12 11 18 19 20 1 HEAT SLEEVE. SLEEVE TEMPERATURE SHOULD NOT EXCEED POSITION ITEM-3 TYP (8) PLCS TYP (3) PLCS 300 DEG. F (149 DEG.C). CAREFULLY SLIDE SLEEVE ONTO SHAFT SECTION A-A WITH SLOT AT UNTIL SLEEVE SEATS AGAINST BEARING RACE. HOLD IN POSITION A 6 O'CLOCK POSITION A SCALE 3/8 UNTIL IT COOLS ENOUGH TO STAY IN POSITION. ALLOW SLEEVE TO ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.) 6/8/2010 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND COOL TO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE PROCEEDING FURTHER. DWN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO DECIMAL NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR 7. PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE OUTER BEARING CAP, ITEM 2, INSERT SEAL, .XXX ` .005 J. KROBOT SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED CHK 6/16/2010 ITEM 9, INTO BEARING CAP PER SEAL MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. .XX ` .020 PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF TITLE: .X ` .060 NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR J. BLACK 8. AFTER SEAL HAS BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED, MOUNT BEARING CAP USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS 6/16/2010 INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHFINISH 125 APPVL INSTALLATION, END FRAME DE OUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS ONTO END FRAME WITH GASKET, ITEM 5. TIGHTEN BOLTS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON H. TORRES (CM632) REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR USING AN “X” PATTERN PER TORQUE VALUE SPECIFIED ON SHEET 2. FRACTIONAL 6/16/2010 WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND APPVL THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED ` 1/16" 9. AFTER FULLY ASSEMBLED, PUSH/PULL ON THE SHAFT AXIALLY BY HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV. C. WADE TIR .010 SCALE: PROJECTION: SIZE: SHEET: FSCM No. ANGULAR HAND TO CHECK END PLAY. RECORD THE DISTANCE THAT THE REV DATE BY APPVL 1/8 NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO ` 1/2 1 OF 2 52142 B SHAFT MOVES AXIALLY. 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. NEXT ASSY ESTIMATED WEIGHT REVISION: DOCUMENT NUMBER: SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478 10. FORWARD RECORDED DATA FROM NOTES 2 AND 9 TO ENGINEERING. N/A 01 10503856-ASM

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10503856-ASM

2

Printed REV: 01

1

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5 SIZE B

STAINLESS STEEL

GRADE 8

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

1-8

480.00 [650.79]

1-8

675.00 [915.18]

1-8

455.24 [617.22]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

J. KROBOT CHK 6/16/2010

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

J. BLACK 6/16/2010 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

H. TORRES 6/16/2010 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10503856-ASM

2

6/8/2010

APPVL

C. WADE FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

N/A Printed REV: 01

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, END FRAME DE (CM632) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

1/8

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10503856-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF

2

REVISION:

01 Latest REV: 01

1 of 1 11/11/2013

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land Instl, End Frame DE 320Fr Part Number: 10503856-001 Legacy Number: 10503856-001 Revision: 01

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Oracle No. 10008336-001 10504089-001 10004813-001 10009471-001 10009478-001 10032517-016 10009669-001 10090179-001 10090179-001 10090179-001 10001220-001 10032557-034 10032444-208 10032557-016 10032454-037 10032442-015 10032314-004 10032387-017 10032387-035 10018318-001 10005087-001

Legacy No. G58175 10504089-001 G45660 G21806 G21814 1030-14-0004 1885-05-0013 1555-10-0019 1555-10-0019 1555-10-0019 G56491-3 7612022 3929-05-0014 1690-10-0008 3219-05-0040 2013-10-0004 1315-25-0002 1320-05-0110 1320-05-0040 1885-11-0015 1885-11-0028

Description END FRAME, MACH DE CM632 Cap, Bearing Outer CAP, BEARING INNER DE/NDE GASKET, CAP INNER DE/NDE 626FR GASKET, CAP OUTER DE/NDE 626FR BEARING, ROLLER CYLINDERICAL GREASE, SHELL-CYPRINA SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF OIL DEFLECTOR DM626 WASHER, HI-COLLAR SPG LOCK 3/4 SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/4-10IN Superseded by 10490016-020 SCREW,CAP;3/8" DIA;5" LG;SOCKET FHMS, #10-24 X 1/2 316SS FITTING, GREASE 1/4 NPT PLUG,PIPE;SZ 1/4;HEX HD;BLK PLUG,PIPE;SKT HD;STL LOCTITE, #242 BLUE SEALANT, SILICONE GASKET

Reference UOM Quantity Designator Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Pound 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 6 Each 6 Each 8 Each 8 Each 8 Each 1 Each 1 Each 3 Each 1 Each 1

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

16 5 15

18

13

10

18

TYP (8) PLCS

TYP (8) PLCS

B

14

3

4

6

7

2

POSITION ITEM-2 WITH SLOT AT 12 O'CLOCK POSITION

B

NOTES:

A

1. PLACE GASKET, ITEM 4, ONTO INNER BEARING CAP, ITEM 3. USE SEALANT, ITEM 19, TO HOLD GASKET IN PLACE. NEXT FILL BEARING CAP CAVITY 2/3 FULL WITH GREASE, ITEM 7, THEN SLIDE ASSEMBLY ONTO SHAFT. 2. MEASURE SHAFT IN THREE LOCATIONS AROUND THE CIRCUMFERENCE. DO THIS IN AT LEAST TWO DIFFERENT LOCATIONS AXIALLY. RECORD MEASURED DIMENSIONS. 3. NEXT, HEAT BEARING, ITEM 6, TO 230 DEG. F (110 DEG. C). PRESS BEARING ONTO SHAFT (WITH BEARING MODEL NUMBER FACING OUT) UNTIL BEARING SEATS AGAINST SHOULDER OF SHAFT. ALLOW BEARING TO COOL TO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE A PROCEEDING FURTHER. 9 4. AFTER BEARING HAS COOLED, FULLY HAND-PACK WITH GREASE, ITEM 7. 5. AFTER BEARING HAS BEEN PROPERLY GREASED, INSTALL END FRAME, ITEM 1, USING AN “X” TIGHTENING PATTERN, TORQUE BOLTS TO THE TORQUE VALUE SPECIFIED ON SHEET 2. 6. HEAT SLEEVE, ITEM 9, UNTIL THE SLEEVE INNER DIAMETER IS 11 12 18 19 1 GREATER THAN THE SHAFT DIAMETER. PLACE SLEEVE IN OVEN, OR USE INDUCTION HEATER. DO NOT USE A DIRECT FLAME TO TYP (8) PLCS POSITION ITEM-3 17 HEAT SLEEVE. SLEEVE TEMPERATURE SHOULD NOT EXCEED SECTION A-A WITH SLOT AT 300 DEG. F (149 DEG.C). CAREFULLY SLIDE SLEEVE ONTO SHAFT SCALE 3/8 6 O'CLOCK POSITION A UNTIL SLEEVE SEATS AGAINST BEARING RACE. HOLD IN POSITION A ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. UNTIL IT COOLS ENOUGH TO STAY IN POSITION. ALLOW SLEEVE TO TOLERANCE (U.N.) 6/9/2010 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND DWN COOL TO AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE PROCEEDING FURTHER. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO DECIMAL NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR J. KROBOT 7. PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE OUTER BEARING CAP, ITEM 2, INSERT SEAL, .XXX ` .005 SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED CHK 6/16/2010 ITEM 9, INTO BEARING CAP PER SEAL MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. .XX ` .020 PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF TITLE: .X ` .060 NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR J. BLACK USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS 8. AFTER SEAL HAS BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED, MOUNT BEARING CAP 6/16/2010 INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHFINISH 125 APPVL INSTALLATION, END FRAME NDE OUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS ONTO END FRAME WITH GASKET, ITEM 5. TIGHTEN BOLTS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON H. TORRES (CM632) REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR USING AN “X” PATTERN PER TORQUE VALUE SPECIFIED ON SHEET 2. FRACTIONAL 6/16/2010 WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND APPVL THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED ` 1/16" HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV. C. WADE 9. AFTER FULLY ASSEMBLED, PUSH/PULL ON THE SHAFT AXIALLY BY TIR .010 SCALE: PROJECTION: SIZE: SHEET: FSCM No. ANGULAR HAND TO CHECK END PLAY. RECORD THE DISTANCE THAT THE REV DATE BY APPVL 1/8 NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO ` 1/2 1 OF 2 52142 B SHAFT MOVES AXIALLY. 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. NEXT ASSY ESTIMATED WEIGHT REVISION: DOCUMENT NUMBER: SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478 10. FORWARD RECORDED DATA FROM NOTES 2 AND 9 TO ENGINEERING. N/A 01

10504249-ASM

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10504249-ASM

2

Printed REV: 01

1

Latest REV: 01

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5 SIZE B

STAINLESS STEEL

GRADE 8

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

1-8

480.00 [650.79]

1-8

675.00 [915.18]

1-8

455.24 [617.22]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

J. KROBOT CHK 6/16/2010

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

J. BLACK 6/16/2010 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

H. TORRES 6/16/2010 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10504249-ASM

2

6/9/2010

APPVL

C. WADE FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

N/A Printed REV: 01

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, END FRAME NDE (CM632) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

1/8

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10504249-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF

2

REVISION:

01 Latest REV: 01

1 of 1 11/11/2013

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land Instl, End Frame NDE 320Fr Part Number: 10504249-001 Legacy Number: 10504249-001 Revision: 01

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Oracle No. 10008338-001 10504297-001 10004814-001 10009471-001 10009478-001 10032508-009 10009669-001 10090179-001 10090179-001 10090179-001 10001220-001 10032557-034 10032444-212 10032557-016 10032454-037 10032442-015 10032314-004 10032387-017 10018318-001 10005087-001

Legacy No. G58177 10504297-001 G45660-2 G21806 G21814 1030-20-0076 1885-05-0013 1555-10-0019 1555-10-0019 1555-10-0019 G56491-3 7612022 3929-05-0022 1690-10-0008 3219-05-0040 2013-10-0004 1315-25-0002 1320-05-0110 1885-11-0015 1885-11-0028

Description END FRAME, MACH NDE CM632 Cap, Bearing Outer CAP, BRG INNER DE/NDE GASKET, CAP INNER DE/NDE 626FR GASKET, CAP OUTER DE/NDE 626FR BEARING,BALL;150MM ID;320 MM OD; GREASE, SHELL-CYPRINA SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF SEAL, LIP PTF SKFE SKF OIL DEFLECTOR DM626 WASHER, HI-COLLAR SPG LOCK 3/4 SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/4-10IN Superseded by 10490016-020 SCREW,CAP;3/8" DIA;5" LG;SOCKET FHMS, #10-24 X 1/2 316SS FITTING, GREASE 1/4 NPT PLUG,PIPE;SZ 1/4;HEX HD;BLK LOCTITE, #242 BLUE SEALANT, SILICONE GASKET

Reference UOM Quantity Designator Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Pound 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 6 Each 6 Each 8 Each 8 Each 8 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: G97288:37

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: B

Latest REV: B

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: G97288:37

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: B

Latest REV: B

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 9/21/2011

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, BEARING RTD DE Part Number: 10010235-001 Legacy Number: G97288 Revision: B

Item No. 1 2 3 4 6

TC Number: G97288:37

Oracle No. 10032548-051 10032444-036 10005338-001 10012333-001 10032326-018

Legacy No. 6550-25-0040 700010611 G60803 G21649 G62017

Description BEARING SHIELDED LEADS SCREW, HEX HD CAP 1/4-20 X 3/4 CLIP, INS VINYL CLAD I/4DIA MARKER, LEAD HEAT SHRINK RTD8 TERMINAL,ELECTRICAL

Printed REV: B

Reference UOM Quantity Designator Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 3

Latest REV: B

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: G97289:37

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: B

Latest REV: B

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: G97289:37

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: B

Latest REV: B

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 4/30/2012

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, BEARING RTD NDE Part Number: 10010236-001 Legacy Number: G97289 Revision: B

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

TC Number: G97289:37

Oracle No. 10032548-051 10032444-036 10005338-001 10012326-001 10025207-001 10032326-018

Legacy No. 6550-25-0040 700010611 G60803 G21642 60P009040001 G62017

Description BEARING SHIELDED LEADS SCREW, HEX HD CAP 1/4-20 X 3/4 CLIP, INS VINYL CLAD I/4DIA MARKER, LEAD HEAT SHRINK RTD7 CABLE, SHIELDED 3LD RTD TERMINAL,ELECTRICAL

Printed REV: B

Reference UOM Quantity Designator Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Foot 4 Each 3

Latest REV: B

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

39

42

7

8

(3)

6

5 3/4 (1/2) 2 7/16 13

3 TYP

B

41

B

2 7/16

40 2

4

9

12

4

9

12

(6)

(3)

(3)

(6)

(3)

(3) 14

ISOMETRIC REF ONLY

SEE NOTE 3b

ISOMETRIC

44

REF ONLY

DO NOT CHANGE OR REVISE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVA FROM CERT. ENG

SUB ASSEMBLY 2 SUB ASSEMBLY 1

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10738912-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

NOTES:

.XXX ` .005

1. NUMBERS IN ( ) DESIGNATE QUANTITY. 2. DIMENSIONS IN ( ) REFERENCE. 3a. POSITION BUS BARS (ITEM 39) IN BUS SUPPORT (ITEM 2)TO DIMENSION SHOWN. SEAL IN PLACE USING RESIN EPOXY (ITEM 40 AND ITEM 41) WITH A 50/50 MIX. BUILD UP APPROXIMATELY 1/8 ALL AROUND BARS. 3b. ASSEMBLE BUS BARS (ITEMS 6,7, AND 8) AND LINKS (ITEM 13 AND ITEM 14) WITH IDENTIFICATION POSITIONED AS SHOWN. FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

DWN

DECIMAL

2

.XX .X

` .020 ` .060

04

7/10/2014 HAB BCM

03

3/13/2014 HAB

02

1/3/2014 HAB BCM

REV

DATE

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SR

APPVL

4/23/2013

J. VARGAS CHK 5/6/2013 H. TORRES 5/7/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/7/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

293 LBS Printed REV: 04

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, CONNECTION BOX RIGHT/LEFT SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10738912-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1

OF 6

REVISION:

04 Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

CONNECT BUS BARS LINKS (ITEM 13 & ITEM 14) TO BUS BARS PROTRUDING FROM FRAME/STATOR AS SHOWN

5

4

(12) (12)

A

36

12

11

10

4

24

23

22

(4)

(4)

(4)

(2)

(4)

(4)

(4)

(4)

1

(2.30)

B

(1.17)

37

C

C

B

B

22

D

15

(12) (12)

33

32

30

(2)

(2)

(2) 31

B

A

SECTION A-A

FRONT VIEW

NON DRIVE END

W/ COVERS REMOVED FOR CLARITY RIGHT CONNECTION POSITION SHOWN

SECTION B-B DRIVE END

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10738912-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

NOTES:

TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

4. INSERT GLASTIC TUBE (ITEM 36) INTO MOUNTING HOLES OF GLASTIC BUS SUPPORT (ITEM 10). 5. ROUTE RTD LEADS THRU CHANNEL ON BOTTOM AND CONNECT TO TERMINAL BLOCKS (ITEM 20). 6. CHASE ALL THREADED HOLES PRIOR TO MOUNTING COVERS, ETC. APPLY THREAD SEALANT (ITEM 3) TO STEEL FASTENERS. 7. TORQUE ALL FASTENERS PER TABLE ON SHEET 6.

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

04

7/10/2014 HAB BCM

03

3/13/2014 HAB

02

1/3/2014 HAB BCM

REV

DATE

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

2

SR

APPVL

4/23/2013

J. VARGAS CHK 5/6/2013 H. TORRES 5/7/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/7/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

293 LBS Printed REV: 04

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, CONNECTION BOX RIGHT/LEFT SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10738912-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF 6

REVISION:

04 Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

RTD1-R RTD1-W

18

RTD, STATOR PHASE A

(2)

RTD1-W RTD2-R RTD2-W

RTD, STATOR PHASE B

17

19

20

43

(2)

(35) (2)

SEE DETAIL E

RTD2-W RTD3-R B

RTD3-W

37 RTD, STATOR PHASE C

11

REF

36

38

REF REF

4

5

(2)

(2)

B

RTD3-W RTD4-R RTD4-W RTD4-W

SEE NOTE 8

RTD, STATOR PHASE A

RTD5-R RTD5-W RTD5-W

RTD, STATOR PHASE B

RTD6-R RTD6-W

RTD, STATOR PHASE C

RTD6-W

RTD7-R RTD7-W

NON DRIVE END

BEARING RTD NDE

RTD7-W RTD8-R A

RTD8-W RTD8-W

SCHEMATIC RTD TERMINAL

DETAIL D

15

22

(BEARING AND STATOR RTD'S) (2) RTD WIRE 50

(2)

21

16

BEARING RTD DE

SEE NOTE 10 A

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

(PART NUMBER: 10738912-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DETAIL E

SCALE: 6/1 TYP (24) PLCS NOTES: 8. LEAVE A 2 FOOT SERVICE LOOP FOR RTD LEAD CABLE. 9. APPLY PUTTY TO ALL BOLTED JOINTS AND HALF LAP BUS BARS WITH TAPE; THEN APPLY DRY VARNISH. THIS IS TO BE DONE ONCE ALL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE MOTORS INTERNAL BUS BARS. 10. CRIMP FERRULE (ITEM 50) PER MP1272. FORM No. 137-D

DRIVE END

SECTION C-C

2

DWN

DECIMAL .XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

04

7/10/2014 HAB BCM

03

3/13/2014 HAB

02

1/3/2014 HAB BCM

REV

DATE

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

SR

APPVL

4/23/2013

J. VARGAS CHK 5/6/2013 H. TORRES 5/7/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/7/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

293 LBS Printed REV: 04

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, CONNECTION BOX RIGHT/LEFT SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10738912-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

3

OF 6

REVISION:

04 Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

29

1

34

4

(3)

(36) (36)

35 (3)

B

28

27

(2)

(2)

29

B

TOP VIEW

45

TYP TOP AND BOTTOM

(2)

4

(22) (22)

25

26

45 REF A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10738912-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

NOTES:

DWN

DECIMAL

11. CENTER LABLES ON FRONT, TOP, AND BOTTOM COVERS AS SHOWN.

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

04

7/10/2014 HAB BCM

03

3/13/2014 HAB

02

1/3/2014 HAB BCM

REV

DATE

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

2

SR

APPVL

4/23/2013

J. VARGAS CHK 5/6/2013 H. TORRES 5/7/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/7/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

293 LBS Printed REV: 04

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, CONNECTION BOX RIGHT/LEFT SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10738912-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

4

OF 6

REVISION:

04 Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

B

B

ISOMETRIC VIEWS W/ COVERS REMOVED FOR CLARITY

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10738912-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL .XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

04

7/10/2014 HAB BCM

03

3/13/2014 HAB

02

1/3/2014 HAB BCM

REV

DATE

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

2

SR

APPVL

4/23/2013

J. VARGAS CHK 5/6/2013 H. TORRES 5/7/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/7/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

293 LBS Printed REV: 04

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, CONNECTION BOX RIGHT/LEFT SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10738912-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

5

OF 6

REVISION:

04 Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5

B

GRADE 8

STAINLESS STEEL

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

1-8

480.00 [650.79]

1-8

675.00 [915.18]

1-8

455.24 [617.22]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10738912-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL .XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

04

7/10/2014 HAB BCM

03

3/13/2014 HAB

02

1/3/2014 HAB BCM

REV

DATE

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

2

SR

APPVL

4/23/2013

J. VARGAS CHK 5/6/2013 H. TORRES 5/7/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/7/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

293 LBS Printed REV: 04

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, CONNECTION BOX RIGHT/LEFT SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10738912-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

6

OF 6

REVISION:

04 Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 2 7/23/2014

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, CONN BOX RIGHT/LEFT Part Number: 10738912-001 Legacy Number: 10738912-001 Revision: 04

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Oracle No. 10738907-001 10020358-001 10018324-001 10032353-010 10032444-091 10004417-001 10004418-001 10004419-001 10032444-116 10020360-001 10744859-001 10744860-001 10004420-001 10004421-001 10490361-079 10506200-001 10622232-001 10032438-040 10042030-001 10032308-007 10506026-001 10032353-015 10032444-051 10025799-001

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

Legacy No. 10738907-001 G12612 1885-11-0048 1690-30-0001 3919-05-0006 G56201 G56202 G56203 3919-06-0012 G12614 10744859-001 10744860-001 G56204 G56205 50004-08-C5 10506200-001 10622232-001 2411-06-0003 0000-6934-67 6176-20-0085 10506026-001 1690-30-0009 3915-06-0005 6690-60-0030

Description CONN BOX, ASSY. RIGHT/LEFT SUPPORT, BUS BAR SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ WASHER, COMPRSSN 3/8 X .089 ZP SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN BUS BAR, PHASE 1 BUS BAR, PHASE 2 BUS BAR, PHASE 3 SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN SUPPORT, BUS BAR All-Thread, 3/8SS Locknut, 3/8-16UNC SS BUS BAR, LINK T1 & T3 BUS BAR, LINK T2 SCREW,CAP-HEX HD 1/4-20 X 1 GR5 Bracket, Terminal Block Channel, Din Rail SCREW,MACHINE;SZ #8-32 X 3/8;BTT COVER, TERMINAL PHOENIX CONTAC BLOCK, TERM PHONIX Tag, Terminal RTD Only WASHER, COMPRSSN 1/4 X 9/16 ZP SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 1/4-20IN CLAMP, CABLE 3/8'' NYL .265HOLE

Printed REV: 04

UOM Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Set Foot Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Reference Quantity Designator 1 1 1 88 14 1 1 1 6 2 4 10 2 1 14 1 1 2 1 35 1 18 4 4

Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 2 of 2 7/23/2014

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, CONN BOX RIGHT/LEFT Part Number: 10738912-001 Legacy Number: 10738912-001 Revision: 04

Item No. Oracle No. Legacy No. Description 25 10009434-001 G12615 GASKET, FRAME COVER CONN BOX 26 10902458-001 10902458-001 COVER, CONNECTION BOX FRONT SS 27 10009494-001 G21833 GASKET, BOTTOM COVER 28 10006338-001 G140121 COVER, CONNECTION BOX BOTTOM 29 10032444-114 3919-06-0008 SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN 30 10032326-009 6175-89-0054 TERMINAL, RING #2 31 10032300-018 6690-40-0036 CABLE;2AWG;600V;1;COPPER;GREEN 32 10032538-008 1690-01-0038 WASHER, PLAIN 3/8 SS 3/4OD 33 10032444-113 3919-06-0006 SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN 34 10013430-001 6525-58-0084 NAMEPLATE, HIGH VOLTAGE (VYL) 35 10011295-001 6525-58-0091 LABEL, HAZARDOUS VOLT WARNING 36 10032329-036 1322-30-0005 TUBING;SZ 0.390ID X 0.452 37 10515972-001 10515972-001 Gasket, Top Cover 38 10520285-001 10520285-001 Gasket, Connection Box Spacer 39 10004586-001 G56890 BUS BAR, T1 10008379-001/01.02@RSOne-RESIN, 40 EPOXY 1885-02-0010 VERSAMID 140 x 1RESIN, EPOXY VERSAMID 140 41 10008380-001 1885-02-0011 RESIN, EPOXY EPON 826 42 10019142-001 6690-12-0066 SLEEVE,ELECTRICAL;HEATSHRINK TUB 43 10025374-001 6176-32-0008 CLAMP, CHANNEL TERM BLOCK 44 10019137-001 6690-12-0054 SLEEVE,ELECTRICAL;HEATSHRINK TUB 45 10032388-001 1320-05-0111 PLUG, PIPE 3/4 SKT HD SS 50 10942172-001 10942172-001 Ferrule, Non-Insulated

TC Number: 10738912-ASM

Printed REV: 04

UOM Each Each Each Each Each Each Foot Each Each Each Each Foot Each Each Each Gallon Gallon Foot Each Foot Each Each

Reference Quantity Designator 1 1 2 2 58 2 1 2 14 3 3 4 PIECES @ 10" LG 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 2 24

Latest REV: 04

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

SEE SHEET 3 FOR LEAD CONNECTIONS

1

MOUNTING HARWARE SUPPLIED WITH T-BOX 3

2 REF 10

11

12

(10) (10) B

B

(2 3/4)

SEE NOTE 7

SEE DETAIL A SEE NOTE 11

ISOMETRIC 5

REF ONLY

NOTES: 1. SLEEVE HEATER CABLE WITH 0.387 I.D. SLEEVING 6 (ITEM 9) FROM HEATER CABLE GLAND TO PLATE (ITEM 2). 2. ROUTE HEATER LEADS AS SHOWN INTO HEATER AUXILIARY BOX. 3. FULLY TIGHTEN ALL SCREWS TERMINALS AND TERMINALTION POINTS INCLUDED WITH HEATER. 8 7 4. TORQUE ALL STEEL FASTENERS PER TABLE ON SHEET 4. DETAIL A 5. PRE-ASSEMBLE (ITEMS 5,6 & 7) AS SHOWN ON DETAIL A. A SCALE 7/16 6. FILL WITH PACKING FIBER (COMES WITH ITEM 8) AFTER RUNNING HEATER WIRES THROUGH. TOLERANCE (U.N.) 7. TIGHTEN ELBOW PIPE (ITEM 7) INTO NIPPLE ON PLATE DECIMAL .XXX ` .005 (ITEM 6) UNTIL DISTANCE FROM COVER (ITEM 2) C 11/26/2013 .XX ` .020 TO CENTER OF HUB (ITEM 5) AND ELBOW (ITEM 7) .X ` .060 IS 2-3/4 INCHES. B 1/20/2011 FINISH 125 8. APPLY THREAD SEALANT (ITEM 12) TO BOLTS FRACTIONAL PRIOR TO MOUNTING COVER PLATE TO FRAME. A 10/17/2010 ` 1/16" 9. SEE OUTLINE FOR HEATER LOCATION. TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

REV

DATE

FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97546:37

2

9

REF

REF

13 SEE NOTE 8

PRE ASSEMBLE SEE NOTE 5

SEE SHEET 3 FOR LEAD CONNECTIONS A (PART NUMBER: 10010679-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DWN

12/5/2007

Seitz Mike 12/13/2007 CHK HAT

RIH

JCD

BCM

JK

HT

BY

APPVL

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

6

B.KROBOT 12/13/2007 APPVL H.PHAM 12/13/2007 APPVL B.ISOM FSCM No.

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

52142 NEXT ASSY

17.66 LBS Printed REV: C

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, HEATER (1) 100W SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

1/4

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97546

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1 OF 4 REVISION:

C

1

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

CENTER HEATER ON PLATE AS SHOWN

(9.13) (2.26)

13 1

(3.63)

B

B

(17.50)

9

6 SEE NOTE 5

ISOMETRIC

SEE NOTE 1

HEATER MOUNTING

REF ONLY

2 A

A ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DWN

TOLERANCE (U.N.) DECIMAL

Seitz Mike 12/13/2007 CHK

.XXX ` .005 .XX

` .020

.X

` .060

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16"

TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

C

11/26/2013 HAT

RIH

B

1/20/2011 JCD

BCM

A

10/17/2010

JK

HT

REV

DATE

BY

APPVL

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97546:37

2

12/5/2007

B.KROBOT 12/13/2007 APPVL H.PHAM 12/13/2007 APPVL B.ISOM FSCM No.

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

52142 NEXT ASSY

17.66 LBS Printed REV: C

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, HEATER (1) 100W SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

(PART NUMBER: 10010679-001)

1/4

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97546

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2 OF 4 REVISION:

C

1

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

(1) LEAD- BROWN (1) LEAD- BLUE

B

B

B

(1) LEAD- GREEN

HEATER BOX

NOTES: 10. BROWN AND BLUE LEADS TO BE CONNECTED ON OPPOSITE SIDE FROM TERMINAL BLOCK LABELS. DETAIL B BROWN INLINE LABEL 1, BLUE INLINE LABEL 2. LEAD CONNECTIONS GREEN, TOP OR BOTTOM GROUND CONNECTION. A 11. SEAL THE ELBOW (ITEM 7) USING SEALING COMPOUND (ITEM 8) PER MP-1261. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DWN

TOLERANCE (U.N.) DECIMAL

Seitz Mike 12/13/2007 CHK

.XXX ` .005 .XX

` .020

.X

` .060

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16"

TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

C

11/26/2013 HAT

RIH

B

1/20/2011 JCD

BCM

A

10/17/2010

JK

HT

REV

DATE

BY

APPVL

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97546:37

2

12/5/2007

B.KROBOT 12/13/2007 APPVL H.PHAM 12/13/2007 APPVL B.ISOM FSCM No.

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

52142 NEXT ASSY

17.66 LBS Printed REV: C

WITH COVER REMOVED

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, HEATER (1) 100W SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

A (PART NUMBER: 10010679-001)

1/4

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97546

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

3 OF 4 REVISION:

C

1

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5 SIZE

B

STAINLESS STEEL

GRADE 8

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A (PART NUMBER: 10010679-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DWN

TOLERANCE (U.N.) DECIMAL

Seitz Mike 12/13/2007 CHK

.XXX ` .005 .XX

` .020

.X

` .060

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16"

TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

C

11/26/2013 HAT

RIH

B

1/20/2011 JCD

BCM

A

10/17/2010

JK

HT

REV

DATE

BY

APPVL

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97546:37

2

12/5/2007

B.KROBOT 12/13/2007 APPVL H.PHAM 12/13/2007 APPVL B.ISOM FSCM No.

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

52142 NEXT ASSY

17.66 LBS Printed REV: C

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, HEATER (1) 100W SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

1/4

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97546

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

4 OF 4 REVISION:

C

1

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 12/19/2013

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, HEATER CAGE MOTOR Part Number: 10010679-001 Legacy Number: G97546 Revision: C

Item No. 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

TC Number: G97546:37

Oracle No. 10032318-003 10006322-001 10003350-001 10009946-001 10032382-012 10032377-021 10005636-001 10019180-001 10490016-020 10032444-091 10018324-001 10515973-001

Legacy No. 6550-10-0069 G140073 G55738-3 1225-07-0016 1313-39-0069 1322-05-0051 1885-02-0015 G91960387 50906-C 3919-05-0006 1885-11-0048 10515973-001

Description HEATER, SELF LIMITING COVER, HEATER MOUNTING BOX, TERMINAL MOD HEATERS HUB, ENTRY 3/4 INCREASE SAFETY NIPPLE,PIPE;SZ 3/4 X CLOSE SCH40 ELBW,PIPE;3/4IN;NPT;SEAL COMPOUND, SEALING POUCH SLEEVE,ELECTRICAL LOCKWASHER, SPLIT, 3/8" DIA SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ Gasket, Top Cover

Printed REV: C

UOM Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Foot Each Each Each Each

Reference Quantity Designator 1 1 1 1 2 1 .2 1 10 10 .05 1

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: G25313:37

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: C

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: G25313:37

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: C

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: 10626766-DAD

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: 03

Latest REV: 03

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: 10626766-DAD

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: 03

Latest REV: 03

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

A

A

SHT 2

2 3 REF REF

4

SHT 2

1

(8) (2) SEE NOTE 5

5 3/8 TYP

7/8 TYP

4 (4) 2

B

3

3

B

REF REF

2

(5) (6) 2 REF

1/4

1/4

N.D.E.

D.E. 4 (4)

N.D.E.

7

7

4 (4)

NOTES: A

D.E.

RIGHT HAND BOX MOUNTING SHOWN

1. NUMBERS IN ( ) DESIGNATE QUANITY. SEE TOP LEVEL MOTOR BOM 2. DIMENSIONS IN ( ) ARE REFERENCE. FOR CONNECTION BOX LOCATION 3. LOCATE LABELS & TAGS (ITEMS 1, 2, 3, & 7) AS SHOWN. LEFT HAND BOX MOUNTING MIRROR IMAGE CENTER LABLES (ITEMS 2 & 3) ON COVERS AS SHOWN. A MARK HOLE LOCATIONS FOR "NOV" PLATE (ITEM 1) AND GROUND NAMEPLATE (ITEM 7). (PART NUMBER: 10010728-001) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.) 7/13/2008 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND DWN DRILL #37 DIAMETER HOLES, TYPICAL (4) PLACES, AND INSTALL D 10/23/2013 HAT BCM CONFIDENTAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO DECIMAL NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED Seitz Mike WITH DRIVE SCREWS (ITEM 4). .XXX ` .005 PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO NATIONAL-OILWELL, LP.REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE CHK 9/26/2008 4. PRIOR TO INSTALLING MOTOR NAMEPLATE, STAMP MOTOR SERIAL .XX ` .020 OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR C 9/24/2013 HAT BCM TITLE: .X ` .060 DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS B. KROBOT NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN NUMBER ON FRAME UNDER NAMEPLATE LOCATION. ALSO 9/26/2008 CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.THIS FINISH 125 APPVL INSTALLATION, B 5/21/2013 HAT BCM DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONALSTAMP MOTOR SERIAL NUMBER ON DRIVE & NON DRIVE FEET. OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT J. MCGUANE UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS NAMEPLATE & TAGS 5. LOCATE MOTOR, ATEX, & HEATER PLATE AS SHOWN. SEE FRACTIONAL 9/26/2008 LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION APPVL A BCM CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE HAT 4/19/2013 ` 1/16" COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. TOP MOTOR BOM TO DETERMINE CORRECT ORIENTATION B. MOATS TIR .010 PROJECTION: SCALE: SIZE: SHEET: FSCM No. ANGULAR BASED UPON LEFT OR RIGHT CONNECTION BOX MOUNTING. REV DATE BY APPVL 1/8 POWER SOLUTIONS GROUP ` 1/2 1 OF 3 52142 B MARK HOLE LOCATIONS AND DRILL #37 DIAMETER HOLES 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. NEXT ASSY ESTIMATED WEIGHT REVISION: DRAWING NUMBER: SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478 TYPICAL (12) PLACES AND INSTALL WITH DRIVE SCREWS (ITEM 4). N/A = LBS D

G97379-3

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97379-3:37

2

Printed REV: D

1

Latest REV: D

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

5 3/8 TYP

1

PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, STAMP MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, AND YEAR ONTO NAMEPLATE PER SALES OR WORK ORDER

7/8 TYP

5

6 (2) SEE NOTE 6

1/4 B

B

4 (4)

B 1/4

SEE NOTE 5

4 (4)

1/4

REFER TO TOP LEVEL BILL OF MATERIAL IF REQUIRED A

3

2

VIEW A-A (TOP VIEW)

REF REF

TC Number: G97379-3:37

D

10/23/2013 HAT BCM

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

2

C

9/24/2013 HAT

B

5/21/2013 HAT BCM

A

4/19/2013 HAT BCM

BCM

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

FORM No. 137-D

SCALE: 3/8

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DECIMAL

6. LOCATE NAMEPLATE (ITEM 5) CENTERED ABOVE MOTOR & ATEX NAMEPLATE. MARK HOLE LOCATIONS & DRILL #37 DIA THRU TYPICAL (2) PLACES & INSTALL NAMEPLATE WITH DRIVE SCREWS (ITEM 6). 7. DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 8. IDENTIFY PART WITH PART NUMBER & REVISION, (EX:1XXXXXXX-XXX/REVXX) USING THE APPROPRIATE TAG..

PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, STAMP SERIAL NUMBER ON NAMEPLATE PER SALES OR WORK ORDER

DETAIL B

A TOLERANCE (U.N.)

NOTES:

4 (2)

APPVL

DWN

7/13/2008

Seitz Mike CHK 9/26/2008 B. KROBOT 9/26/2008 APPVL J. MCGUANE 9/26/2008 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

N/A = LBS Printed REV: D

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, LP.REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONALOILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, NAMEPLATE & TAGS SCALE:

POWER SOLUTIONS GROUP 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

(PART NUMBER: 10010728-001)

1/8

DRAWING NUMBER:

G97379-3 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF 3

REVISION:

D Latest REV: D

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

1/2

1/2

B

7

B

4 (4)

7

4 (4)

ISOMETRIC DRIVE END

REF ONLY

A

A

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.) DECIMAL

D

10/23/2013 HAT BCM

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

C

9/24/2013 HAT

B

5/21/2013 HAT BCM

A

4/19/2013 HAT BCM

BCM

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97379-3:37

2

APPVL

DWN

7/13/2008

Seitz Mike CHK 9/26/2008 B. KROBOT 9/26/2008 APPVL J. MCGUANE 9/26/2008 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

N/A = LBS Printed REV: D

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, LP.REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONALOILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, NAMEPLATE & TAGS SCALE:

POWER SOLUTIONS GROUP 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

(PART NUMBER: 10010728-001)

1/8

DRAWING NUMBER:

G97379-3 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

3

OF 3

REVISION:

D Latest REV: D

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 10/25/2013

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, NAMEPLATE & TAGS Part Number: 10010728-001 Legacy Number: G97379-3 Revision: D

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

TC Number: G97379-3:37

Oracle No. 10013471-001 10859965-001 10859963-001 10032453-001 10666074-001 10490351-043 10013306-001

Legacy No. G20190 10859965-001 10859963-001 1060-10-0002 10666074-001 53301-4-8-SS 54322

Description NAMEPLATE, NOV LOGO Tag, Danger/Hazardous Voltage Tag, Danger/Hazardous Voltage SCREW, DR 4 X 1/4 TY U SS UHF NAMEPLATE, RIGMS-RFID SCREW,DRIVE-TYPE U NAMEPLATE, GROUND

Printed REV: D

UOM Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Reference Quantity Designator 2 6 5 32 1 2 4

Latest REV: D

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

0518

TC Number: 10730451-DAD

ll 2 G Ex e ll T3 Gb Tamb. -40 to +55° C

Printed REV: 02

Latest REV: 02

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

0518

TC Number: 10730451-DAD

ll 2 G Ex e ll T3 Gb Tamb. -40 to +55° C

Printed REV: 02

Latest REV: 02

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

(36.50)

(11.18) 1/4

6

WELD (4) PLCS 095-105-2

2.88 TYP

(18.25)

A

1 (7.44)

2

(3.63)

B

B

SEE NOTE 5

A CONNECTION END

DRIVE END

SECTION A-A

NOTE: SEE SHT 2 FOR "T1" / "T3" BUS BAR MOUNTING SEE SHT 3 FOR "T2" BUS BAR MOUNTING NOTE: CONNECTION BOX POSITION RIGHT HAND POSITION SHOWN MIRROR IMAGE ABOUT VERTICAL CENTERLINE FOR LEFT HAND POSITION

CONNECTION END

SEE TOP LEVEL OF BOM FOR CONNECTION BOX POSITION

RIGHT CONNECTION BOX POSITION SHOWN A

NOTES:

A

1. NUMBERS IN ( ) DESIGNATE QUANTITY. 2. DIMENSIONS IN ( ) ARE REFERENCE. 3. REMOVE EXCESS VARNISH FROM STATOR CORE AND RTD LEADS. PRIOR TO INSERTION OF STATOR, INSPECT FRAME STATOR BORE AND O.D. OF STATOR. IF NECESSARY HEAT FRAME PRIOR TO STATOR INSERTION. 4. INSERT STATOR CORE (ITEM 2) INTO FRAME (ITEM 1) FROM CONNECTION END AND PRESS TO SHOULDER IN FRAME. CENTER LEADS ON STATOR CORE AT 12 O'CLOCK. 5. TACK WELD STATOR SUPPORT TO FRAME BARS WHERE ACCESSIBLE. TC Number: G93277:37

2

(PART NUMBER: 10022979-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL .XX .X

3/3/2008

Seitz Mike CHK 4/18/2008

.XXX ` .005 ` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

L. SPANGLE 4/18/2008 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

B. MOATS 4/17/2008 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

06

12/9/2023 HAT BCM

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

FORM No. 137-D

DO NOT CHANGE OR REVISE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM CERT. ENG

APPVL

B. ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

4771 LBS Printed REV: 06

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

ASSEMBLY, FRAME/STATOR & CORE (632 FRAME) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G93277 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1

OF 5

REVISION:

06 Latest REV: 06

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

SHT 4

SHT 4

D

D

T2

7 16 18

(12) (12) (12) (24)

(2)

18 16 15 13 12 11 8

B T3

16 15 12 11 10 8

(2) (4) (4) (8) T1

B

B

CONNECTION END

DRIVE END

B

SECTION B-B

CONNECT LEADS MARKED "1" & "6" TO "T1" CONNECT LEADS MARKED "3" & "5" TO "T3"

A

("T1" & "T3" BUS BARS)

NOTES: (Cont.) 6. MOUNT BUS LINKS (ITEM 13 AND ITEM 14) TO BUS ASSEMBLY USING HARDWARE (ITEMS 8,11, AND 12), HAND TIGHTEN ONLY. MOUNT BUS BARS (ITEM 7) TO BUS LINKS USING HARDWARE (ITEMS 8,11, AND 12) AND HAND TIGHTEN ONLY. USE COPPER SHIM STOCK IF REQUIRED. POSITION AND INSTALL INSULATORS (ITEM 4 AND ITEM 6) USING HARDWARE (ITEMS 3, 5, 8, AND 9) SEE SHEET #4. 7. CONNECT ALL LEAD LUGS (ITEM 10) TO BUS BARS USING HARDWARE (ITEMS 8, 11, AND 12). 8. TIGHTEN ALL BUS BAR HARDWARE AND APPLY PUTTY (ITEM 15) TO BOLTED JOINTS. HALF LAP BUS BARS WITH TAPE (ITEM 16) THEN APPLY AIR VARNISH (ITEM 18). TORQUE BOLTS PER CHART ON SHEET 5.

A TOLERANCE (U.N.)

TC Number: G93277:37

2

DWN

DECIMAL .XX .X

3/3/2008

Seitz Mike CHK 4/18/2008

.XXX ` .005 ` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

L. SPANGLE 4/18/2008 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

B. MOATS 4/17/2008 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

06

12/9/2023 HAT BCM

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

FORM No. 137-D

(PART NUMBER: 10022979-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

APPVL

B. ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

4771 LBS Printed REV: 06

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

ASSEMBLY, FRAME/STATOR & CORE (632 FRAME) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G93277 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF 5

REVISION:

06 Latest REV: 06

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

16 15 12 11 10 8 (6) (6) (6) (12)

C

7 16 18

18 16 15 14 12 11 8 (1) (2) (2) (4)

T3

T2

T1

B

B

CONNECTION END

DRIVE END

SECTION C-C

C CONNECT LEADS MARKED "2" & "4" TO "T2"

("T2" BUS BAR)

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10022979-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

Seitz Mike CHK 4/18/2008

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

L. SPANGLE 4/18/2008 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

B. MOATS 4/17/2008 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

06

12/9/2023 HAT BCM

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G93277:37

2

3/3/2008

APPVL

B. ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

4771 LBS Printed REV: 06

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

ASSEMBLY, FRAME/STATOR & CORE (632 FRAME) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G93277 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

3

OF 5

REVISION:

06 Latest REV: 06

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

5

6

(2) (2)

9

8

B

B

E

3

4

DETAIL E VIEW D-D

CONNECTION END

DRIVE END

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10022979-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

Seitz Mike CHK 4/18/2008

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

L. SPANGLE 4/18/2008 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

B. MOATS 4/17/2008 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

06

12/9/2023 HAT BCM

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G93277:37

2

3/3/2008

APPVL

B. ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

4771 LBS Printed REV: 06

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

ASSEMBLY, FRAME/STATOR & CORE (632 FRAME) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G93277 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

4

OF 5

REVISION:

06 Latest REV: 06

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5 SIZE B

STAINLESS STEEL

GRADE 8

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10022979-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

Seitz Mike CHK 4/18/2008

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

L. SPANGLE 4/18/2008 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

B. MOATS 4/17/2008 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

06

12/9/2023 HAT BCM

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G93277:37

2

3/3/2008

APPVL

B. ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

4771 LBS Printed REV: 06

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

ASSEMBLY, FRAME/STATOR & CORE (632 FRAME) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/16

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G93277 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

5

OF 5

REVISION:

06 Latest REV: 06

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 12/19/2013

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land ASSY, FRAME STTR&COIL Part Number: 10022979-001 Legacy Number: G93277 Revision: 06

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

TC Number: G93277:37

Oracle No. 10019932-001 10019810-001 10032267-003 10010952-001 10003220-001 10010953-001 10004416-001 10032353-010 10032444-113 10025319-001 10032444-116 10567492-001 10009748-001 10004592-001 10008383-001 10020897-001 10018324-001 10032356-004

Legacy No. G83335 G82501 1640-02-0018 1825-01-0014 1640-02-0025 1825-01-0015 G56200 1690-30-0001 3919-06-0006 6175-87-0063 3919-06-0012 1420-13-0004 G56898 G56899 1885-11-0017 1885-10-0046 1885-11-0048 1885-06-0008

Description FRAME, MACHINING 632FR STA&COIL, 632FR STUD, ALL THD 3/8-16 X 3/4'' LG INSULATOR,ELECTRICAL BOLT,STUD;SZ 3/8-16 X 1-1/4 INSULATOR,ELECTRICAL BUS BAR, T1,T2 & T3 WASHER, COMPRSSN 3/8 X .089 ZP SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN TERM, RING #1/0 3/8H SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8-16IN LOCKNUT, HEX 3/8-16UNC-2B STL BAR;BUS SUPPORT T1/T3 BAR, BUS SUPPORT T2 SEALANT, DUCT COMPOUND #1 BAG TAPE, SILICONE RUB .020TK RED SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ PAINT, SPRAY CLR VARNISH #600

Printed REV: 06

Reference UOM Quantity Designator Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 2 Each 2 Each 3 Each 49 Each 1 Each 18 Each 24 Each 24 Each 2 Each 1 Pound 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1

Latest REV: 06

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

15

7

6

1

3

1

(10) (10)

7

6

12

(14) (14)

B

B

DE 14

7

6

NDE

5

2

(10) (10) OPPISITE SIDE OF AUXILIARY RTD BOX

7

6

13

(12) (12) OPPISITE SIDE OF MAIN CONNECTION BOX

ISOMETRIC

4

REF ONLY

(2)

DE

NDE

A

A

(EBS: 10010116-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL .XXX ` .005 ` .020 ` .060

NOTES:

.XX .X

1. APPLY THREAD SEALANT, ITEM 10, TO HARDWARE BEFORE ASSEMBLY. 2. TORQUE ALL STEEL FASTENERS PER TABLE ON SHEET 2.

FINISH 125

C B

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

A

REV

9/20/2010

JK

HT

8/13/2010 JCD BCM 10/24/2006 TB DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

BI

APPVL

DOBROWOLSKI CHK 5/9/2006 R. RAMIREZ 5/9/2006 APPVL M. SEITZ 5/9/2006 APPVL B. ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97331:37

2

5/5/2006

Printed REV: C

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, ACCESS COVERS SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/32

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97331 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1

OF

2

REVISION:

C Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5 SIZE B

STAINLESS STEEL

GRADE 8

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

1-8

480.00 [650.79]

1-8

675.00 [915.18]

1-8

455.24 [617.22]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A

(EBS: 10010116-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL .XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

C

9/20/2010

JK

HT

FINISH 125

B FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

A

REV

8/13/2010 JCD BCM 10/24/2006 TB DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

BI

APPVL

DOBROWOLSKI CHK 5/9/2006 R. RAMIREZ 5/9/2006 APPVL M. SEITZ 5/9/2006 APPVL B. ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97331:37

2

5/5/2006

Printed REV: C

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, ACCESS COVERS SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

3/32

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97331 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF

2

REVISION:

C Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 11/8/2013

Bill of Material‐Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, COVER ASSY Part Number: 10010116‐001 Legacy Number: G97331 Revision: C

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 12 13 14 15

TC Number: G97331:37

Oracle No. 10006561‐001 10006563‐001 10006565‐001 10032388‐002 10006616‐001 10032444‐091 10032560‐028 10018324‐001 10515971‐001 10515972‐001 10515973‐001 10515974‐001

Legacy No. G48357 G48358 G48359 1320‐05‐1018 G48674 3919‐05‐0006 7600024 1885‐11‐0048 10515971‐001 10515972‐001 10515973‐001 10515974‐001

Description COVER, TOP NDE COVER, SIDE 628FR COVER, TOP DE PLUG,PIPE;SZ 1/2;SKT HD;SS COVER, RTD BOX OPENING SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8‐16IN Superseded by 10490015‐131 SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ Gasket, Top Cover Gasket, Top Cover Gasket, Top Cover Gasket, Top Cover

Printed REV: C

Reference  UOM Quantity Designator  Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 2 Each 1 Each 46 Each 46 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1 Each 1

Latest REV: C

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

(6 11/16)

(40 3/4) (1 1/2)

2

(REF) FRAME

4

1

3

5

(13 1/4)

(10) (10)

B

B

17 5/8 (47 1/2)

DRIVE END

NON DRIVE END

VIEW FACING DRIVE END

A

A

(EBS: 10010372-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

Seitz Mike CHK 1/8/2007

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

1/4/2007

` .020 ` .060

NOTES:

FINISH 125

R.RAMIREZ 1/4/2007 APPVL

1. 2. 3. 4.

FRACTIONAL

A.CARDIEL 1/4/2007 APPVL

NUMBER IN ( ) DESIGNATES QUANTITY. DIMENSIONS IN ( ) ARE REFERENCE. TORQUE ALL STEEL FASTENERS PER TABLE ON SHEET #2. APPLY SMALL AMOUNT OF SEALANT (ITEM-5) TO ALL SCREW THREADS PRIOR TO INSERTION.

FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97125:37

2

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

A

REV

5/13/2010 JCD DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

N.B.

APPVL

B.ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

LBS Printed REV: A

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, HOOD (DRIVE END) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

1/8

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97125 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1

OF

2

REVISION:

A Latest REV: A

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5 SIZE B

STAINLESS STEEL

GRADE 8

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

1-8

480.00 [650.79]

1-8

675.00 [915.18]

1-8

455.24 [617.22]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A

(EBS: 10010372-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

Seitz Mike CHK 1/8/2007

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

R.RAMIREZ 1/4/2007 APPVL

FRACTIONAL

A.CARDIEL 1/4/2007 APPVL

` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

A

REV

5/13/2010 JCD DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97125:37

2

1/4/2007

N.B.

APPVL

B.ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

LBS Printed REV: A

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, HOOD (DRIVE END) SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

1/8

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97125 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF

2

REVISION:

A Latest REV: A

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 11/8/2013

Bill of Material‐Engineering NOV Sugar Land INSTL, AIR EXHAUST TOP Part Number: 10010372‐001 Legacy Number: G97125 Revision: A

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5

TC Number: G97125:37

Oracle No. 10007011‐001 10032444‐091 10032557‐016 10005087‐001 10018318‐001

Legacy No. G57391 3919‐05‐0006 1690‐10‐0008 1885‐11‐0028 1885‐11‐0015

Description HOOD, AIR DUCT EXHAUST TOP SCRW,CAP;HD HEX;THRD SZ 3/8‐16IN Superseded by 10490016‐020 SEALANT, SILICONE GASKET LOCTITE, #242 BLUE

Printed REV: A

Reference  UOM Quantity Designator  Each 1 Each 10 Each 10 Each 1 Each 1

Latest REV: A

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: 10626771-ASM

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: 02

Latest REV: 02

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: 10626771-ASM

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: 02

Latest REV: 02

Printed By:ramirezrl 

TC Number: 10626771-ASM

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

Printed REV: 02

Latest REV: 02

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 11/27/2012

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land Instl, Pressure Switch Part Number: 10626771-001 Legacy Number: 10626771-001 Revision: 02

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

TC Number: 10626771-ASM

Oracle No. 10501947-001 10032557-014 10032454-017 10032368-004 10032377-020 10032352-002 10032509-007 10009842-001 10032304-012 10018324-001 10032377-025

Legacy No. 10501947-001 50904-C 3215-05-0004 1322-03-0088 1321-07-0004 1321-09-0037 G21614 G31438 6690-60-0035 1885-11-0048 G21615

Description Switch, Pressure WASHER, LOCK-REGULAR 1/4 CAD SCREW,CAP;1/4" DIA;1/2" LG;SOCKE BUSHING,PIPE;REDUCER;SZ 1/2M TO ELBOW,PIPE;SZ 90 1/8NPTM-#4;90;N FITTING;SZ 1/8NPTM-#4;SZ NPTM;SZ FITTING, #4JIC #4 HOSE HOSE;PUSH-LOK;BUNA-N;blue CLAMP, VYL COAT 1/2''SZ 3/8STUD SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ ELBOW,PIPE;SZ 90 SWVL #4JIC-#4;9

Printed REV: 02

Reference UOM Quantity Designator Each 1 Each 4 Each 4 Each 2 Each 2 Each 2 Each 2 Foot 8 Each 3 Each 1 Each 2

Latest REV: 02

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

ITEM QTY UOM ITEM NUMBER 1 1 EA 10026682-001 2 (4.850) GAGE LINE

(4.850) GAGE LINE

1

1

A

B

Parts List DOCUMENT NO. MATERIAL / DESCRIPTION G56528 SHEAVE, DRIVE HUB (TAPERED) PER BOM (REF) SHAFT, MACHINING

B

B

2

2

REF

REF

n(5.650)

n(5.650)

GAGE LINE

A

GAGE LINE

B

SECTION A-A

VIEW A HUB ARRANGEMENT

SECTION B-B

VIEW B HUB ARRANGEMENT

A

(EBS: 10010350-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

5/29/2006

DECIMAL

Seitz Mike CHK 7/28/2006

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

R.RAMIREZ 7/31/2006 APPVL

FINISH 125

B

NOTES: 1. MOUNT HUB PER MANUFACTURING PROCEDURE MP-1247. 2. TAPER ON SHAFT AND HUB: 1.25 IN/FT.

8/3/2010

JB

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

A

REV

3/12/2007 MAS DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: G97318:37

2

BLD BI

APPVL

A.CARDIEL 7/31/2006 APPVL B.ISOM FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

N/A = LBS Printed REV: B

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, DRIVE HUB (TAPERED) FOR 5.65" DIAMETER SHAFT SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

A

5/16

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

G97318 1

PROJECTION:

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1

OF

1

REVISION:

B Latest REV: B

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

(17 3/8)

SEE NOTE 6

3

4

(14) (14) B

2

1

B

(19 1/2) 5

6

(14) (14) 8

TOP COVER GASKET

(2) DRIVE END

7

SEE NOTE 5

(2)

NON DRIVE END

DRIVE END ISOMETRIC

NOTES: A

1. NUMBERS IN ( ) DESIGNATES QUANTITY. 2. DIMENSIONS IN ( ) ARE REFERENCE. 3. TORQUE ALL STEEL FASTENERS PER TABLE ON SHEET 2. 4. APPLY SMALL AMOUNT OF SEALANT (ITEM 9) TO ALL SCREW THREADS PRIOR TO INSERTION. 5. REMOVE TOP COVER, NON DRIVE END (10006561-001) PRIOR TO INSTALLING BLOWER ASSEMBLY. 6. SEE TOP LEVEL MOTOR SPECIFICATION FOR BLOWER ASSEMBLY PART NUMBER. 7. IDENTIFY PART WITH PART NUMBER & REVISION, (EX:1XXXXXXX-XXX/REVXX) USING THE APPROPRIATE TAG.

REF ONLY TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

TC Number: 10746842-ASM

2

5/13/2013

H. TASSEW CHK 5/13/2013

.XXX ` .005

03

7/7/2014 HAB BCM

02

6/14/2013 HAT BCM

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

APPVL

DOBROWOLSKI 5/13/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/13/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

A

(PART NUMBER: 10746842-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

Printed REV: 03

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, BLOWER 20HP SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

5/64

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10746842-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

1

OF 2

REVISION:

03 Latest REV: 03

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014

2

1

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES FOR SAE GRADE BOLTS GRADE 5

B

GRADE 8

STAINLESS STEEL

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE (FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

SIZE

TIGHTENING TORQUE(FT-LB)[N-M]

#10-32

3.06 [4.15]

#10-32

4.25 [5.76]

#10-32

2.80 [3.80]

1/4-20

6.00 [8.13]

1/4-20

9.00 [12.20]

1/4-20

5.87 [7.96]

3/8-16

22.50 [30.51]

3/8-16

33.75 [45.76]

3/8-16

21.50 [29.15]

7/16-14

37.50 [50.84]

7/16-14

52.50 [71.18]

7/16-14

25.30 [34.33]

1/2-13

56.25 [76.25]

1/2-13

82.50 [111.85]

1/2-13

52.38 [71.02]

5/8-11

112.50 [152.53]

5/8-11

165.00 [223.71]

5/8-11

104.28 [141.35]

3/4-10

195.00 [264.38]

3/4-10

285.00 [386.41]

3/4-10

184.94 [250.74]

1-8

480.00 [650.79]

1-8

675.00 [915.18]

1-8

455.24 [617.22]

M4

1.92 [2.60]

M4

2.71 [3.67]

M4

1.78 [2.41]

M6

6.56 [8.89]

M6

9.26 [12.56]

M6

6.08 [8.24]

M8

15.78 [21.40]

M8

22.29 [30.22]

M8

14.68 [19.83]

M 10

31.11 [42.18]

M 10

43.92 [59.55]

M 10

28.82 [39.08]

B

A

A

(PART NUMBER: 10746842-001)

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. TOLERANCE (U.N.)

DWN

DECIMAL

H. TASSEW CHK 5/13/2013

.XXX ` .005 .XX .X

` .020 ` .060

FINISH 125

FRACTIONAL ` 1/16" TIR .010 ANGULAR ` 1/2

03

7/7/2014 HAB BCM

02

6/14/2013 HAT BCM

REV

DATE

BY

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

APPVL

DOBROWOLSKI 5/13/2013 APPVL K. HARWOOD 5/13/2013 APPVL B. MOATS FSCM No.

52142 NEXT ASSY

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FORM No. 137-D

TC Number: 10746842-ASM

2

5/13/2013

Printed REV: 03

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO, L.P., ITS AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES (ALL COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER AS "NOV"). IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NOV. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NOV. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NOV UPON REQUEST OR UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED HEREIN IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NOV.

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO TITLE:

INSTALLATION, BLOWER 20HP SCALE:

NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO 500 INDUSTRIAL BLVD. SUGAR LAND, TEXAS 77478

5/64

PROJECTION:

DOCUMENT NUMBER:

10746842-ASM 1

SIZE:

B

SHEET:

2

OF 2

REVISION:

03 Latest REV: 03

Printed By:ramirezrl 

Printed On: Wed Aug 6 15:56:29 GMT-0500 2014 1 of 1 7/31/2014

Bill of Material-Engineering NOV Sugar Land Instl, Blower Part Number: 10746842-001 Legacy Number: 10746842-001 Revision: 03

Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Oracle No. 10532115-001 10532114-001 10490361-594 10032557-018 10490361-340 10490016-020 10032387-018 10032388-007 10018324-001

TC Number: 10746842-ASM

Legacy No. 10532115-001 10532114-001 50008-08-C5 50908-C 50006-08-C5 50906-C 1320-05-0115 1322-23-0004 1885-11-0048

Reference Description UOM Quantity Designator Fabrication, Blower Adapter Each 1 Gasket Each 1 Screw, Cap;Hex Head;0.500-13 UNC-2A;L 1 in;Fully Each Threaded 14 WASHER, LOCK Each 14 SCREW,HEX HD CAP 3/8-16X1 GR5 Each 14 LOCKWASHER, SPLIT, 3/8" DIA Each 1 PLUG,PIPE;SOLID;SZ 3/4;HEX;ZP Each 4 PLUG, 1/2 SQ HD SS Each 2 SEALANT, VIBRATITE #3 1OZ Each 1

Printed REV: 03

Latest REV: 03

SECTION 3

Installation, Care and Operating Manual LS-National Oilwell Pulsation Dampener Type 107.132.00 SM

RIG/PLANT

ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 2

REVISION HISTORY 01

Oct. 13,2005

Issued

Li Jun Zhang Jian

Wang YuanZ

02

July 26,2006

Required by Designer

Li Jun Zhang Jian

Wang YuanZ

03

July,3,2007

Required by NOV

Li Jun Wang YingHua Wang YuanZ

Rev

Date (dd.mm.yyyy)

Reason for issue

Prepared

Checked

Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision 02 03a 03b 03c

Change Description The metric screws of the charging connector ,the presure gauge and the charging valve were changed into inch. Page 6,10 ---Change torque Page 9.12,16---Change valve guard, pressure gage,caution tag and charging valve per NOV requirement. Part list been changed accordingly

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 3

PREFACE LS-NOV makes no warranties of any kind, expressed or implied; including any warranty of mechanical fitness for any particular purpose that the work performed pursuant to this manual will be free from defects in workmanship or material. LS-NOV retains for itself all proprietary rights in and to all designs, engineering details, data and procedures set forth herein. This manual is intended for the sole use of LS-NOV customers and they shall strictly control copying of same, as this manual and all copies thereof may be recalled by LS-NOV at any time. This manual makes recommendations only. The customer is at all times responsible for actual disassembly, inspection, re-assembly and testing of the pulsation dampener body. The customer is also solely responsible for providing competent and qualified persons; equipment and facilities to perform such operations; and for workmanship and safety. If at any time the customer is unable to understand the recommendations made in this manual or is unable to follow those recommendations, they should consult the nearest LSNOV location.

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 4

Contents PREFACE.................................................................................................................................... 3 1

INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................ 5 1.1 Mounting ................................................................................................................... 6 1.2

2

3

4

5

6

Precharging (NITROGEN ONLY) ........................................................................... 6

DISASSEMBLY ................................................................................................................ 8 2.1

Disassembly Procedure.......................................................................................... 8

2.2

Cleaning and Inspection Procedure........................................................................ 9

ASSEMBLY .................................................................................................................... 10 3.1

Bottom Plate Gasket Installation........................................................................... 10

3.2

Bottom Plate Installation ....................................................................................... 10

3.3

Diaphragm Installation .......................................................................................... 10

3.4

Stabilizer Installation............................................................................................. 10

3.5

Cover Plate Installation......................................................................................... 11

3.6

Installation of Charging Valve ............................................................................... 11

3.7

Installation of Pressure Gauge ............................................................................. 11

3.8

Pressurize Pulsation Dampener ........................................................................... 12

MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 13 4.1

Precharge ............................................................................................................. 13

4.2

Low Precharge Effects.......................................................................................... 13

4.3

High Precharge Effects......................................................................................... 13

PRECHARGE ADJUSTMENTS ..................................................................................... 13 5.1

Precharge Low...................................................................................................... 13

5.2

Precharge High..................................................................................................... 14

PARTS ............................................................................................................................ 15 6.1

Pulsation Dampener Parts List (See Figure 6-1) .................................................. 15

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

1

107.132.00SM 03 5

INSTALLATION

CAUTION: Do not attempt to precharge pulsation dampener prior to mounting the unit into the pump piping system. The LS-NOV Pulsation Dampener should be mounted in the vertical position (refer to Figure 1-1 for mounting options) with the mating flange connection at the bottom. The discharge dampener should be mounted as close as possible to the discharge port of the pump. If possible, it is advantageous that the dampener be mounted in such a way that the fluid stream is directed towards the fluid opening. Horizontal Discharge Dampener

Figure 1-1. Mounting Options

www.lsnoi.com

Vertical Discharge Dampener

Document number Revision Page

Nitrogen Bottle

Charging Valve Hose Assy.

107.132.00SM 03 6

Charging Valve.

Figure 1-2. Precharge Hookup 1.1 Mounting 1.1.1 Install stud bolts in the replaceable bottom plate. 1.1.2 Position dampener on gasket and mating flange so that the space between flange and bottom connection is totally equal around the circumference. 1.1.3 Install one lubricated nut on each stud and tighten one turn at a time until dampener is firmly in place. Assure that space between dampener and flange is equal. 1.1.4 Cross tighten nuts to the proper torque (appro. 1012 lb-ft or 1372 N.m).

1.2

Precharging (NITROGEN ONLY)

The correct precharge is vital for maximizing efficiency of the pulsation dampener. Generally, precharge pressure is based on the average operating pressure of the system, but precharge can be affected by other system parameters; for these applications, consult qualified LS-NOV personnel for correct precharging instructions. WARNING: ALWAYS PRECHARGE WITH ZERO PRESSURE ON THE SYSTEM AND ALWAYS PRECHARGE WITH NITROGEN.

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 7

1.2.1 General Precharging Instructions 1.2.1.1 The pressure gauge is located under the valve guard and is exposed by removing the valve guard. 1.2.1.2 Before precharging the dampener make sure all cover stud nuts are tightened evenly and charging valve and pressure gauge seal nuts are firmly seated on the dampener. 1.2.1.3 Precharging is accomplished by connecting one end of the charging hose assembly to a standard commercially available NITROGEN bottle and the other end to the charging valve located at the top of the pulsation dampener. 1.2.1.4 Precharge from a standard commercially available nitrogen bottle equipped with a pressure regulator. 1.2.1.5 For those applications where higher precharge pressures are required, a gas booster pump is available. 1.2.1.6 Open bottle regulator valve until recommended precharge pressure shows on regulator gauge. 1.2.1.7 Slowly open charging valve on dampener. Allow pressure to increase in the dampener until dampener pressure gauge reads the specified precharge 1.2.1.8 Close the charging valve and tighten. Then, close regulator valve at nitrogen bottle. Remove charging hose, replace dust plug in charging valve.

1.2.2 Precharge Recommendations For normal operating conditions, set the precharge pressure at 50 to 70 percent of the average operating discharge pressure not to exceed 5000 PSI（350kg/cm²）. The precharge pressure can be as low as 30 percent or as high as 75 percent of system operating pressure. However, these precharge settings may shorten diaphragm life.

1.2.3 Leak Detection Apply leak detection fluid at all connections around valve, pressure gauge, cover, body contact surfaces, and studs. Observe carefully for bubbles that indicate leaks. If any indications are found, check system for loose connections and retighten. Allow the nitrogen gas in the dampener to come to ambient conditions (approximately one-half hour) and recheck the precharge pressure.

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 8

Adjust the precharge pressure as required. After precharge pressure has stabilized at specified pressure, close valves, remove charging hose. Dampener is now ready for operation.

2

DISASSEMBLY

2.1

Disassembly Procedure

Refer to Figure 2-1. 2.1.1 Shut down pumps and remove system pressure from dampener. 2.1.2 Open charging valve and bleed off all precharge pressure. CAUTION: System and vessel pressure must be at zero PSI before removing charging valve and pressure gauge or loosening cover or flange bolts. 2.1.3 Remove pressure gauge from cover. 2.1.4 Check for system fluid in gauge and valve ports. 2.1.5 Loosen all cover stud nuts, but do not remove. Make sure the cover plate is not pushing upwards against nuts. This would indicate that pressure has not been completely removed from dampener. 2.1.6 After all pressure is removed from dampener, remove nuts from studs. 2.1.7 If dampener is equipped with a stabilizer, remove cap screw, lock washer and stabilizer plate. Remove stabilizer so the diaphragm may be folded and removed from the body. 2.1.8 Pull neck portion of diaphragm loose from one side of dampener. Push bottom of diaphragm down, fold diaphragm or place bar between dampener body and diaphragm below the diaphragm mid-section to assist folding and removal of diaphragm from body. 2.1.9 If the bottom plate is to be removed for replacement or inspection, follow the procedure below: a. Verify cover is attached and all stud nuts are snug. b. Remove all flange and stud nuts at bottom connection. c. Remove dampener from flange connection. Set stud nuts and gaskets aside and save for reinstallation. d. Remove dirt and debris from bottom plate opening. e. Remove socket head cap screws that hold bottom plate in place. Set aside and

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 9

save. f. Remove bottom plate from dampener. Remove gasket and inspect for damage. Set aside and save if reusable. Replace if damaged. g. Inspect bottom plate for excessive pitting, corrosion or wear. If these conditions exist, consult your nearest LS-NOV representative for corrective action.

2.2 2.2.1

Cleaning and Inspection Procedure Flush diaphragm body, clean and remove scale and other foreign material.

2.2.2 Inspect inside of dampener body for excessive pitting. Corrosion or wear. If these conditions exist, consult your nearest LS-NOV representative. 2.2.3 Mild pitting or scaling can be removed with application of light duty emery cloth. Inside of dampener must be free of burrs and debris.

Figure 2-1. Typical 107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener – Disassembly

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

3

107.132.00SM 03 10

ASSEMBLY

All metal surfaces of the cover plate, body, and bottom plate which come into contact with the diaphragm must be cleaned carefully before reassembly. Scrape and wire brush all surfaces and completely remove any foreign matter, rust or scale. Refer to Figure 3-1 while following the procedure below.

3.1

Bottom Plate Gasket Installation

3.1.1 Place bottom plate gasket in groove of bottom plate.

3.2

Bottom Plate Installation

3.2.1 Insert bottom plate into body taking care not to pinch gasket and align counter bore holes with tapped holes in body. Install socket head cap screws and tighten evenly until bottom plate is snug against body. Torque cap screws to appro. 650 lb-ft or 882 N.m.

3.3

Diaphragm Installation

3.3.1 Apply a light coat of a general lubricant (castor oil or equivalent) on diaphragm to aid in installation. 3.3.2 Pull up on neck of diaphragm while pushing diaphragm insert area down. 3.3.3 Take the new diaphragm in the at rest position and roll one side toward the other forming a crude football shape. A thin belt or strap may be helpful in holding this shape. 3.3.4 Apply lubricant to the folded diaphragm and insert it long ways into the body of the dampener as far as possible (the diaphragm should go over half way into the dampener body). 3.3.5 Fold the remainder of the diaphragm into the vessel and allow it to open inside the body. 3.3.6 Position the diaphragm within the neck of the vessel.

3.4

Stabilizer Installation

3.4.1 When stabilizer is used, temporarily install hex screw into insert.

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 11

3.4.2 Break vacuum at neck by pulling diaphragm slightly away from sealing area. 3.4.3 Pull up on hex nut so diaphragm bottom moves up near neck opening. 3.4.4 Re-seat diaphragm neck, remove hex screw, and install stabilizer. 3.4.5 Fold stabilizer with edge down and insert into diaphragm opening. 3.4.6 Assemble stabilizer plate, lock washer, and hex screw through stabilizer and fasten to diaphragm by attaching hex screw to threaded insert. 3.4.7 Tighten securely with socket wrench. NOTE: Make certain that the neck portion of the diaphragm and cover plate is clean and free of any debris, rust, or scale. Coat with a light lubricant prior to installation of cover plate to the body.

3.5

Cover Plate Installation

3.5.1 Install cover plate, studs, and lubricated nuts. Cross tighten by hand or wrench, a few turns at a time, until cover is firmly seated on the dampener body. Cross tighten to the appropriate torque (~2000lb-ft or 2700N.m).

3.6

Installation of Charging Valve

3.6.1 Back thread seal nut on valve and thread valve into tapped hole. 3.6.2 Tighten to 20 ± 5 lb-ft or 27 ± 7 N.m torque。 3.6.3 If the valve is not facing in the proper direction, take the following steps: a. Rotate forward if less than a 1/2 turn is required to position valve in proper direction. b. Rotate backward if the previous step is not possible until the valve is positioned in the proper direction (. turn maximum). c. After valve is in position, tighten seal nut to 20 ± 5 lb-ft or 27 ± 7 N.m torque.

3.7

Installation of Pressure Gauge

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 12

3.7.1 Install pressure gauge so that the face is positioned in such a manner that it will be visible through the valve guard opening. 3.7.2 Back thread seal nut on valve and thread valve into tapped hole. 3.7.3 Tighten to 20 ± 5 ft-lb or 27 ± 7 N.m torque. 3.7.4 If the gauge is not facing in the proper direction, take the following steps: a. Rotate forward if less than a 1/2 turn is required to position gauge in proper direction b. Rotate backward if the previous step is not possible until the gauge is positioned in the proper direction (1/2 turn maximum). c. After gauge is in position, tighten seal nut to 20 ± 5 lb-ft or 27 ± 7 N.m torque.

3.8

Pressurize Pulsation Dampener

Use precharge instructions in Section 1. Attach valve guard, and the pulsation dampener is now ready for use.

Figure 3-1. Typical Pulsation Dampener-Assembly

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

4

107.132.00SM 03 13

MAINTENANCE

4.1

Precharge

4.1.1 When properly installed and pre-charged, the pulsation dampener is virtually maintenance free. 4.1.2 The vessel should be checked periodically for proper precharge and leaks. Unless conditions such as ambient temperature, operating conditions, or operating temperatures change, checking every six months should be sufficient.

4.2

Low Precharge Effects

4.2.1 If the pre-charge pressure is TOO LOW, the pulsation dampener will fill with excess fluid, thus losing some of the working volume of the gas and reducing dampener efficiency. 4.2.2 Additionally, excessive flexing of the diaphragm may cause premature rubber failure at the neck or equator of the diaphragm.

4.3

High Precharge Effects

4.3.1 If the pre-charge is TOO HIGH, the diaphragm insert will rest on the bottom of the dampener, closing off the fluid inlet. 4.3.2 Until the system pressure exceeds the precharge pressure, no dampening will take place. 4.3.3 During the time the precharge pressure is nearly equal with the system pressure, the diaphragm will bounce on and off the inlet opening which could effect the service life of the diaphragm.

5

PRECHARGE ADJUSTMENTS

5.1

Precharge Low

5.1.1 Original precharge may have been to low. 5.1.2 Ambient temperature may have decreased. 5.1.3 Check charging valve for leaks. www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 14

a. Apply leak detection fluid to threads and valve openings. b. Tighten loose threads, close valve stem, or replace valve if stem does not close. 5.1.4 Check pressure gauge for leaks. a. Apply leak detection fluid to threads, face, and back cover. b. Tighten loose threads. Replace gauge if leaks continue. 5.1.5 Check for leaks between cover and body. a. Apply leak detection fluid to studs and cover-body contact surfaces. b. Tighten stud nuts. If leaks persist, remove cover and clean mating surfaces. Reassemble and repeat leak test. 5.1.6 Check Diaphragm (if all the above fail to find the leak). If the dampener will not hold precharge pressure, it may be due to nitrogen leaks through the diaphragm. Check for evidence of fluid at either charging valve or pressure gauge port hole. CAUTION: Make sure dampener pressure is at zero psi before removing charging valve or pressure gauge. If fluid is present, replace diaphragm. See Disassembly and Assembly sections.

5.2

Precharge High

5.2.1 Original precharge may have been too high. 5.2.2 Ambient temperature may have increased. Release pressure. 5.2.3 Diaphragm may be trapping pressure (system fluid) when pump is shut down. This will be indicated by a higher than normal pressure reading on the gauge, which is usually of a different value, each time the pump is shut down. This condition usually occurs when the fluid is highly viscous. Installation of a diaphragm stabilizer should cure this condition. CAUTION: If it is determined that any items need to be replaced or dampener cover removed, PLEASE FOLLOW THE DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES.

www.lsnoi.com

Document number Revision Page

6

107.132.00SM 03 15

PARTS

6.1

Pulsation Dampener Parts List (See Figure 6-1)

Item No.

Description

Part No.

Qty.

1

Body

107.132.01

1

2

Diaphragm

107.130.01.00-1

1

3

Diaphragm Stabilizer

107.130.02

1

4

Stabilizer Plate

107.130.04

1

5

Stabilizer Screw 1"-8UNC-2A

107.130.05

1

6

Washer

GB93-87

1

17

NUT,HEX HEAD,COVER PLATE

107.132.05

12

18

Stud Bolt, Cover Plate

107.132.06

12

20

O-Ring

D4-4-66

2

21

Cap Screw, Bottom Plate M33x2-2A

107.132.07

8

22

Bottom Plate

107.132.08

1

23

Nut M33x2-2A

107.132.09

8

24

Bolt

107.132.10

8

26

Cover Plate

107.132.13

1

27

Valve Guard

107.132.30.00

1

28

Pressuregauge,0~6000psi(40mpa) 1/4"NPT

7806202

1

29

Charging Valve

7500905

1

30

Tag, Caution

107.132.12

1

www.lsnoi.com

Φ 27

M48x3-2A

140x5.7

M33x2-2A

Document number Revision Page

107.132.00SM 03 16

Figure 6-1. Typical Pulsation Dampener - Cutaway for Part Identification

www.lsnoi.com

Operation, and Maintenance Manual

Reset Relief Valve

Titan Class Type C M-34000 Address: NOV Valve Group 9700 West Gulf Bank Houston TX 77040 Phone #: 281 272 7700

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Foreword… This manual is published as a guide for the normal operation of your NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO equipment. Because of many factors which contribute to the function or malfunction of this machinery, and not having complete knowledge of each factor or combination of factors, we cannot detail all facets of this subject. We must therefore confine the scope of this presentation and when situations encountered are not fully encompassed by complete, understandable instructions, these situations must be referred to the manufacturer. The dimension and tolerances specified in this publication are those desirable for the most efficient operations of the equipment. When components become worn or when new parts are introduced into a worn unit, it may not be possible or economically feasible to reestablish such strict alignment and correct all dimensional deviations. Improvements in design, engineering, materials, production methods, etc., may necessitate changes in these products and result in inconsistencies between the content of this publication and the physical equipment. We reserve the right to make these changes without incurring any liability or obligation beyond that which is stipulated in the purchase contract. The pictures, photographs, charts, diagrams, drawings, verbal contents and specifications are not to be construed as giving rise to any warranty on the part of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO makes no warranty either expressed or implied beyond that which is stipulated in the purchase contract.

! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! EXERCISE SAFETY IN ALL PERFORMANCES: DO NOT IGNORE ANY WARNINGS, USE ONLY APPROVED METHODS, MATERIALS AND TOOLS. DO NOT PERMIT ANY FUNCTION OF QUESTIONABLE SAFETY; ACCIDENTS ARE CAUSED BY UNSAFE ACTS AND UNSAFE CONDITIONS. SAFETY IS YOUR BUSINESS AND YOU ARE INVOLVED.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING ! BEFORE PERFORMING ANY SERVICE FUNCTION, BE CERTAIN THAT THE UNIT IS SEPARATED FROM ITS POWER SOURCE OR THAT THE POWER SOURCE IS LOCKED-OUT TO PREVENT ANY FORM OF ENERGY FROM ENTERING THE EQUIPMENT. THIS WOULD INCLUDE ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL ENERGY INTO OR FROM THE PRIME MOVER(S), PNEUMATIC ENERGY FROM THE COMPRESSOR/AIR SYSTEM, ETC.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING ! FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE WARNINGS AND NOTES OF CAUTION IN THIS PUBLICATION CAN RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, OR DEATH.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING ! DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL THE INSTALLER HAS READ THE MANUAL IN ITS ENTIRETY. © Copyright 2007 National Oilwell Varco, all rights reserved.

1 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 Publication date: August 7, 2007 All other product, brand, or trade names used in this publication are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. All rights reserved. This publication is the property of, and contains information proprietary to National Oilwell Varco. No part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any form, or by any means, including electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of National Oilwell Varco. Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.

Warranty National Oilwell Varco (NOV) warrants that, for a period of one year from the date of delivery equipment of manufacture, the Equipment shall be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service, and provided the Equipment is used and maintained in accordance with instructions supplied. This is a sole and exclusive warranty. If a defect in the Equipment appears within one year from the date of shipment, and Purchaser has given written notice of such defect within thirty days from the discovery thereof, NOV will repair or replace the part, at its option, by shipping a similar part FOB shipping point or, at its option, refund an equitable portion of the purchase price. NOV may require the return, to a designated location, of the defective part, transportation prepaid to establish Purchaser's claim. No allowance will be made for repairs undertaken without NOV’s written consent or approval. This warranty applies only to equipment manufactured by NOV. Warranties on equipment manufactured by others, if any, are assigned to Purchaser by NOV (without recourse) at time of delivery. Any description of Equipment, drawings, specifications, and any samples, models, bulletins, or similar material, used in connection with this sale are for the sole purpose of identifying the Equipment and are not to be construed as an express warranty that the Equipment will conform to such description. Any field advisory or installation support is advisory only. The foregoing warranties are in lieu of all other warranties, whether oral, written, express, implied or statutory. Implied warranties or merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose will not apply. NOV's warranty obligations and purchaser's remedies there under are solely and exclusively as stated herein. Purchaser's sole and exclusive remedy, whether based upon warranty, contract or tort, including negligence, will be to proceed under this warranty. All liability of NOV shall terminate one year from the date of delivery of the Equipment.

Intended audience Conventions Notes, cautions, and warnings Notes Cautions Warnings Illustrations

1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1

Safety requirements Personnel training Recommended tools Genera system safety practices Replacing components Maintenance Proper use of equipment

1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3

Intended audience This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation and repair personnel. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National Oilwell Varco company (NOV), will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.

Conventions 2

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Notes, cautions, and warnings Notes, cautions, and warnings appear throughout this manual to provide you with additional information, and to advise you to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They may also inform you of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage or conditions that may void your warranty. Please pay close attention to these advisories. Notes The note symbol indicates that additional information is provided about the current topic. Cautions The caution symbol indicates potential risk of damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Follow instructions explicitly and take extreme care. A caution symbol may also indicate a condition that voids your equipment warranty. Warnings The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to observe and follow proper procedures is likely to result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant property loss or significant equipment damage. Illustrations Figures provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn to scale. For more specific component information pertinent to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included with your National Oilwell Varco documentation. Safety requirements

Safety requirements Personnel training NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving hazardous operations and situations. Proper service and repair is important for safe and reliable operation. Operation and service procedures provided by NOV manuals are the recommended methods of performing those operations. Figures provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn to scale. For more specific component information pertinent to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included with your National Oilwell Varco documentation. All personnel performing installation, operation, repair or maintenance procedures on the equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on shop safety, tool operation, and maintenance. Contact the NOV Valve training department for more information about equipment operation and maintenance training. Recommended tools Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described. When stated, use only these tools. General system safety practices Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation. Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, operation, maintenance, assembly/disassembly or repair. Local codes may apply. Please consult them prior to performing any operation. The presence of a NOV Valve representative at the site does not relieve the owner/ operator of responsibility to follow published installation, operation, and maintenance instructions. Replacing components Verify that all components are tagged and labeled during disassembly and reassembly of equipment.

3 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 Replace failed or damaged components with NOV genuine certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage or personal injury. Maintenance Equipment must be maintained on a regular and routine basis. See the Maintenance and Repair chapter of this manual for maintenance recommendations. Proper use of equipment NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for its intended purpose.

Introduction Features

2-1

Introduction A pressure relief valve is a self operating valve that is installed in a process system to protect against over pressurization of the system. The NOV Reset Relief Valve is designed to keep pressure from exceeding a preset valve, which will in turn protect the liners and other internal components of a typical mud pump. There are a wide variety of valve designs, but most valves of this type incorporate one or more helical compression springs which are used to maintain constant force acting on the backside of a piston, causing the valve to be normally closed. When the force exerted by the process stream (i.e. fluid pressure) against the piston is greater than the constant force exerted by the spring, the valve "trips" open (the piston moves to its fully open position) and allows process fluid to exit the valve and pass through a discharge line to a mud tank or pit. This valve actually utilizes a balance beam whereby the piston force acts on a short moment arm while the spring force acts on a longer moment arm. The NOV Titan Class "C" Valve utilizes the 34000 series part number. Various dash numbers may be added to indicate the type of piping adapters supplied with the valve or any other auxiliary items. Please refer to the bill of material and drawing sections to determine the complete valve assembly number. Features Unlike its predecessor, which utilized an elastomeric cushion ring, the Titan Class “C” valve incorporates a pressure balance chamber, similar to the original RX valve. The opening movements of NOV's patented piston ports (U.S. Patent 5,715,861) are hydraulically cushioned by throttling fluid from the balance chamber to the discharge side of the valve. The butt weld flanges or 3”-1502 unions provide excellent connection integrity. There is no load bearing threaded connections exposed to the flow media (such as line pipe threads). The 4-bolt inlet and discharge flanges allow for easy access to the body and internal parts. The entire valve can be replaced with all adjacent piping in place. The valve is 100% adjustable to provide any relief pressure setting within the particular pressure range of the valve. The relieving pressure set point may be altered easily by turning a single adjusting nut; adjustment may be made while pressure is in the valve however, is limited to increasing the setting only. The accuracy of the relief valve is not affected by continuous pressure surges or vibration. The valve is easily reset by operating a single lever; no replacement shear pins are required and little, if any, down time is encountered in resetting the valve. Once properly calibrated, the accuracy of the valve is maintained over numerous valve “trips”. The valve may be manually discharged at any time, regardless of line pressure, by striking the “release button” provided on the valve. The “open” or “set” position of the valve piston is indicated by the position of the “release button”. When the button is away from the side of the bonnet, the valve is “set”. When the button is adjacent to the side of the bonnet, the valve is “open”. The valve’s internal linkage is fully enclosed and protected from debris and corrosion. The release shaft retainer has been redesigned for greater safety.

Inspection Installation

3-1 4

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000 Storage Recommended procedure for extended storage

3-4

Inspection Installation Prior to setting up and operating a new Reset Relief Valve, inspect the goods as received from the shipping company. A claim for damage or loss should be reported immediately to the carrier and to the Valve Division. Also, check the bill of lading for any separately shipped items, including manuals and CDs. Once it is confirmed the order has been received complete in undamaged condition, installation may begin. The Titan “C” Reset Relief Valve may be installed in any position but it is generally easier to operate and maintain with the bonnet in a vertical position together with a horizontal discharge line. The valve is outfitted with (A) a pair of 6-bolt butt weld flanges (one on the inlet and one on the outlet) that have to be fitted, tacked, welded, and stress relieved in accordance with ASME Section IX and/or ASME B31.1 specifications PRIOR to bolting the valve in place for operation or (B) adapter flanges which go from a 6-bolt pattern (to match the body) to 3”-1502 male and female union connections. Material certificates for these components are available and (for the butt weld components) include heat treating times and temperatures which may be used to write a proper weld procedure for valve installation (WPS or PQR). Due to the service encountered and pressure rating of this equipment, the integrity of all welding, which may be required for the installation of this valve, should be volumetrically inspected 100% using appropriate X-ray procedures. Assemblies including component parts with butt weld ends requiring welding must follow the same procedures described above. The dimensions of the “window” required for valve installation are shown in the assembly drawing. It is recommended that the pipe I.D. be no smaller than that of a 3” Schedule XXH pipe (2.300 I.D.) for the upstream and downstream piping. Figure 3-1 exhibits the correct setup of the upstream and downstream piping. A 3 degree minimum downward slope must be maintained on piping.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING ! NEVER ATTEMPT TO MAKE UP OR BRAKE OUT UNION CONNECTIONS WITH ANY INTERNAL PRESSURE IN THE VALVE. REPLACE ALL WORN OR DAMAGED UNION COMPONENTS WITH ORIGINAL NOV PARTS. The dimensions of the “window” required for valve installation are shown in the assembly drawing. It is recommended that the pipe I.D. be no smaller than that of a 3” Schedule XXH pipe (2.300 I.D.) for the upstream and downstream piping. Figure 3-1 exhibits the correct setup of the upstream and downstream piping. A 3 degree minimum downward slope must be maintained on piping. Note: Sufficient size piping and schedule are required for operating conditions including containing working pressure, handling cyclic nature of the pump pressures, and staying within the erosional velocity limits of the pipe for the expected discharge fluid volumes of drilling mud and the related fluid velocity within the pipe. The discharge line should slope gradually downwards from the valve outlet to the mud pit or holding tank. This insures any fluid remaining in the line will self-drain.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING ! IN FREEZING ENVIRONMENTS, FLUID REMAINING IN THE DISCHARGE LINE COULD FREEZE AND PREVENT DISCHARGE FROM THE VALVE. THIS COULD BE DETRIMENTAL TO THE VALVE, PIPING AND PUMP. Due to thrust loads at the time of discharge, adjacent piping for a relief valve installation requires all piping be properly braced, anchored and supported to prevent unnecessarily high stresses from damaging the valve or any adjacent connectors. 5 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING ! AVOID MOUTING THE VALVE ON A TALL RISER UNLESS THE RISER IS WELL BRACED, ANCHORED AND SUPPORTED. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD CAUSE SEPERATION OF PIPING AND/OR CONNECTIONS AT THE TIME OF DISCHARGE, WHICH COULD LEAD TO SERIOUS INJURIES.

Figure 3-1. Recommended downstream setup

Note: Refer to the Parts and Drawings Section when item numbers are referenced. Standard butt weld hubs normally supplied with this valve when requested (p/n 31953), are for mating up with 3-1/2”SCH. XXH (4.000” O.D. x 2.728” I.D.) piping. Torque the (6) flange bolts (item 50) gradually in a crossing pattern so that the adjacent sealing faces of the flange and body remain parallel. This will also prevent flange separation and the resulting flange-to-body seal failure. The adjusting nut (item 32) moves the upper spring retainer (item 34) thereby increasing or decreasing the amount of spring compression and thus spring force against the arm of the crank. The correct position of the adjusting nut is shown by an indicator (item 33) mounted on the upper spring retainer and the calibration plate (item 36) mounted adjacent to the indicator on the bonnet cover (item 29). It is generally undesirable to bring a mud pump on-line with the valve at an abnormally low pressure setting. Such a practice could cause inadvertent opening of the valve. Always verify the pressure setting by examining the indicator and calibration plate prior to placing the valve in service. In some operating conditions, the valve may appear to discharge at a lower (or higher) pressure than indicated by the valve setting. This phenomenon may sometimes result from (1) a lag between the actual system pressure and the pressure gauge reading, especially for gauges with dampening devices, (2) pressure pulsations, especially when inadequate or poorly operating pulsation dampeners are installed, (3) inaccurate or improperly calibrated gauges, or (4) an improperly maintained valve. The release of drilling mud, especially at high pressures, can be very destructive to internal valve parts. Operators are advised to always try to isolate and shut down a pump as quickly as possible when the relief valve for that pump discharges. Doing so can help to increase the life of the valve and its internal parts. 6

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Note: Back pressure on the valve (usually due to hydrostatic head pressure from a column of fluid in the discharge line) is usually undesirable. However, due to the balanced design of the Titan “B”, back pressures less than 100 psig will have little if any affect on the operational accuracy of the valve

! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET THE VALVE WHILE THE PUMP IS IN OPERATION.

Storage Recommended procedure for extended storage Relief Valve should be stored inside a cool, controlled environment. Valve should be stored in an upright position, protecting the piston and internal parts. Internal parts should stay lubricated with synthetic grease, Mobil SHC 220, Mobilith or equal. If the valve is in storage more than 6-15 months, the valve should be disassembled, the bonnet pulled and the piston cap seal and o-ring inspected and changed. Clear all debris from internal parts, lubricated with recommended lubricant. For assembly procedures, see Section 6. If additional information is needed, please contact your sales representative or call the location shown on the cover of this manual.

Field Setting Procedure Valve “Calibration” The “zero setting” The “Span” setting Hydrostatic Pressure Testing (in plant only)

4-1 4-1 4-2 4-2

Field Setting Procedure Valve “Calibration” The valve adjusting nut (item 32) should be tightened (rotated clockwise looking at the top of the bonnet) to increase the compression on the load springs and thus increase the setting indicated by the calibration plate. Likewise, the nut should be loosened to lower the set pressure. Going from a higher setting to a lower setting with pressure on the valve could inadvertently cause the valve to “trip”. Increasing the set point with pressure on the valve is generally not a problem. Although all NOV Reset Relief Valves are calibrated at the factory, because of the variety of mud types, it is important to verify the operating characteristics of the valve in a particular system and with the mud being used to determine if any additional adjustments are needed. Please refer to the section on valve calibration in this section. The valve should be bench tested on a regular basis to verify proper calibration and accuracy. As mentioned, NOV can provide a complete portable test unit for a modest price. For calibration purposes, an accurate “test” gauge should be used (usually plus or minus 1/4% of the full scale reading). The gauge should be connected so that it indicates pressure in the lower end of the valve. If any gauge with a built-in dampening device is used, the line pressure should be built up slowly to allow for the actual system pressure and gauge pressure to stabilize. If possible, the system pressure should be built up slowly and gradually with little or no pressure pulsations. Remove the adjusting nut (item 32), upper spring retainer (item 34), two load springs (item 37), four socket head cap screws (item 50) and the bonnet cover (item 29) so that the lower spring retainer can be lifted and turned. Drive out the ¼” Spirol Pin (item 40) from the back side (bonnet side) of the lower spring retainer. Replace the bonnet cover using new NOV socket head cap screws. Replace the remaining components. The “zero setting”: Adjust the valve to its minimum pressure setting as indicated by the calibration plate and indicator. Operate the reset lever to “set” the valve (close the piston). Slowly increase internal pressure until the valve operates (“trips”), noting the 7 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 gauge pressure indicated. If the valve “tripped” before the gauge reached the pressure indicated on the calibration plate, the valve “Zero setting” is low (too little initial spring compression). In order to correct the zero setting, the two flats on the lower end of the load screw (item 38) will be used to change the initial compression on the load springs. If the valve “tripped” early, more initial spring compression is required and vice versa. Use a 3/8” open end wrench to tighten the load screw further into the lower spring retainer if the valve “tripped” early. Looking down on the upper face of the lower spring retainer, a clockwise rotation of the wrench will drive the load screw farther into the lower spring retainer. The amount of change will vary somewhat between valves but a half turn of the load screw should cause approximately a 50 psig (higher or lower depending on the direction of rotation) change in the “tripping” pressure of the valve. Because it will be locked in place by the 1/4” Spirol pin upon successful completion of the calibration procedure, the load screw may only be adjusted in half-turn increments (with the flats on the load screw left perpendicular to the lower spring retainer). Once the “zero” setting is close, it is time to check the “span” or upper setting. The “Span” setting: Hydrostatic Pressure testing (in plant only) Tighten the adjusting nut until the indicator points precisely to the highest setting on the calibration plate. Reset the valve and slowly increase internal pressure until the valve “trips”. Note the pressure on the gauge at this point. For example, let’s assume that we are working with a typical 1500-5000 PSI valve assembly. If the valve initially “tripped” at 1400 PSI for the “zero” setting and then “tripped” at say 4900 PSI for the “span” setting, it is possible to bring both values closer to the desired setting. In other words, by going back to the “zero” setting and increasing the initial spring compression, the valve may be made to “trip” at exactly 1500 PSI or plus 100 PSI. As such, we will expect the valve to “trip” at an additional 100 PSI on the high end (span setting), very close to the desired 5000 PSI. We will rerun the span procedure to confirm. However, if the valve “trips” at 1700 PSI at the low end and at 5300 PSI at the high end, you can not perform the basic calibration procedure to make the valve more accurate. If we increase the initial spring compression, when testing the high setting, to make the valve “trip” right at 1500 PSI we could expect the valve to “trip” at around 8600 PSI which would be totally unacceptable. In short, both settings (low and high) may be either increased or decreased but they may not be moved closer together or farther apart. Valves which do not calibrate properly may have one or more faulty load springs, a worn upper link pin (which most often causes erratic valve behavior), excessive seal friction due to corrosion, a faulty main crank, or binding linkage. If the operator is unable to achieve satisfactory performance from the valve after following normal calibration procedures, contact the factory. If the valve is within acceptable tolerances at both the low and high set points, secure the load screw with the Spirol pin (item 40) by driving it into the lower spring retainer (against the bonnet) until the end is flush with the outboard side of the lower spring retainer. If the valve is not within acceptable tolerances, replace the load springs or look for mechanical problems. Repeat this entire procedure after reworking valve. For Titan Class “C” valves, any in-plant or customer-witness hydrostatic pressure testing will be limited to the following maximum values: 5000 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE, 7500 PSIG TEST PRESSURE Acceptable Tolerance, Set Point vs. Actual Valve “Trip” Pressure Pressure Range 1500-5000, psig Acceptable Tolerance +200 psig

If the valve is within acceptable tolerances at both the low and high set points, secure the load screw with the Spirol pin (item 40) by driving it into the lower spring retainer (against the bonnet) until the end is flush with the outboard side of the lower spring retainer. If the valve is not within acceptable tolerances, replace the load springs or look for mechanical problems. Repeat this entire procedure after reworking valve. Hydrostatic Pressure testing (in plant only) For Titan Class “C” valves, any in-plant or customer-witness hydrostatic pressure testing will be limited to the following maximum values: 5,000 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE 7,500 PSIG TEST PRESSURE (Test pressure applies to the sub-assembly: valve body with sub, seat insert, and related seals only.) With the valve in the “set position” and springs compressed for maximum pressure setting, slowly increase internal pressure to that of working pressure, hold hydrostatic pressure for 3 minutes and check for leakage, bleed pressure to zero. Re-pressurize valve to the specified pressure required and hold for 15 minutes. Check for leakage. If no leakage is observed outside the valve and if no apparent leakage is visible from monitoring the gauge, the test is successful. Bleed pressure to zero. Test is complete.

Reset Relief Valve Troubleshooting Guide

5-1 8

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Reset Relief Valve Troubleshooting Guide NOV Reset Relief Valves are fairly easy to operate and are reliable and stable when properly used and maintained. The success and performance of the valves rely on links inside that connect the piston to the bonnet. The links must be in a straight line (3O off center) for the valves to hold pressure. Once the joint is out of line, the links retract (due to exceeding set pressure) and the valve trips. Valves must be reset in a straight line to work properly. When pushing the handle forward to reset the valve, a lever inside the reset crank pushes the links into alignment. There is a stop inside the valve when the links are in the correct position, the links will be straight and the piston will be down. When the valve is fully reset, the reset button on the backside of the bonnet sticks out approximately 3/8 inch. When the reset relief valve seals are new, more effort to reset the valve may be required. New seals are stiff and tight. Troubleshooting Problem Solution If the valve cannot be fully reset even when using an extension wrench check the pump to see if it’s turned off and there is no back pressure on valve. Check for foreign substance in the valve that’s blocking the piston from resetting. Make sure the reset crank handle pin is tight. Check if the crank is not bent; also check if the inner stem seal is installed properly and has not rolled up on piston stem, preventing the valve from resetting. Sometimes the pressure activated lower piston seal may be swollen preventing the valve from resetting; in this case, drain all the fluid out and replace the lower piston seal. This seal can be used again when it shrinks back to original shape after drying for few minutes. If the valve does not hold pressure, check piston seal for wear and insure links are fully reset (the reset button should be extended 3/8 inch). Check piston and body for wear. If the valve calibration has changed, replace the load springs if they are shorter than 7 inches. Inspect links and link pins for wear or bent. Follow calibration procedures. If valve is leaking on outside between bonnet and body remove stem bushing seals. If fluid is leaking through discharge side remove the flange/discharge line on valve outlet side and clean the inside of the valve from the discharge side. Use a flashlight and check for fluid leaks. If the fluid is leaking from bottom i.e. between piston cap and insert, turn off the pump and drain all the fluid from the valve body, push the reset button in and reset the valve 2-3 times. If the valve is still leaking, replace the lower piston cap seals. If fluid is leaking from top, remove the bonnet assemble and replace the upper piston – shoulder seal. Before reinstalling the bonnet assembly, check the inner valves of the body for rust, pitting or scarring. The inner surface where the seal seats must be clean and smooth or the valve will leak. If there is more than surface/superficial rust proceeds to send the valve body to NOV facility for further evaluation. If you have any more problems contact NOV service guys or NOV facility for repair.

Assembly / Disassembly Procedures Lower Piston Disassembly Bonnet & Linkage Disassembly Lower Body Disassembly Lower Body Assembly Bonnet and Linkage Assembly Body Flange/Adapter Assembly

6-1 6-2 6-4 6-4 6-5 6-7

Assembly / Disassembly Procedures Lower Piston Disassembly Note: Replacement of the lower piston seal ring (item 7) or any of its associated components requires that the bonnet assembly first be removed from the body. The steps required to accomplish this task are as follows: Danger Failure to safely bleed off internal pressure prior to bonnet or flange removal could cause serious bodily injury or even death. 1. After removing ALL internal pressure from the body, loosen all four bonnet socket head cap screws (item 54) about 3 turns. Pull up on the bonnet until the bonnet flange is again in contact with the face of the screws. Verify that the stem 9 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 bushing seal (item 14) has disengaged its respective seal bore in the body. Only then the (4) cap screws may be completely removed from the body along with the bonnet sub-assembly. 2. Clean the upper bores of the body with a soft cloth. Verify that the seal bores in the upper end of the body are free of marks, scratches, dings, and corrosion prior to reinstalling a cleaned up or rebuilt bonnet assembly. Also, clean and inspect the seat insert (item 2) in the lower end of the body. DO NOT attempt to repair a leaking valve by merely replacing the lower piston seal when the seat insert is also damaged. 3. holding the bonnet firmly loosen and remove the piston cap (item 4) from the piston body (item 3). Remove the outboard seal retainer (item 8), the lower piston seal (item 7) and the inboard seal retainer (item 8) from the piston body. Inspect the piston cap face seal (item 11) for damage and replace as required. Replace item 7, (Never reuse the lower piston seal (item 7)) along with two of item 8 if necessary, and reassemble the lower end of the piston. Note the orientation of all components for correct assembly of the piston. 4. Inspect the outer stem bushing seal (item 14) for damage and replace if required. Verify that the piston slides freely in and out of the stem bushing. If not, there could be damage to the inner stem bushing seal (item 10) or excessive corrosion on the internal bore of the stem bushing (item 6). Correcting this problem will require complete removal of the piston sub-assembly from the bonnet. See the "Bonnet & Linkage Disassembly" 5. Verify that the piston shoulder seal (item 9) is in good condition. If not, it will require replacement. Again, correcting this problem will require complete removal of the piston sub-assembly from the bonnet. See the "Bonnet & Linkage Disassembly" 6. Using high quality synthetic grease, lubricate the upper end of the body as well as the lower and upper end of the piston, particularly all sealing elements. 7. Again, contingent upon the inspection performed in step 2, the bonnet sub-assembly may be reinserted into the body. Lubricate the threads and collars of four NEW cap screws (item 54) with a nickel base anti-seize compound and using a crossing pattern, torque the screws to specification, see the "Torque Chart"

! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! NEVER REUSE BONNET CAP SCREWS (ITEM 54).

Bonnet & Linkage Disassembly Note: This procedure assumes that the bonnet sub-assembly has been safely removed from the body following the procedure in step 1 of "Lower Piston Disassembly" 1. Completely remove the adjusting nut (item 32) and lift off and remove the upper spring retainer (item 34) and the two load springs (item 37). Check the load springs for yielding. If either spring is less than 7.00” in overall length, replace both springs and re-calibrate the valve. 2. If the adjusting stud (item 35) must be replaced, punch out the ¼” Spirol Pin (item 40) in the bonnet cover and unscrew the stud. Note the amount of stud protruding from the cover so that the replacement part may be reinstalled properly as before. 3. Remove and discard the four cover cap screws (item 50) from the bonnet cover (item 29), lift off and remove the cover. 4. If the reset roller (item 31) must be replaced, punch out the 1/8” Spirol Pin (item 44) and slide the roller from the reset crank. Replace the roller with a new one and install a new pin. 10

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

5. If the reset crank (item 30) or the reset handle (item 16) must be replaced, punch out the 5/16” Spirol Pin (item 24). Slide the reset handle off of the reset crank, remove the shaft seal o-ring (item 43) and pull the reset crank out of the bonnet cover. 6. If the cover bearing (not ballooned) is damaged, it may be pressed out of the bonnet cover (with the proper tooling) and replaced with a new one. 7. Remove the spring guide rod (item 28) along with the reset spring (item 23) and the keeper (item 27) from the bonnet. 8. Using a pair of needle nose pliers, carefully remove the two “clock” or linkage springs (item 25). Examine both springs for damage. The tabs which hold the spring in place (one on the inside and one on the outside) should be in alignment with each other. If the outer tab is more than 30 degrees out of alignment with the inner tab, replace both springs with new NOV parts. 9. With the remaining bonnet assembly resting above the piston (item 3) which is to be positioned firmly on a flat surface, rotate the upper link (item 21) into a horizontal position (as if the valve had “tripped”). Punch out the 1/8” pin (item 19) in upper link. Note: Pulling back on the release button and locking it in the retracted position with a small block (or other item which may be used temporarily as a spacer) during this operation will keep the inboard end of the release shaft (item 45) from interfering with the removal of the pin (item 19). Remove the top crank pin (item 26). 10. If the crank (item 22) must be removed, lift lower spring retainer and turn it so that the ¼” diameter pin can be driven out from side adjacent to the bonnet. Rotate the load screw (item 38) CCW to remove it from the lower spring retainer (item 39). Lift the load screw up through the crank for complete removal from the bonnet. Punch out the 1/8” pin (item 44) from the crank to remove the crank pivot pin (item 41). The crank may now be lifted out and completely removed from the bonnet. 11. If required, the bearing (item 15a) may be removed from bonnet (item 15) with a 19/32 punch. Again, this is a somewhat tedious task and replacement of the bonnet sub-assembly is generally the better choice. 12. If it is necessary to remove the release shaft (item 45), hold the inboard end from rotating with a drift pin while rotating the release button (item 47) CCW. With the release button removed, push the release shaft inboard until it clears the notches in the release shaft retainer (item 46). A large slotted screw driver may be used to loosen and remove the release shaft retainer (item 46). Now the release shaft and release shaft spring may be easily removed from the bonnet. 13. The piston along with the linkage may now be carefully pulled out of the lower end of the bonnet. 14. Disassemble upper link and lower links by punching out four 1/8” pins (item 19) and removing the two link pins (item 18). 15. Remove the stem bushing by sliding it off of the small end of the piston. Inspect both the bushing outer seal (item 14) and the bushing inner seal (item 10) for wear or damage. Clean and inspect both glands for damage or corrosion. 16. If required, the bearing (item 21a) may be removed from upper link (item 21) with a 15/32 punch. Again, this is a somewhat tedious task and replacement of the upper link sub-assembly is generally the better choice. Note Usually, while the valve is completely disassembled, it is always a good practice to replace any and all worn, damaged, or otherwise questionable parts. 17. Check lower links for straightness and/or ovaling of the link pin holes. Check straightness by laying a straight edge against the end flat on each side of the link. If either link is distorted, always replace both lower links—never just one. Check the small pads on one side of each lower link for damage from contacting the pad on the main crank. It is important to note the position and orientation of the pads on both lower links. These pads MUST be placed in the same 11 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 position during assembly (the pad end of the lower link is to be farthest away from the bonnet flange while both pads are to face towards the release shaft button). 18. Check all link pins and crank pins for straightness. If a pin is not straight or shows signs of wear, it should be replaced. A worn pin may show cracks or dings in the surface or may no longer be perfectly straight and or round. 19. Check all pressed-in bushings. If a bushing is loose, has chipped or otherwise damaged edges, or is wallowed out, it should be replaced with a new NOV part. 20. Check the outside diameter of the piston and all sealing surfaces for signs of wear, corrosion, or other damage that might impair the effectiveness of a new seal. Lower Body Disassembly 1. Removal of the sub (item 5) can be difficult at times. It will require using the special sub wrench listed in the tool section. We will assume that the valve assembly has been removed from the line and that the bonnet/piston assembly has been removed from the valve. 2. If the valve was supplied with butt weld flanges and the body is out of the line, the 6-bolt flange will have already been disconnected. If the valve was supplied with 1502 connections (see section 8), the inlet adapter will need to be removed. Using a 12-point socket or box end wrench, loosen and remove all 6 flange cap screws from the valve inlet. 3. Carefully remove the inlet flange adapter from the body and set aside. Clean and inspect the union components for damage. Clean and inspect the face seal groove for damage or corrosion and inspect the seal. 4. It is best to carefully anchor the body when removing the sub. This may be done by using a minimum of 2 bonnet cap screws to bolt the body to a work table. Holes will have to be drilled in the table to match the bonnet bolt pattern. Flip the body upside down (bonnet end down) and attach it to the work table using discarded bonnet cap screws or place the body (in a similar position) securely in a large vice. 5. Insert the lugs of the sub wrench into the sub. Looking at the inlet of the body, rotate the sub counter clockwise to loosen and remove the sub from the body. In some cases, applying penetrating oil or similar substance to the sub may help with its removal from the body. 6. Clean the sub (item 5) and inspect it for damage, especially in the threaded area, the radial seal groove, and the sealing faces on the inboard and outboard ends. 7. Remove the seat insert (item 2) from the body along with the insert face seal (item 13). Carefully clean and inspect the insert for damage, especially the internal seal surface (I.D.) and the face seal groove. 8. Clean and inspect the lower valve body internals, especially the threads and the seal bore for the sub seal (item 12). Lower Body Assembly Use the procedure described in "Lower Body Disassembly" on page 6-4 for mounting and holding the valve body while working on the lower end of the valve. 1. If the body (item 1), sub (item 5), seat insert (item 2) are all cleaned and free of damage, they may be reassembled. Always use new sealing elements when reassembling this valve. 2. Use a nickel base anti-seize compound to lubricate the threads and sealing surfaces of the lower end of the body prior to assembly. Also lubricate the threads and inboard face and radial sealing surfaces of the sub prior to assembly. 3. Install a new sub seal (item 12) into its groove in the sub. Install a new seat insert face seal (item 13) into its groove in the insert. As mentioned in step 1, with the bonnet side of the valve body facing downwards, place the seat insert into the lower body cavity, face seal side up. Verify that the insert shoulder is fully seated against the step in the body. 12

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000 4. Place the sub into the lower body cavity, threaded end last. Make up the sub into the body by hand. If this is not possible, check the body and sub for thread damage. Continue making up the sub until it bumps against the seat insert. 5. Using the pipe wrench, torque the sub to 800-1000 ft.-lbs. protect the outboard sealing face of the sub when flipping the body over for bonnet assembly.

Bonnet and Linkage Assembly 1. Lubricate and install new seals (items 10 and 14) in the stem bushing (item 6). Note that the inner seal (item 10) MUST be installed with the seal lip energizer facing the large end of the stem bushing. Failure to install this seal properly could cause the seal to leak and fail. Place the stem bushing sub-assembly aside. Do not proceed with bonnet and linkage assembly, unless all parts have been cleaned, inspected, and are found in good condition. Do not reuse Spirol pins 2. Assemble the piston body (item 3) with items 4, 7, 8 (2x), 9, and 11. Place the face seal (item 11) into its gland in the piston cap (item 4). Place the first seal retainer (item 8) over the nose of the lower end of the piston as shown in the assembly drawing. Carefully place the piston seal (item 7) over the nose of the lower end of the piston and against the first seat retainer. Place the second seal retainer (item 8) over the piston seal. Screw the piston cap (item 4) into the lower end of the piston. Be sure that the face seal (item 11) remains fully in its groove during make up. Torque the cap to 80-100 ft.-lbs. install a (lubricated) shoulder seal (item 9) into its gland on the upper end of the piston. Again, orientation of this seal is critical. The spring energizer MUST be oriented towards the upper end of the piston as shown. The piston sub-assembly is now complete. Take care not to damage piston seals (items 7 and 9) during assembly. 3. Slide the stem bushing sub-assembly (from step 1) over the lubricated end of the piston, large end first. Carefully slide the bushing down towards the big end of the piston, as far as it will go. Do not force. 4. Assemble the two lower links (item 20) to the upper end of the piston with the first link pin (item 18). Orientation of both links is critical. The links should have side bosses facing the same direction (away from the piston centerline). The link bosses should also be oriented away from (not adjacent to) the bushing in the piston. Secure links with two 1/8” Spirol Pins (item 19). 5. Assemble the “thick” end of the upper link (item 21) between the upper end of the lower links with the second link pin (item 18) and again secure with two 1/8” Spirol pins (item 19). Upper and lower links should fit snugly with the link pins but both link pins should turn freely in their respective bushings. 6. Slide the release shaft (item 45) into its respective hole in the side of the bonnet (big end first). Slide the release shaft spring (item 48) over the threaded end of the release shaft. Slide the release shaft retainer (item 46) over the release shaft, notched end last. Apply several drops of non-permanent thread locking compound to the threads of the release shaft retainer prior to making it up fully into the bonnet. With no other components yet attached to the bonnet, the release shaft may be pushed towards the middle of the bonnet to allow for use of a large slotted screw driver to make up the release shaft retainer. 7. Push the release shaft towards the outboard side of the release shaft hole in the bonnet so that the threaded section protrudes from the bonnet. Screw the release shaft button on to the release shaft. Use a few drops of non-permanent thread locking compound to secure the release shaft button. Alternatively, the threaded end of the release shaft may be pined with a center punch to prevent inadvertent loosening of the release shaft button. 8. Place the crank assembly (item 22), with its two bushings, into the cavity in the top of the bonnet. Slide the middle section of the crank over the bushing in the top of the bonnet. Align the small end of the crank over the hole for the load screw. Align the crank assembly hole with the bonnet bushing and insert the crank pivot pin (item 41). Note that the transverse hole in the crank pivot pin must be oriented with respect to the matching hole in one side of the crank assembly. Rotate and slide the crank pivot pin so that the transverse hole is in line with its respective hole in the crank assembly. Drive the Spirol pin (item 44) through the hole to secure the crank assembly. The end of the pin should be flush with the outer surface of the crank as shown in the assembly drawing.

13 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 9. Insert the linkage (attached to the piston) through the bottom of the bonnet with side bosses of lower links facing release shaft hole. Again, orientation of the bosses on the lower links is CRITICAL to proper valve operation. Align the hole in the upper end of the upper link with its respective hole in the crank assembly. Slide the top crank pin through the hole. 10. With the lower end of the piston resting on a flat surface, steady the bonnet while rotating the top crank pin with respect to the upper link. When the transverse slot in the top crank pin is aligned with the hole through the upper link, place a 7/64 drift through the upper link to hold both members in place. Now allow the bonnet to move downwards and the upper link to move to the near horizontal position until the parts rest against each other. (The piston is now basically in the “tripped” position). Carefully remove the drift and, without disturbing the related parts, drive one 1/8” Spirol pin through the hole in the upper link. Tap the pin carefully until it passes the top crank pin. 11. Lay the bonnet assembly on its side with the piston extended in the “set” position. Both lower links should be against the side of the bonnet. Place one linkage (or “clock”) spring (item 25) over each end of the top crank pin. The inner tab of the spring should slide into the slot in both ends of the top crank pin. Use a pair of needle nose pliers to grab the outer tab of the spring to wind it “tighter” approximately 90 degrees and slip it into the slot in the crank. The short crook or bend in the very end of the outer end of the spring should face towards the release shaft button. Press against the outboard side of the spring to assure that it is fully against the side of the crank and fully engaging both slots. 12. Insert the load screw (item 38), threaded end first, through the hole in the crank assembly and out through the lower side of the bonnet. 13. Drive a 1/4” Spirol pin (item 40) about 1/4 to 3/8” into one side of the lower spring retainer (item 39), just to hold it in place. With the spring guide nubs facing upwards and the Spirol pin facing away from the bonnet, make the load screw up into the lower spring retainer. The end of the load screw should protrude from the lower side of the lower spring retainer by about 1/4”. 14. Slide the reset roller (item 31) over the small end of the “Z” or reset crank (item 30) and secure it with one 1/8” Spirol pin (item 44). Insert the large end of the reset crank through its respective hole in the bonnet cover from the inside. Place the weather seal o-ring (item 43) over the reset crank shaft from outside the bonnet cover. 15. Place the reset handle (item 16) over the reset crank shaft with the large chamfer facing the o-ring (and cover). Align the hole in the reset crank with the hole in the handle and secure both parts with a 5/16” spirol pin (item 24). 16. Screw the adjusting stud (item 35) into the bonnet cover (milled notch end first) until the end is flush with inside surface of the cover. Rotate the stud in or out slightly to allow the notch to align with the hole through the end of the cover. Secure the stud by driving one ¼” spirol pin (item 40) through the cover until the outer end is flush with the outer surface of the cover. 17. Place reset spring (item 23) over the spring guide rod (item 28) and insert one end of the rod into the shallow hole (or divot) inside of the bonnet. Rotate the reset crank to allow the spring keeper (item 27) to be inserted into its hole in the reset crank (from the outboard side). Position the cover (item 29) over the bonnet, tilt it back to view the keeper, and guide the keeper over the end of the spring guide rod prior to placing the cover fully against the top of the bonnet. Secure the bonnet cover using only New NOV cap screws lubricated with a nickel base never seize compound. Tighten all four screws in a crossing pattern according to the "Torque Chart" on page 16 18. Set both load springs (item 37) on the lower spring retainer (item 39) and place upper spring retainer (item 34) over the top of the adjusting stud and allow it to move downwards until it engages both springs. Screw the locknut (item 32) on the adjusting stud until a minimum amount of compression is placed on the springs to hold them in place. 19. Orient the reset handle so that it is opposite the discharge side of the valve body. After lubricating the body bores and piston seals stab the piston carefully into the upper end of the body. Press downwards on the bonnet until the bonnet flange mates with the body. Secure the bonnet using only New NOV cap screws lubricated with a nickel base never seize compound. Tighten all four screws in a crossing pattern according to the torque shown in "Torque Chart" on page 16. The valve is now ready for calibrating. 14

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Body Flange/Adapter Assembly 1. Adapter flanges, 6-bolt x 3-1/2”-XXH butt-weld, 6-bolt x 3”-1502 female, or 6-bolt x 3”-1502 male may be attached to or removed from the body of the “RX” valve assembly. When attaching these flanges, it is important to first install the flange face seal (item 53) into its face groove in the flange. It is also important to make up all six 12-point flange cap screws (item 51) with their respective helical lock washers (item 52) to the hand tight position prior to applying torque. Torque all six cap screws in each flange little by little in a crossing pattern so that the flange face does not become cocked with respect to the face of the mating body. Cocking of the flange will lead to early failure (blow our or extrusion) of the flange face seal. Torque all twelve screws (6 on the inlet flange and 6 on the outlet flange) to the torque prescribed in the "Torque Chart" on page 16. 2. On assemblies with the 3”-1502 union connections, care must be taken to protect the threads and sealing surfaces of these unions at all times when the valve is removed from the line. Using worn or damaged union parts can cause failures which could lead to serious bodily injury. Union hammer nuts should always engage their mating parts using hand force. Never try to start a thread using a hammer. After the union is mostly made up by hand, it may be tightened using a hammer. Usually, a 4 to 8 pound hammer is sufficient. Three to four blows on the nut member after initial rotation has ceased should suffice to achieve the proper preload. Correct calibration - The relief pressure indicator should accurately indicate the actual relief pressure. When the valve has been completely torn down and reassembled, it will be necessary to re-calibrate the valve, even if no new components have been installed. Binding or interference between parts, any and all moving parts, especially parts associated with the linkage assembly, will cause the valve to operate improperly.

34000 Series Titan Class “C” Valve Assembly Table Assembly P/N

Item No

Special Parts

34000-01

36 37

111342 20805-03

34000-02

36 37

34000-03

36 37

Pressure Range

Connection Outlet 3” SCH XXH BUTWELD

750 - 2500 PSI

Inlet 3” SCH XXH BUTWELD

111342 20805-04

3” SCH XXH BUTWELD

3” SCH XXH BUTWELD

1500 - 5000 PSI

31591 20805-03

3” SCH XXH BUTWELD

3” SCH XXH BUTWELD

400 - 1500 PSI

Complete Bonnet Assembly Kits Assembly P/N

Pressure Range

34011 34012 34013

750-2500 PSI 1500-5000 PSI 400-1500 PSI

Seal Kit Assembly P/N

Pressure Range

34005

All (3) Pressure Ranges

15 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 Maintenance Torque Inspection Tools Required Replacement Seal Kit Bushings

7-1 7-1 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-3

Maintenance The Titan Class “B” Reset Relief Valve has been designed to require a minimum amount of maintenance. The recommended maintenance for the valves involves removing the bonnet assembly (refer valve disassembly procedure) every 2-4 weeks and flushing out the valve body and cleaning any debris. Then you would need to apply grease to the inner walls of the valve body where the upper shoulder seal on the piston seals and also apply grease through the grease fitting on the bonnet assembly itself until it is completely full of grease (from the factory it should be full of grease). The grease will act as a rust inhibitor and this will protect against the corrosion. Flange screws, bonnet retaining screws, and cover retaining screws should be checked for proper torque periodically. Please refer to the torque chart. Note: Recommended Lubricant P/N 2560 Upper Bonnet Assembly Parts (Top Works): Maxi Glide Teflon Gel Lubricant or Equal P/N 3015 Piston, Body I.D. and Seals: Synthetic Lubricant Grease or Equal. Torque Chart Size. Part No. 1/2”-13 SH Cap 204044-10-14 5/8”- 11 SH Cap 063150-10-15 1”-8 12-pt. Cap 111676

Quantity Where Used

Torque, Ft.-lbs--N-m

(4) Cover (4) Bonnet (8) Flange Adapters

85+9 115+12.2 169+17 229+23 420+31.5 569.5+42.7

Due to the variations in pulsation dampening from rig to rig and the resulting effect on component fatigue life, it is recommended that the 1/2” and 5/8” socket head cap screws not be reused but rather replaced with new cap screws when servicing the valve. Verification of the valve accuracy should be done on a regular basis. After all, this is a piece of safety equipment and it should be operated and maintained accordingly. It is recommended that the valve be calibrated every 6 months as a minimum. For calibrating the valve in the field, NOV may provide a portable manual pump with a proper test gauge (1/4% full scale) to aid the operator (reference part number 32590). If a pressure gauge with a built-in dampening device is used, the line pressure should be built up slowly to allow the actual system pressure and gauge pressure to stabilize. If possible, the line pressure should be built up slowly and gradually with little or no pressure pulsations.

Inspection To inspect visually, with no pressure in the valve, reset button pushed in, remove (4) Bonnet Bolts. Pull Top Work up vertically; inspect piston seal and the body ID. Wash any debris from the body and re-lube body and piston. Reassemble. Valve is ready for reset. Tools Required 1.3/32 to 7/64 inch diameter x 1 inch (min.) long straight shank punch (for items 19 and 44) To perform service work on the Titan Class “B” Reset Relief Valve, the following tools will be required: To inspect visually, with no pressure in the

16

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000 valve, reset button pushed in, remove (4) Bonnet Bolts. Pull Top Work up vertically; inspect piston seal and the body ID. Wash any debris from the body and re-lube body and piston. Reassemble. Valve is ready for reset. 2. 7/32 to 15/64 inch diameter x 1-3/4 inch (min.) long straight shank punch (for item 40) 3. 1/4 to 19/64 inch diameter x 1-3/8 inch (min.) long straight shank punch (for item 24) 4. Small hammer 5. 3/8 inch hex Allen or internal hex wrench (for item 50) 6. 1/2 inch hex Allen or internal hex wrench (for item 54) 7. 3/8 open end wrench (for item 38) 8. Large slotted screwdriver (for item 38) 9. 1-1/4 6pt. or 12 pt. box end or socket wrench (for item 32) 10. Needle nose pliers (for item 25) 11. 1”-12 pt. socket and torque wrench (for item 51) 12. Sub wrench assembly, NOV p/n 31873 (for item 5) 13. Release Shaft Retainer Spanner, use large slotted screw driver (for item 46) 14. 15/16 open end wrench or open end adjustable wrench (for item 4) 15. O-ring pick In addition to these tools, a supply of new NOV spare parts should be available and on hand in order to speed the repair process. Replacement Seal Kit for P/N 34005 Item

Qty

Part No

7

1

32501-2

9

1

31914

10

1

31909

11

1

702640-03-20

12

7

02640-24-31

13

1

32519

14 43

1 1

702640-23-01 702640-21-01

53

2

702640-23-71

Spirol Pins The minimum number of Spirol Pins required for complete replacement of all pins in the valve is shown on the bill of materials and in the chart below: Item

Qty

Part No

Basic Size

19

5

20712-02

1/8 x 5/8

24

1

20712-13

5/16 x 1-3/8

40

2

20712-04

1/4 x 1-1/2

44

2

20712-03

1/8 x 7/8

NOTE Refer to the Drawings and Parts List at the end of this manual for NOV part numbers and usage. The bushings shown in the chart below are not specifically “ballooned” on the assembly drawing but they are called out on the bill of material under the main item in the sub-assembly where they are used.

17 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 Bushings Item

Qty

Part No

3a

1

13229-10

Basic Size I.D. x O.D. x Length 3/8 x 1/2 x 23/32

15a

1

13229-08

1/2 x 5/8 x 1/2

21a

1

13229-13

3/8 x 1/2 x 5/8

22a

2

13229-13

3/8 x 1/2 x 5/8

29a

1

13229-12

3/4 x 7/8 x 1-1/8

Unitized connector assemblies Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Drawing Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Parts List Class Type “C”W/3”-1502 Connection Drawing Class Type “C”W/3-1502 Connection Parts List

8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5

Unitized connector assemblies Item

Description

1

Flange 1002 Female Connector Detachable Nut Nitrite Seal Ring Male Half (Butt Weld Prep Piece)

2 3 4

Part No. 31892 31881 31884 31880

Figure 8-1-1. 1002 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31893 (Flange 1002 Female) Item 1 2 3 4

Description Flange 1002 Male Connector Detachable Nut Nitrile Seal Ring Female Half (Butt Weld Prep Piece) Retainer Segments (3 ea. included) Retainer Ring

5 6

Part No. 31891 31881 31884 31871 31926 31927

Figure 8-1-2. 1002 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31894 (Flange 1002 Female) Item

Description

1 2 3 4

Flange 1002 Female Connector Detachable Nut Nitrite Seal Ring Male Half (Butt Weld Prep Piece)

Part No. 31930 31925 31884 31931

Figure 8-1-3. 1502 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31885 (Flange 1502 Female) 18

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Item

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6

Flange 1002 Male Connector Detachable Nut Nitrile Seal Ring Female Half (Butt Weld Prep Piece) Retainer Segments (3 ea. included) Retainer Ring

Part No. 31929 31925 31884 31932 31926 31927

Figure 8-1-4. 1502 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31886 (Flange 1502 Female)

Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Drawing

19 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Parts List

ITEM

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

QTY

1

34001

BODY, MACHINE 3" TITAN “C” SEAT, INSERT,TITAN

1

PISTON BODY, SUBASS’Y., TITAN BUSHING, F/ PISTON

1 1

CAP, FOR PISTON

1

SUB, M2 / TITAN CLASS STEM BUSHING

1

SEAL, PISTON, LOWER SEAL, RETAINER

1

SEAL, UPPER PISTON (SHOULDER) SEAL,STEM BUSHING, INNER(VITON) O-RING, PISTON CAP,FACE SEAL O-RING, SUB TO BODY SEAL, FACE (F/INSERT) O-RING, STEM BUSHING OUTER BONNET, SUBASS’Y,TITAN “C” BUSHING, BONNET

1

*

1

*

1

*

1

*

1

*

1

*

1

2

32524 2 3

33003-01

3a

13229-10

4

3250002/M2 31948/M2

5

31900 6 7

32501-2

8

32512

9

31914

10

31909

11

70264003-20 70264024-31 3251

12 13 14 15

70264023-01 34020

15a

13229-08

16

30377

17

32025-2

SPARES

*

1 *

2

1 1

23545

HANDLE, RESET, MACHINED NAMEPLATE,F/ BONNET (SMALL) PIN, LOWER LINK

18 19

20712-02

PIN, SPIROL

5

20

20786

LINK, LOWER

2

21

31977

UPPER LINK SUBASS’Y.

1

1

20

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000 ITEM

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

QTY

13229-13

2

38161

BUSHING F/ UPPER LINK CRANK, SUB-ASS’Y.

21a

SPARES

1

22 13229-13

BUSHING, F/ CRANK

2

22a 23

30391

1

24

20712-13

SPRING, RESET CRANK PIN, SPIROL

25

20791

SPRING, LINKAGE

2

26

31975

TOP CRANK PIN

1

27

30380

KEEPER, SPRING

1

30387

ROD, SPRING GUIDE

1

38159

COVER, SUB-ASS’Y.

1

13229

BUSHING, F/ COVER

1

30373

RESET CRANK

1

30388

1

20798

ROLLER, RESET CRANK NUT, AJUSTING, SELF-LOCKING INDICATOR, SET PRESSURE RETAINER, UPPER SPRING STUD, ADJUSTING

1

30389

SEE CHART CAL. PLATE SEE CHART SPRING, LOAD SCREW, LOAD

1

20712-04

RETAINER, LOWER SPRING PIN, SPIROL

30381

PIN, CRANK PIVOT

1

5929-02

FITTING, ALEMITE, 1/4” MALE NPT O-RING, RESET HANDLE PIN, SPIROL

1

1

28 29 29a 30 31 5953-34 32 30379 33 30385 34

1 1 1 1

35 36 37

2 1

38 30382 39

2

40 41 42 43

70264021-01 20712-03

1 2

44 21 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve –C 34000 ITEM

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

QTY

30397

SHAFT, RELEASE

1

32052

RETAINER, THREADED RELEASE BUTTON, RELEASE

1

SPRING, RELEASE BUTTON SCREW U-DRIVE

1 16

SCREW, SH CAP, ½

4

CAPSCREW, FERRY HEAD 1” LOCK WASHER 1”

8

O-RING, FLANGE

2

SCREW, SH CAP, 5/8

4

NAMEPLATE, F/RRV COVER (LARGE) NAMEPLATE,TITAN CLASS FLANGE, WELD NECK F/3"-C

1

SPARES

45 46 47

30396

48

31868

49

111656

50 51

20404410-14 111676

52

111680

53

55

70264023-71 06315010-15 32025-1

56

32025-3

57

31852

54

1

8

1 2

22

www.nov.com

MANUAL: M-34000

Class Type “C”W/3”-1502 Connection Drawing

Installation and Operation Manual Reset Relief Valve – C 34000 Class Type “C”W/3-1502 Connection Parts List

ITEM

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

1 2 3 3a 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 15a 16 17 18 19 20 21 21a 22 22a 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29a 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

34001 32524 33003-01 13229-10 32500-02/M2 31948/M2 31900 S 32501-2 32512 31914 31909 702640-03-20 702640-24-31 32519 34020 13229-08 30377 32025-2 23545 20712-02 20786 31977 13229-10 38161 13229-13 30391 20712-13 20791 31975 30380 30387 38159 13229-12 30373 30388 5953-34 30379 30385 20798

BODY, MACHINE 3" TITAN “C” SEAT, INSERT, TITAN PISTON BODY, SUB-ASS’Y., TITAN BUSHING, F/ PISTON CAP, FOR PISTON SUB, M2 / TITAN CLASS TEM BUSHING SEAL, PISTON, LOWER SEAL, RETAINER SEAL, UPPER PISTON (SHOULDER) SEAL, STEM BUSHING, INNER (VITON) O-RING, PISTON CAP, FACE SEAL O-RING, SUB TO BODY SEAL, FACE (F/INSERT) BONNET, SUB-ASS’Y, TITAN “C” BUSHING, BONNET HANDLE, RESET, MACHINED NAMEPLATE,F/ BONNET (SMALL) PIN, LOWER LINK PIN, SPIROL LINK, LOWER UPPER LINK SUB-ASS’Y. BUSHING F/ UPPER LINK CRANK, SUB-ASS’Y. BUSHING, F/ CRANK SPRING, RESET CRANK PIN, SPIROL SPRING, LINKAGE TOP CRANK PIN KEEPER, SPRING ROD, SPRING GUIDE COVER, SUB-ASS’Y. BUSHING, F/ COVER RESET CRANK ROLLER, RESET CRANK NUT, AJUSTING, SELF-LOCKING INDICATOR, SET PRESSURE RETAINER, UPPER SPRING STUD, ADJUSTING SEE CHART CAL. PLATE SEE CHART SPRING, LOAD

QTY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

SPARES * *

* * * * * *

1 MANUAL: M-34000

www.nov.com

Class Type “C”W/3-1502 Connection Parts List (Continue)

ITEM

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64

30389 30382 20712-04 30381 5929-02 702640-21-01 0712-03 30397 32052 30396 31868 111656 204044-10-14 111676 111680 702640-23-71 063150-10-15 32025-1 32025-3 31930 1502 31929 1502 31884 31925 31931 31932 31926 31927

SCREW, LOAD RETAINER, LOWER SPRING PIN, SPIROL PIN, CRANK PIVOT FITTING, ALEMITE, 1/4” MALE NPT O-RING, RESET HANDLE PIN, SPIROL SHAFT, RELEASE RETAINER, THREADED RELEASE SFT. BUTTON, RELEASE SPRING, RELEASE BUTTON SCREW U-DRIVE SCREW, SH CAP, ½ CAPSCREW, FERRY HEAD 1” LOCK WASHER 1” O-RING, FLANGE SCREW, SH CAP, 5/8 4 NAMEPLATE, F/RRV COVER (LARGE) NAMEPLATE,TITAN CLASS FEMALE FLG CONNECTOR MALE FLG CONNECTOR SEAL RING, F/1002 & 1502 UNIONS NUT, DETACHABLE 3” 1502 SUB, 3” 1502/1002 MALE X 3” XXH BW SUB, 3” 1502 FEMALE X 3” XXH BW SEGMENTS (3-PC) SET RETAINER RING 10/1502

QTY 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 16 4 8 8 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

SPARES

*

National Oilwell Varco Brands Advanced Wirecloth Aktro Alberta Instrument Albin’s Enterprises AmClyde Baylor Best Flow Products BLM Bowen Brandt Cabot Cardwell Chimo Equipment Continental Emsco Cooper Crestex Custom Die & Insert DELCO Corporate Dreco Headquarters DSS (Drilling Support Services) Eastern Oil Tools Elmar 7909 Parkwood Circle EMD (Electro Motive Division) Drive Fibercast Houston, Texas 77036 Fidmash United States Phone: +1 713 375 3700 Flanagan Ironworks Phone: +1 1 888 262 8645 Franks Gardner Denver (Hoisting) Gator Hawk Gregory Griffith HALCO Harrisburg Hepburn HITEC Houston Scientific Hydra Rig Ideco IPS (Integrated Power Systems) IRI International Koomey Kremco LOIS ALLIS Lucker M&W M/D Totco Mathey MATTCO McElroy Marine Machinery Miller Oilfield

Mission Molde Mono Monoflo National National Oilwell Norson Oil Tools Solutions Oilwell Omega Pumps Pacific Inspection PCE Peck-O-Matic PEP Procon As Quality Tubing Rebound Rig Retsco RMI (Rig Manufacturing International) Roberds Johnson ROSS HILL Rucker Russell Subservice Sauerman Shaffer Shearer Skytop Brewster Smith Fiberglass Specialty SSR Stålprodukter Star Fiberglass Tech Power TEM (Tulsa Equipment Manufacturing) Texas Oil Tools TS&M Tuboscope Turner Oilfield Service UNIFLEX Unit (Cranes) Universal USF (Utility Steel Fabricators) Varco Vector Versatech Western Oilfield Engineering Wheatley Gaso Wildcat Services Wilson Woolley

Downhole Solutions

Drilling Solutions

Engineering and Project Management Solutions

Lifting and Handling Solutions

Production Solutions

Supply Chain Solutions

Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions

Well Service and Completion Solutions

www.nov.com

©National Oilwell Varco